patch 8.0.1323: mouse events in a terminal window may cause endless loop

Problem:    Mouse events in a terminal window may cause endless loop.
Solution:   Adjust position computation.  Don't stuff a mouse event when
            coming from normal_cmd().

.gitignore

@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ src/pathdef.c
 src/Obj*/pathdef.c
 gvimext.dll
 gvimext.lib
+gvim.lib
 runtime/doc/uganda.nsis.txt
 
 # Borland C++

.travis.yml

@@ -67,6 +67,7 @@ addons:
   apt:
     packages:
       - autoconf
+      - clang
       - lcov
       - libperl-dev
       - python-dev
@@ -87,7 +88,7 @@ before_install:
     # building cffi only works with gcc, not with clang
   - if [ "$COVERAGE" = "yes" ]; then CC=gcc pip install --user pyopenssl ndg-httpsclient pyasn1; fi
     # Lua is not installed on Travis OSX
-  - if [ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" = "osx" ]; then brew install lua; export LUA_PREFIX=/usr/local; fi
+  - if [ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" = "osx" ]; then export HOMEBREW_NO_AUTO_UPDATE=1; brew update; brew install lua; export LUA_PREFIX=/usr/local; fi
     # Use llvm-cov instead of gcov when compiler is clang.
   - if [ "$TRAVIS_OS_NAME" = "linux" ] && [ "$CC" = "clang" ]; then ln -sf $(which llvm-cov) /home/travis/bin/gcov; fi
 
@@ -102,9 +103,8 @@ script:
   - (cd ${SRCDIR} && ./configure --with-features=$FEATURES $CONFOPT --enable-fail-if-missing && if [ "$BUILD" = "yes" ]; then make -j$NPROC; fi)
     # Show Vim version and also if_xx versions.
   - if [ "$BUILD" = "yes" ]; then ${SRCDIR}/vim --version; ${SRCDIR}/vim --not-a-term -u NONE -S ${SRCDIR}/testdir/if_ver-1.vim -c quit > /dev/null; ${SRCDIR}/vim --not-a-term -u NONE -S ${SRCDIR}/testdir/if_ver-2.vim -c quit > /dev/null; cat if_ver.txt; fi
-  - if [ -n "$ASAN_OPTIONS" ]; then export PATH=/usr/lib/llvm-$(clang -v 2>&1 | sed -n 's/.*version \([1-9]\.[0-9][0-9]*\).*/\1/p')/bin:$PATH; fi
   - make $SHADOWOPT $TEST
-  - if [ -n "$ASAN_OPTIONS" ]; then for log in $(find -type f -name 'asan.*' -size +0); do cat "$log"; err=1; done; fi
+  - if [ -n "$ASAN_OPTIONS" ]; then for log in $(find -type f -name 'asan.*' -size +0); do asan_symbolize < "$log"; err=1; done; fi
   - if [ -n "$err" ]; then exit 1; fi
 
 after_success:

Filelist

@@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/arabic.c \
 		src/arabic.h \
 		src/ascii.h \
+		src/beval.c \
+		src/beval.h \
 		src/blowfish.c \
 		src/buffer.c \
 		src/channel.c \
@@ -41,7 +43,6 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/gui.c \
 		src/gui.h \
 		src/gui_beval.c \
-		src/gui_beval.h \
 		src/hardcopy.c \
 		src/hashtab.c \
 		src/json.c \
@@ -105,6 +106,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/Make_all.mak \
 		src/testdir/*.in \
 		src/testdir/*.py \
+		src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt \
 		src/testdir/sautest/autoload/*.vim \
 		src/testdir/runtest.vim \
 		src/testdir/shared.vim \
@@ -134,7 +136,9 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/bench*.in \
 		src/testdir/bench*.vim \
 		src/testdir/samples/*.txt \
+		src/testdir/samples/test000 \
 		src/testdir/if_ver*.vim \
+		src/testdir/xterm_ramp.vim \
 		src/proto.h \
 		src/proto/arabic.pro \
 		src/proto/blowfish.pro \
@@ -404,6 +408,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/msvcsetup.bat \
 		src/msvc2008.bat \
 		src/msvc2010.bat \
+		src/msvc2015.bat \
 		src/dimm.idl \
 		src/dlldata.c \
 		src/dosinst.c \
@@ -448,6 +453,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/xxd/Make_mvc.mak \
 		nsis/gvim.nsi \
 		nsis/gvim_version.nsh \
+		nsis/vimrc.ini \
 		nsis/README.txt \
 		uninstal.txt \
 		src/VisVim/Commands.cpp \
@@ -637,6 +643,7 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/doc/tags \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/shellmenu/plugin/shellmenu.vim \
 		runtime/pack/dist/opt/swapmouse/plugin/swapmouse.vim \
+		runtime/pack/dist/opt/termdebug/plugin/termdebug.vim \
 
 # runtime files for all distributions without CR-NL translation
 RT_ALL_BIN =	\
@@ -654,6 +661,7 @@ RT_SCRIPTS =	\
 		runtime/makemenu.vim \
 		runtime/autoload/*.vim \
 		runtime/autoload/README.txt \
+		runtime/autoload/dist/*.vim \
 		runtime/autoload/xml/*.vim \
 		runtime/colors/*.vim \
 		runtime/colors/README.txt \

Makefile

@@ -120,28 +120,28 @@ MINOR = 0
 #
 # MS-Windows:
 # - Run make on Unix to update the ".mo" files.
-# - Get libintl-8.dll, libiconv-2.dll and libgcc_s_sjlj-1.dll. E.g. from
+# - Get 32 bit libintl-8.dll, libiconv-2.dll and libgcc_s_sjlj-1.dll. E.g. from
 #   https://mlocati.github.io/gettext-iconv-windows/ .
 #   Use the "shared-32.zip file and extract the archive to get the files.
-#   Put them in the top directory, "make dosrt" uses them.
+#   Put them in the gettext32 directory, "make dosrt" uses them.
+# - Get 64 bit libintl-8.dll and libiconv-2.dll. E.g. from
+#   https://mlocati.github.io/gettext-iconv-windows/ .
+#   Use the "shared-64.zip file and extract the archive to get the files.
+#   Put them in the gettext64 directory, "make dosrt" uses them.
 # - > make dossrc
 #   > make dosrt
 #   Unpack dist/vim##rt.zip and dist/vim##src.zip on an MS-Windows PC.
+#   This creates the directory vim/vim80 and puts all files in there.
 # Win32 console version build:
-# - Set environment for Visual C++ 2008, e.g.:
-#   > src/msvc2008.bat
-#   Or: 
-#   > C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Visual Studio 9.0\VC\bin\vcvars32.bat
-#   Or, when using the Visual C++ Toolkit 2003: "msvcsetup.bat" (adjust the
-#   paths when necessary).
-#   For Windows 98/ME the 2003 version is required, but then the executable
-#   won't work on Windows 7 and 64 bit systems.
-# - > cd src
+# - See src/INSTALLpc.txt for installing the compiler and SDK.
+# - Set environment for Visual C++ 2015:
+#   > cd src
+#   > msvc2015.bat
+# - Build the console binary:
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak
-# - Run the tests:
+# - Run the tests and check the ouput:
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak testclean
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak test
-#   - check the output.
 # - Rename (using ../tools/rename.bat):
 #           vim.exe to vimw32.exe
 #           tee/tee.exe to teew32.exe
@@ -152,19 +152,18 @@ MINOR = 0
 # Win32 GUI version build:
 # - > cd src
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak GUI=yes
-# - Run the tests:
+# - Run the tests and check the output:
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak testclean
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak testgvim
-#   - check the output.
 # - move "gvim.exe" to here (otherwise the OLE version will overwrite it).
 # - Move gvim.pdb to here.
 # - Copy "GvimExt/gvimext.dll" to here.
 # - Delete vimrun.exe, install.exe and uninstal.exe.
 # Win32 GUI version with OLE, PERL, Ruby, TCL, PYTHON and dynamic IME:
 # - Install the interfaces you want, see src/INSTALLpc.txt
+#   Adjust bigvim.bat to match the version of each interface you want.
 # - Build:
 #   > cd src
-#   Adjust bigvim.bat to match the version of each interface you want.
 #   > bigvim.bat
 # - Run the tests:
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak testclean
@@ -188,10 +187,11 @@ MINOR = 0
 #	gvimext64.dll in src/GvimExt
 #	VisVim.dll in src/VisVim
 #   Note: VisVim needs to be build with MSVC 5, newer versions don't work.
-#   gvimext64.dll can be obtained from http://code.google.com/p/vim-win3264/
-#	It is part of vim72.zip as vim72/gvimext.dll.
+#   gvimext64.dll can be obtained from:
+#   https://github.com/vim/vim-win32-installer/releases
+#	It is part of gvim_8.0.*_x64.zip as vim/vim80/GvimExt/gvimext64.dll.
 # - Make sure there is a diff.exe two levels up (get it from a previous Vim
-#   version).
+#   version).  Also put winpty32.dll and winpty-agent.exe there.
 # - go to ../nsis and do:
 #   > makensis gvim.nsi  (takes a few minutes).
 #      ignore warning for libwinpthread-1.dll
@@ -467,9 +467,13 @@ dosrt_files: dist prepare no_title.vim
 		cp $$i dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/lang/$$n/LC_MESSAGES/vim.mo; \
 	      fi \
 	    done
-	cp libintl-8.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/
-	cp libiconv-2.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/
-	cp libgcc_s_sjlj-1.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/
+	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gettext32
+	cp gettext32/libintl-8.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gettext32/
+	cp gettext32/libiconv-2.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gettext32/
+	cp gettext32/libgcc_s_sjlj-1.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gettext32/
+	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gettext64
+	cp gettext64/libintl-8.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gettext64/
+	cp gettext64/libiconv-2.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gettext64/
 
 
 # Used before uploading.  Don't delete the AAPDIR/sign files!
@@ -496,7 +500,10 @@ dosbin_gvim: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_GVIM)
 	cp vimrun.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimrun.exe
 	cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
 	cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
-	cp gvimext.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvimext.dll
+	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/GvimExt32
+	cp gvimext.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/GvimExt32/gvimext.dll
+	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/GvimExt64
+	cp gvimext64.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/GvimExt64/gvimext.dll
 	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z gvim$(VERSION).zip vim <$(COMMENT_GVIM)
 	cp gvim.pdb dist/gvim$(VERSION).pdb
 

README.md

@@ -1,9 +1,11 @@
 `README.md` for version 8.0 of Vim: Vi IMproved.
+
 [![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/vim/vim)
 [![Coverage Status](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim/coverage.svg?branch=master)](https://codecov.io/gh/vim/vim?branch=master)
 [![Coverage Status](https://coveralls.io/repos/vim/vim/badge.svg?branch=master&service=github)](https://coveralls.io/github/vim/vim?branch=master)
 [![Appveyor Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/o2qht2kjm02sgghk?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/chrisbra/vim)
 [![Coverity Scan](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/241/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/vim)
+[![Debian CI](https://badges.debian.net/badges/debian/testing/vim/version.svg)](https://buildd.debian.org/vim)
 
 
 ## What is Vim? ##

nsis/README.txt

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 This builds a one-click install for Vim for Win32 using the Nullsoft
-Installation System (NSIS), available at http://www.nullsoft.com/free/nsis/
+Installation System (NSIS), available at http://nsis.sourceforge.net/
 
 To build the installable .exe:
 
@@ -17,8 +17,14 @@ To build the installable .exe:
 	uninstal.exe,
 	xxd/xxd.exe,
 
+    Then execute tools/rename.bat to rename the executables. (mv command is
+    required.)
+
 3.  Go to the GvimExt directory and build gvimext.dll (or get it from a binary
-    archive).
+    archive).  Both 64- and 32-bit versions are needed and should be placed
+    as follows:
+	64-bit: src/GvimExt/gvimext64.dll
+	32-bit: src/GvimExt/gvimext.dll
 
 4.  Go to the VisVim directory and build VisVim.dll (or get it from a binary
     archive).
@@ -27,13 +33,35 @@ To build the installable .exe:
     get them from a binary archive).
 
 6.  Get a "diff.exe" program and put it in the "../.." directory (above the
-    "vim61" directory, it's the same for all Vim versions).
+    "vim80" directory, it's the same for all Vim versions).
     You can find one in previous Vim versions or in this archive:
 		http://www.mossbayeng.com/~ron/vim/diffutils.tar.gz
+    Also put winpty32.dll and winpty-agent.exe there.
 
 7.  Do "make uganda.nsis.txt" in runtime/doc.  This requires sed, you may have
     to do this on Unix.  Make sure the file is in DOS file format!
 
+8.  Get gettext and iconv DLLs from the following site:
+	https://github.com/mlocati/gettext-iconv-windows/releases
+    Both 64- and 32-bit versions are needed.
+    Download the files gettextX.X.X.X-iconvX.XX-shared-{32,64}.zip, extract
+    DLLs and place them as follows:
+
+	<GETTEXT directory>
+	    |
+	    + gettext32/
+	    |	libintl-8.dll
+	    |	libiconv-2.dll
+	    |	libgcc_s_sjlj-1.dll
+	    |
+	    ` gettext64/
+		libintl-8.dll
+		libiconv-2.dll
+
+    The default <GETTEXT directory> is "..", however, you can change it by
+    passing /DGETTEXT=... option to the makensis command.
+
+
 Install NSIS if you didn't do that already.
 Also install UPX, if you want a compressed file.
 

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -20,8 +20,15 @@
   !define VIMTOOLS ..\..
 !endif
 
+# Location of gettext.
+# It must contain two directories: gettext32 and gettext64.
+# See README.txt for detail.
+!ifndef GETTEXT
+  !define GETTEXT ${VIMRT}
+!endif
+
 # Comment the next line if you don't have UPX.
-# Get it at http://upx.sourceforge.net
+# Get it at https://upx.github.io/
 !define HAVE_UPX
 
 # comment the next line if you do not want to add Native Language Support
@@ -76,6 +83,7 @@ SilentInstall normal
 # These are the pages we use
 Page license
 Page components
+Page custom SetCustom ValidateCustom ": _vimrc setting"
 Page directory "" "" CheckInstallDir
 Page instfiles
 UninstPage uninstConfirm
@@ -128,6 +136,10 @@ Function .onInit
   StrCpy $1 "-register-OLE"
   StrCpy $2 "gvim evim gview gvimdiff vimtutor"
 
+  # Extract InstallOptions files
+  # $PLUGINSDIR will automatically be removed when the installer closes
+  InitPluginsDir
+  File /oname=$PLUGINSDIR\vimrc.ini "vimrc.ini"
 FunctionEnd
 
 Function .onUserAbort
@@ -179,7 +191,7 @@ FunctionEnd
 
 ##########################################################
 Section "Vim executables and runtime files"
-	SectionIn 1 2 3
+	SectionIn 1 2 3 RO
 
 	# we need also this here if the user changes the instdir
 	StrCpy $0 "$INSTDIR\vim${VER_MAJOR}${VER_MINOR}"
@@ -191,13 +203,16 @@ Section "Vim executables and runtime files"
 	File ${VIMSRC}\vimrun.exe
 	File /oname=tee.exe ${VIMSRC}\teew32.exe
 	File /oname=xxd.exe ${VIMSRC}\xxdw32.exe
-	File ${VIMTOOLS}\diff.exe
 	File ${VIMRT}\vimtutor.bat
 	File ${VIMRT}\README.txt
 	File ..\uninstal.txt
 	File ${VIMRT}\*.vim
 	File ${VIMRT}\rgb.txt
 
+	File ${VIMTOOLS}\diff.exe
+	File ${VIMTOOLS}\winpty32.dll
+	File ${VIMTOOLS}\winpty-agent.exe
+
 	SetOutPath $0\colors
 	File ${VIMRT}\colors\*.*
 
@@ -216,6 +231,14 @@ Section "Vim executables and runtime files"
 
 	SetOutPath $0\macros
 	File ${VIMRT}\macros\*.*
+	SetOutPath $0\macros\hanoi
+	File ${VIMRT}\macros\hanoi\*.*
+	SetOutPath $0\macros\life
+	File ${VIMRT}\macros\life\*.*
+	SetOutPath $0\macros\maze
+	File ${VIMRT}\macros\maze\*.*
+	SetOutPath $0\macros\urm
+	File ${VIMRT}\macros\urm\*.*
 
 	SetOutPath $0\pack\dist\opt\dvorak\dvorak
 	File ${VIMRT}\pack\dist\opt\dvorak\dvorak\*.*
@@ -245,6 +268,9 @@ Section "Vim executables and runtime files"
 	SetOutPath $0\autoload
 	File ${VIMRT}\autoload\*.*
 
+	SetOutPath $0\autoload\dist
+	File ${VIMRT}\autoload\dist\*.*
+
 	SetOutPath $0\autoload\xml
 	File ${VIMRT}\autoload\xml\*.*
 
@@ -317,24 +343,67 @@ Section "Add an Edit-with-Vim context menu entry"
 	SetOutPath $0
 	ClearErrors
 	SetOverwrite try
+
 	${If} ${RunningX64}
+	  # Install 64-bit gvimext.dll into the GvimExt64 directory.
+	  SetOutPath $0\GvimExt64
+	  ClearErrors
 	  File /oname=gvimext.dll ${VIMSRC}\GvimExt\gvimext64.dll
-	${Else}
-	  File /oname=gvimext.dll ${VIMSRC}\GvimExt\gvimext.dll
+!ifdef HAVE_NLS
+	  File ${GETTEXT}\gettext64\libintl-8.dll
+	  File ${GETTEXT}\gettext64\libiconv-2.dll
+!endif
+
+	  IfErrors 0 GvimExt64Done
+
+	  # Can't copy gvimext.dll, create it under another name and rename it
+	  # on next reboot.
+	  GetTempFileName $3 $0\GvimExt64
+	  File /oname=$3 ${VIMSRC}\GvimExt\gvimext64.dll
+	  Rename /REBOOTOK $3 $0\GvimExt64\gvimext.dll
+!ifdef HAVE_NLS
+	  GetTempFileName $3 $0\GvimExt64
+	  File /oname=$3 ${GETTEXT}\gettext64\libintl-8.dll
+	  Rename /REBOOTOK $3 $0\GvimExt64\libintl-8.dll
+	  GetTempFileName $3 $0\GvimExt64
+	  File /oname=$3 ${GETTEXT}\gettext64\libiconv-2.dll
+	  Rename /REBOOTOK $3 $0\GvimExt64\libiconv-2.dll
+!endif
 	${EndIf}
-	IfErrors 0 GvimExtDone
+
+	GvimExt64Done:
+
+	# Install 32-bit gvimext.dll into the GvimExt32 directory.
+	SetOutPath $0\GvimExt32
+	ClearErrors
+
+	File /oname=gvimext.dll ${VIMSRC}\GvimExt\gvimext.dll
+!ifdef HAVE_NLS
+	File ${GETTEXT}\gettext32\libintl-8.dll
+	File ${GETTEXT}\gettext32\libiconv-2.dll
+	File ${GETTEXT}\gettext32\libgcc_s_sjlj-1.dll
+!endif
+
+	IfErrors 0 GvimExt32Done
 
 	# Can't copy gvimext.dll, create it under another name and rename it on
 	# next reboot.
-	GetTempFileName $3 $0
-	${If} ${RunningX64}
-	  File /oname=$3 ${VIMSRC}\GvimExt\gvimext64.dll
-	${Else}
-	  File /oname=$3 ${VIMSRC}\GvimExt\gvimext.dll
-	${EndIf}
-	Rename /REBOOTOK $3 $0\gvimext.dll
+	GetTempFileName $3 $0\GvimExt32
+	File /oname=$3 ${VIMSRC}\GvimExt\gvimext.dll
+	Rename /REBOOTOK $3 $0\GvimExt32\gvimext.dll
+!ifdef HAVE_NLS
+	GetTempFileName $3 $0\GvimExt32
+	File /oname=$3 ${GETTEXT}\gettext32\libintl-8.dll
+	Rename /REBOOTOK $3 $0\GvimExt32\libintl-8.dll
+	GetTempFileName $3 $0\GvimExt32
+	File /oname=$3 ${GETTEXT}\gettext32\libiconv-2.dll
+	Rename /REBOOTOK $3 $0\GvimExt32\libiconv-2.dll
+	GetTempFileName $3 $0\GvimExt32
+	File /oname=$3 ${GETTEXT}\gettext32\libgcc_s_sjlj-1.dll
+	Rename /REBOOTOK $3 $0\GvimExt32\libgcc_s_sjlj-1.dll
+!endif
 
-	GvimExtDone:
+	GvimExt32Done:
 	SetOverwrite lastused
 
 	# We don't have a separate entry for the "Open With..." menu, assume
@@ -343,7 +412,7 @@ Section "Add an Edit-with-Vim context menu entry"
 SectionEnd
 
 ##########################################################
-Section "Create a _vimrc if it doesn't exist"
+Section "Create a _vimrc if it doesn't exist" sec_vimrc_id
 	SectionIn 1 3
 
 	StrCpy $1 "$1 -create-vimrc"
@@ -383,10 +452,10 @@ SectionEnd
 		File ${VIMRT}\keymap\README.txt
 		File ${VIMRT}\keymap\*.vim
 		SetOutPath $0
-		File ${VIMRT}\libintl-8.dll
-		File ${VIMRT}\libiconv-2.dll
-		File /nonfatal ${VIMRT}\libwinpthread-1.dll
-		File /nonfatal ${VIMRT}\libgcc_s_sjlj-1.dll
+		File ${GETTEXT}\gettext32\libintl-8.dll
+		File ${GETTEXT}\gettext32\libiconv-2.dll
+		#File /nonfatal ${VIMRT}\libwinpthread-1.dll
+		File /nonfatal ${GETTEXT}\gettext32\libgcc_s_sjlj-1.dll
 	SectionEnd
 !endif
 
@@ -401,6 +470,45 @@ Section -post
 	BringToFront
 SectionEnd
 
+##########################################################
+Function SetCustom
+	# Display the InstallOptions dialog
+
+	# Check if a _vimrc should be created
+	SectionGetFlags ${sec_vimrc_id} $0
+	IntOp $0 $0 & 1
+	StrCmp $0 "1" +2 0
+	  Abort
+
+	Push $3
+	  InstallOptions::dialog "$PLUGINSDIR\vimrc.ini"
+	  Pop $3
+	Pop $3
+FunctionEnd
+
+Function ValidateCustom
+	ReadINIStr $3 "$PLUGINSDIR\vimrc.ini" "Field 2" "State"
+	StrCmp $3 "1" 0 +3
+	  StrCpy $1 "$1 -vimrc-remap no"
+	  Goto behave
+
+	  StrCpy $1 "$1 -vimrc-remap win"
+
+	behave:
+	ReadINIStr $3 "$PLUGINSDIR\vimrc.ini" "Field 5" "State"
+	StrCmp $3 "1" 0 +3
+	  StrCpy $1 "$1 -vimrc-behave unix"
+	  Goto done
+
+	ReadINIStr $3 "$PLUGINSDIR\vimrc.ini" "Field 6" "State"
+	StrCmp $3 "1" 0 +3
+	  StrCpy $1 "$1 -vimrc-behave mswin"
+	  Goto done
+
+	  StrCpy $1 "$1 -vimrc-behave default"
+	done:
+FunctionEnd
+
 ##########################################################
 Section Uninstall
 	# Apparently $INSTDIR is set to the directory where the uninstaller is
@@ -426,6 +534,11 @@ Section Uninstall
 	   $\nIt contains the Vim executables and runtime files." IDNO NoRemoveExes
 
 	Delete /REBOOTOK $0\*.dll
+	Delete /REBOOTOK $0\GvimExt32\*.dll
+	${If} ${RunningX64}
+	  Delete /REBOOTOK $0\GvimExt64\*.dll
+	${EndIf}
+
 	ClearErrors
 	# Remove everything but *.dll files.  Avoids that
 	# a lot remains when gvimext.dll cannot be deleted.

nsis/vimrc.ini

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+[Settings]
+NumFields=7
+
+[Field 1]
+Type=GroupBox
+Left=0
+Right=-1
+Top=0
+Bottom=53
+Text=" Key remapping "
+
+[Field 2]
+Type=radiobutton
+Text=Do not remap keys for Windows behavior (Default)
+Left=10
+Right=-10
+Top=17
+Bottom=25
+State=1
+Flags=GROUP
+
+[Field 3]
+Type=radiobutton
+Text=Remap a few keys for Windows behavior (<C-V>, <C-C>, <C-A>, <C-S>, <C-F>, etc)
+Left=10
+Right=-10
+Top=30
+Bottom=47
+State=0
+Flags=NOTABSTOP
+
+[Field 4]
+Type=GroupBox
+Left=0
+Right=-1
+Top=55
+Bottom=-5
+Text=" Mouse behavior "
+
+[Field 5]
+Type=radiobutton
+Text=Right button extends selection, left button starts visual mode (Unix)
+Left=10
+Right=-5
+Top=72
+Bottom=80
+State=0
+Flags=GROUP
+
+[Field 6]
+Type=radiobutton
+Text=Right button has a popup menu, left button starts select mode (Windows)
+Left=10
+Right=-5
+Top=85
+Bottom=93
+State=0
+Flags=NOTABSTOP
+
+[Field 7]
+Type=radiobutton
+Text=Right button has a popup menu, left button starts visual mode (Default)
+Left=10
+Right=-5
+Top=98
+Bottom=106
+State=1
+Flags=NOTABSTOP

runtime/autoload/ada.vim

@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ function ada#Map_Menu (Text, Keys, Command)
 	\" :" . a:Command
       execute
 	\ "inoremap <buffer>" .
-	\ " <Learder>a" . a:Keys .
+	\ " <Leader>a" . a:Keys .
 	\" <C-O>:" . a:Command
    endif
    return

runtime/autoload/dist/ft.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,741 @@
+" Vim functions for file type detection
+"
+" Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
+" Last Change:	2017 Nov 11
+
+" These functions are moved here from runtime/filetype.vim to make startup
+" faster.
+
+" Line continuation is used here, remove 'C' from 'cpoptions'
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+func dist#ft#Check_inp()
+  if getline(1) =~ '^\*'
+    setf abaqus
+  else
+    let n = 1
+    if line("$") > 500
+      let nmax = 500
+    else
+      let nmax = line("$")
+    endif
+    while n <= nmax
+      if getline(n) =~? "^header surface data"
+	setf trasys
+	break
+      endif
+      let n = n + 1
+    endwhile
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+" This function checks for the kind of assembly that is wanted by the user, or
+" can be detected from the first five lines of the file.
+func dist#ft#FTasm()
+  " make sure b:asmsyntax exists
+  if !exists("b:asmsyntax")
+    let b:asmsyntax = ""
+  endif
+
+  if b:asmsyntax == ""
+    call dist#ft#FTasmsyntax()
+  endif
+
+  " if b:asmsyntax still isn't set, default to asmsyntax or GNU
+  if b:asmsyntax == ""
+    if exists("g:asmsyntax")
+      let b:asmsyntax = g:asmsyntax
+    else
+      let b:asmsyntax = "asm"
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  exe "setf " . fnameescape(b:asmsyntax)
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#FTasmsyntax()
+  " see if file contains any asmsyntax=foo overrides. If so, change
+  " b:asmsyntax appropriately
+  let head = " ".getline(1)." ".getline(2)." ".getline(3)." ".getline(4).
+	\" ".getline(5)." "
+  let match = matchstr(head, '\sasmsyntax=\zs[a-zA-Z0-9]\+\ze\s')
+  if match != ''
+    let b:asmsyntax = match
+  elseif ((head =~? '\.title') || (head =~? '\.ident') || (head =~? '\.macro') || (head =~? '\.subtitle') || (head =~? '\.library'))
+    let b:asmsyntax = "vmasm"
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+" Check if one of the first five lines contains "VB_Name".  In that case it is
+" probably a Visual Basic file.  Otherwise it's assumed to be "alt" filetype.
+func dist#ft#FTVB(alt)
+  if getline(1).getline(2).getline(3).getline(4).getline(5) =~? 'VB_Name\|Begin VB\.\(Form\|MDIForm\|UserControl\)'
+    setf vb
+  else
+    exe "setf " . a:alt
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#FTbtm()
+  if exists("g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm") && g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm
+    setf dosbatch
+  else
+    setf btm
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#BindzoneCheck(default)
+  if getline(1).getline(2).getline(3).getline(4) =~ '^; <<>> DiG [0-9.]\+.* <<>>\|$ORIGIN\|$TTL\|IN\s\+SOA'
+    setf bindzone
+  elseif a:default != ''
+    exe 'setf ' . a:default
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#FTlpc()
+  if exists("g:lpc_syntax_for_c")
+    let lnum = 1
+    while lnum <= 12
+      if getline(lnum) =~# '^\(//\|inherit\|private\|protected\|nosave\|string\|object\|mapping\|mixed\)'
+	setf lpc
+	return
+      endif
+      let lnum = lnum + 1
+    endwhile
+  endif
+  setf c
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#FTheader()
+  if match(getline(1, min([line("$"), 200])), '^@\(interface\|end\|class\)') > -1
+    if exists("g:c_syntax_for_h")
+      setf objc
+    else
+      setf objcpp
+    endif
+  elseif exists("g:c_syntax_for_h")
+    setf c
+  elseif exists("g:ch_syntax_for_h")
+    setf ch
+  else
+    setf cpp
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+" This function checks if one of the first ten lines start with a '@'.  In
+" that case it is probably a change file.
+" If the first line starts with # or ! it's probably a ch file.
+" If a line has "main", "include", "//" ir "/*" it's probably ch.
+" Otherwise CHILL is assumed.
+func dist#ft#FTchange()
+  let lnum = 1
+  while lnum <= 10
+    if getline(lnum)[0] == '@'
+      setf change
+      return
+    endif
+    if lnum == 1 && (getline(1)[0] == '#' || getline(1)[0] == '!')
+      setf ch
+      return
+    endif
+    if getline(lnum) =~ "MODULE"
+      setf chill
+      return
+    endif
+    if getline(lnum) =~ 'main\s*(\|#\s*include\|//'
+      setf ch
+      return
+    endif
+    let lnum = lnum + 1
+  endwhile
+  setf chill
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#FTent()
+  " This function checks for valid cl syntax in the first five lines.
+  " Look for either an opening comment, '#', or a block start, '{".
+  " If not found, assume SGML.
+  let lnum = 1
+  while lnum < 6
+    let line = getline(lnum)
+    if line =~ '^\s*[#{]'
+      setf cl
+      return
+    elseif line !~ '^\s*$'
+      " Not a blank line, not a comment, and not a block start,
+      " so doesn't look like valid cl code.
+      break
+    endif
+    let lnum = lnum + 1
+  endw
+  setf dtd
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#EuphoriaCheck()
+  if exists('g:filetype_euphoria')
+    exe 'setf ' . g:filetype_euphoria
+  else
+    setf euphoria3
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#DtraceCheck()
+  let lines = getline(1, min([line("$"), 100]))
+  if match(lines, '^module\>\|^import\>') > -1
+    " D files often start with a module and/or import statement.
+    setf d
+  elseif match(lines, '^#!\S\+dtrace\|#pragma\s\+D\s\+option\|:\S\{-}:\S\{-}:') > -1
+    setf dtrace
+  else
+    setf d
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#FTe()
+  if exists('g:filetype_euphoria')
+    exe 'setf ' . g:filetype_euphoria
+  else
+    let n = 1
+    while n < 100 && n < line("$")
+      if getline(n) =~ "^\\s*\\(<'\\|'>\\)\\s*$"
+	setf specman
+	return
+      endif
+      let n = n + 1
+    endwhile
+    setf eiffel
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+" Distinguish between HTML, XHTML and Django
+func dist#ft#FThtml()
+  let n = 1
+  while n < 10 && n < line("$")
+    if getline(n) =~ '\<DTD\s\+XHTML\s'
+      setf xhtml
+      return
+    endif
+    if getline(n) =~ '{%\s*\(extends\|block\|load\)\>\|{#\s\+'
+      setf htmldjango
+      return
+    endif
+    let n = n + 1
+  endwhile
+  setf html
+endfunc
+
+" Distinguish between standard IDL and MS-IDL
+func dist#ft#FTidl()
+  let n = 1
+  while n < 50 && n < line("$")
+    if getline(n) =~ '^\s*import\s\+"\(unknwn\|objidl\)\.idl"'
+      setf msidl
+      return
+    endif
+    let n = n + 1
+  endwhile
+  setf idl
+endfunc
+
+" Distinguish between "default" and Cproto prototype file. */
+func dist#ft#ProtoCheck(default)
+  " Cproto files have a comment in the first line and a function prototype in
+  " the second line, it always ends in ";".  Indent files may also have
+  " comments, thus we can't match comments to see the difference.
+  " IDL files can have a single ';' in the second line, require at least one
+  " chacter before the ';'.
+  if getline(2) =~ '.;$'
+    setf cpp
+  else
+    exe 'setf ' . a:default
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#FTm()
+  let n = 1
+  let saw_comment = 0 " Whether we've seen a multiline comment leader.
+  while n < 100
+    let line = getline(n)
+    if line =~ '^\s*/\*'
+      " /* ... */ is a comment in Objective C and Murphi, so we can't conclude
+      " it's either of them yet, but track this as a hint in case we don't see
+      " anything more definitive.
+      let saw_comment = 1
+    endif
+    if line =~ '^\s*\(#\s*\(include\|import\)\>\|@import\>\|//\)'
+      setf objc
+      return
+    endif
+    if line =~ '^\s*%'
+      setf matlab
+      return
+    endif
+    if line =~ '^\s*(\*'
+      setf mma
+      return
+    endif
+    if line =~ '^\c\s*\(\(type\|var\)\>\|--\)'
+      setf murphi
+      return
+    endif
+    let n = n + 1
+  endwhile
+
+  if saw_comment
+    " We didn't see anything definitive, but this looks like either Objective C
+    " or Murphi based on the comment leader. Assume the former as it is more
+    " common.
+    setf objc
+  elseif exists("g:filetype_m")
+    " Use user specified default filetype for .m
+    exe "setf " . g:filetype_m
+  else
+    " Default is matlab
+    setf matlab
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#FTmms()
+  let n = 1
+  while n < 10
+    let line = getline(n)
+    if line =~ '^\s*\(%\|//\)' || line =~ '^\*'
+      setf mmix
+      return
+    endif
+    if line =~ '^\s*#'
+      setf make
+      return
+    endif
+    let n = n + 1
+  endwhile
+  setf mmix
+endfunc
+
+" This function checks if one of the first five lines start with a dot.  In
+" that case it is probably an nroff file: 'filetype' is set and 1 is returned.
+func dist#ft#FTnroff()
+  if getline(1)[0] . getline(2)[0] . getline(3)[0] . getline(4)[0] . getline(5)[0] =~ '\.'
+    setf nroff
+    return 1
+  endif
+  return 0
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#FTmm()
+  let n = 1
+  while n < 10
+    let line = getline(n)
+    if line =~ '^\s*\(#\s*\(include\|import\)\>\|@import\>\|/\*\)'
+      setf objcpp
+      return
+    endif
+    let n = n + 1
+  endwhile
+  setf nroff
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#FTpl()
+  if exists("g:filetype_pl")
+    exe "setf " . g:filetype_pl
+  else
+    " recognize Prolog by specific text in the first non-empty line
+    " require a blank after the '%' because Perl uses "%list" and "%translate"
+    let l = getline(nextnonblank(1))
+    if l =~ '\<prolog\>' || l =~ '^\s*\(%\+\(\s\|$\)\|/\*\)' || l =~ ':-'
+      setf prolog
+    else
+      setf perl
+    endif
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#FTinc()
+  if exists("g:filetype_inc")
+    exe "setf " . g:filetype_inc
+  else
+    let lines = getline(1).getline(2).getline(3)
+    if lines =~? "perlscript"
+      setf aspperl
+    elseif lines =~ "<%"
+      setf aspvbs
+    elseif lines =~ "<?"
+      setf php
+    else
+      call dist#ft#FTasmsyntax()
+      if exists("b:asmsyntax")
+	exe "setf " . fnameescape(b:asmsyntax)
+      else
+	setf pov
+      endif
+    endif
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#FTprogress_cweb()
+  if exists("g:filetype_w")
+    exe "setf " . g:filetype_w
+    return
+  endif
+  if getline(1) =~ '&ANALYZE' || getline(3) =~ '&GLOBAL-DEFINE'
+    setf progress
+  else
+    setf cweb
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#FTprogress_asm()
+  if exists("g:filetype_i")
+    exe "setf " . g:filetype_i
+    return
+  endif
+  " This function checks for an assembly comment the first ten lines.
+  " If not found, assume Progress.
+  let lnum = 1
+  while lnum <= 10 && lnum < line('$')
+    let line = getline(lnum)
+    if line =~ '^\s*;' || line =~ '^\*'
+      call dist#ft#FTasm()
+      return
+    elseif line !~ '^\s*$' || line =~ '^/\*'
+      " Not an empty line: Doesn't look like valid assembly code.
+      " Or it looks like a Progress /* comment
+      break
+    endif
+    let lnum = lnum + 1
+  endw
+  setf progress
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#FTprogress_pascal()
+  if exists("g:filetype_p")
+    exe "setf " . g:filetype_p
+    return
+  endif
+  " This function checks for valid Pascal syntax in the first ten lines.
+  " Look for either an opening comment or a program start.
+  " If not found, assume Progress.
+  let lnum = 1
+  while lnum <= 10 && lnum < line('$')
+    let line = getline(lnum)
+    if line =~ '^\s*\(program\|unit\|procedure\|function\|const\|type\|var\)\>'
+	\ || line =~ '^\s*{' || line =~ '^\s*(\*'
+      setf pascal
+      return
+    elseif line !~ '^\s*$' || line =~ '^/\*'
+      " Not an empty line: Doesn't look like valid Pascal code.
+      " Or it looks like a Progress /* comment
+      break
+    endif
+    let lnum = lnum + 1
+  endw
+  setf progress
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#FTr()
+  let max = line("$") > 50 ? 50 : line("$")
+
+  for n in range(1, max)
+    " Rebol is easy to recognize, check for that first
+    if getline(n) =~? '\<REBOL\>'
+      setf rebol
+      return
+    endif
+  endfor
+
+  for n in range(1, max)
+    " R has # comments
+    if getline(n) =~ '^\s*#'
+      setf r
+      return
+    endif
+    " Rexx has /* comments */
+    if getline(n) =~ '^\s*/\*'
+      setf rexx
+      return
+    endif
+  endfor
+
+  " Nothing recognized, use user default or assume Rexx
+  if exists("g:filetype_r")
+    exe "setf " . g:filetype_r
+  else
+    " Rexx used to be the default, but R appears to be much more popular.
+    setf r
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#McSetf()
+  " Rely on the file to start with a comment.
+  " MS message text files use ';', Sendmail files use '#' or 'dnl'
+  for lnum in range(1, min([line("$"), 20]))
+    let line = getline(lnum)
+    if line =~ '^\s*\(#\|dnl\)'
+      setf m4  " Sendmail .mc file
+      return
+    elseif line =~ '^\s*;'
+      setf msmessages  " MS Message text file
+      return
+    endif
+  endfor
+  setf m4  " Default: Sendmail .mc file
+endfunc
+
+" Called from filetype.vim and scripts.vim.
+func dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH(name)
+  if expand("<amatch>") =~ g:ft_ignore_pat
+    return
+  endif
+  if a:name =~ '\<csh\>'
+    " Some .sh scripts contain #!/bin/csh.
+    call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell("csh")
+    return
+  elseif a:name =~ '\<tcsh\>'
+    " Some .sh scripts contain #!/bin/tcsh.
+    call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell("tcsh")
+    return
+  elseif a:name =~ '\<zsh\>'
+    " Some .sh scripts contain #!/bin/zsh.
+    call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell("zsh")
+    return
+  elseif a:name =~ '\<ksh\>'
+    let b:is_kornshell = 1
+    if exists("b:is_bash")
+      unlet b:is_bash
+    endif
+    if exists("b:is_sh")
+      unlet b:is_sh
+    endif
+  elseif exists("g:bash_is_sh") || a:name =~ '\<bash\>' || a:name =~ '\<bash2\>'
+    let b:is_bash = 1
+    if exists("b:is_kornshell")
+      unlet b:is_kornshell
+    endif
+    if exists("b:is_sh")
+      unlet b:is_sh
+    endif
+  elseif a:name =~ '\<sh\>'
+    let b:is_sh = 1
+    if exists("b:is_kornshell")
+      unlet b:is_kornshell
+    endif
+    if exists("b:is_bash")
+      unlet b:is_bash
+    endif
+  endif
+  call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell("sh")
+endfunc
+
+" For shell-like file types, check for an "exec" command hidden in a comment,
+" as used for Tcl.
+" Also called from scripts.vim, thus can't be local to this script.
+func dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell(name)
+  if expand("<amatch>") =~ g:ft_ignore_pat
+    return
+  endif
+  let l = 2
+  while l < 20 && l < line("$") && getline(l) =~ '^\s*\(#\|$\)'
+    " Skip empty and comment lines.
+    let l = l + 1
+  endwhile
+  if l < line("$") && getline(l) =~ '\s*exec\s' && getline(l - 1) =~ '^\s*#.*\\$'
+    " Found an "exec" line after a comment with continuation
+    let n = substitute(getline(l),'\s*exec\s\+\([^ ]*/\)\=', '', '')
+    if n =~ '\<tclsh\|\<wish'
+      setf tcl
+      return
+    endif
+  endif
+  exe "setf " . a:name
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#CSH()
+  if exists("g:filetype_csh")
+    call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell(g:filetype_csh)
+  elseif &shell =~ "tcsh"
+    call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell("tcsh")
+  else
+    call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell("csh")
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+let s:ft_rules_udev_rules_pattern = '^\s*\cudev_rules\s*=\s*"\([^"]\{-1,}\)/*".*'
+func dist#ft#FTRules()
+  let path = expand('<amatch>:p')
+  if path =~ '^/\(etc/udev/\%(rules\.d/\)\=.*\.rules\|lib/udev/\%(rules\.d/\)\=.*\.rules\)$'
+    setf udevrules
+    return
+  endif
+  if path =~ '^/etc/ufw/'
+    setf conf  " Better than hog
+    return
+  endif
+  if path =~ '^/\(etc\|usr/share\)/polkit-1/rules\.d'
+    setf javascript
+    return
+  endif
+  try
+    let config_lines = readfile('/etc/udev/udev.conf')
+  catch /^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E484/
+    setf hog
+    return
+  endtry
+  let dir = expand('<amatch>:p:h')
+  for line in config_lines
+    if line =~ s:ft_rules_udev_rules_pattern
+      let udev_rules = substitute(line, s:ft_rules_udev_rules_pattern, '\1', "")
+      if dir == udev_rules
+	setf udevrules
+      endif
+      break
+    endif
+  endfor
+  setf hog
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#SQL()
+  if exists("g:filetype_sql")
+    exe "setf " . g:filetype_sql
+  else
+    setf sql
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+" If the file has an extension of 't' and is in a directory 't' or 'xt' then
+" it is almost certainly a Perl test file.
+" If the first line starts with '#' and contains 'perl' it's probably a Perl
+" file.
+" (Slow test) If a file contains a 'use' statement then it is almost certainly
+" a Perl file.
+func dist#ft#FTperl()
+  let dirname = expand("%:p:h:t")
+  if expand("%:e") == 't' && (dirname == 't' || dirname == 'xt')
+    setf perl
+    return 1
+  endif
+  if getline(1)[0] == '#' && getline(1) =~ 'perl'
+    setf perl
+    return 1
+  endif
+  if search('^use\s\s*\k', 'nc', 30)
+    setf perl
+    return 1
+  endif
+  return 0
+endfunc
+
+" Choose context, plaintex, or tex (LaTeX) based on these rules:
+" 1. Check the first line of the file for "%&<format>".
+" 2. Check the first 1000 non-comment lines for LaTeX or ConTeXt keywords.
+" 3. Default to "latex" or to g:tex_flavor, can be set in user's vimrc.
+func dist#ft#FTtex()
+  let firstline = getline(1)
+  if firstline =~ '^%&\s*\a\+'
+    let format = tolower(matchstr(firstline, '\a\+'))
+    let format = substitute(format, 'pdf', '', '')
+    if format == 'tex'
+      let format = 'latex'
+    elseif format == 'plaintex'
+      let format = 'plain'
+    endif
+  elseif expand('%') =~ 'tex/context/.*/.*.tex'
+    let format = 'context'
+  else
+    " Default value, may be changed later:
+    let format = exists("g:tex_flavor") ? g:tex_flavor : 'plain'
+    " Save position, go to the top of the file, find first non-comment line.
+    let save_cursor = getpos('.')
+    call cursor(1,1)
+    let firstNC = search('^\s*[^[:space:]%]', 'c', 1000)
+    if firstNC " Check the next thousand lines for a LaTeX or ConTeXt keyword.
+      let lpat = 'documentclass\>\|usepackage\>\|begin{\|newcommand\>\|renewcommand\>'
+      let cpat = 'start\a\+\|setup\a\+\|usemodule\|enablemode\|enableregime\|setvariables\|useencoding\|usesymbols\|stelle\a\+\|verwende\a\+\|stel\a\+\|gebruik\a\+\|usa\a\+\|imposta\a\+\|regle\a\+\|utilisemodule\>'
+      let kwline = search('^\s*\\\%(' . lpat . '\)\|^\s*\\\(' . cpat . '\)',
+			      \ 'cnp', firstNC + 1000)
+      if kwline == 1	" lpat matched
+	let format = 'latex'
+      elseif kwline == 2	" cpat matched
+	let format = 'context'
+      endif		" If neither matched, keep default set above.
+      " let lline = search('^\s*\\\%(' . lpat . '\)', 'cn', firstNC + 1000)
+      " let cline = search('^\s*\\\%(' . cpat . '\)', 'cn', firstNC + 1000)
+      " if cline > 0
+      "   let format = 'context'
+      " endif
+      " if lline > 0 && (cline == 0 || cline > lline)
+      "   let format = 'tex'
+      " endif
+    endif " firstNC
+    call setpos('.', save_cursor)
+  endif " firstline =~ '^%&\s*\a\+'
+
+  " Translation from formats to file types.  TODO:  add AMSTeX, RevTex, others?
+  if format == 'plain'
+    setf plaintex
+  elseif format == 'context'
+    setf context
+  else " probably LaTeX
+    setf tex
+  endif
+  return
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#FTxml()
+  let n = 1
+  while n < 100 && n < line("$")
+    let line = getline(n)
+    " DocBook 4 or DocBook 5.
+    let is_docbook4 = line =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*DocBook'
+    let is_docbook5 = line =~ ' xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"'
+    if is_docbook4 || is_docbook5
+      let b:docbk_type = "xml"
+      if is_docbook5
+	let b:docbk_ver = 5
+      else
+	let b:docbk_ver = 4
+      endif
+      setf docbk
+      return
+    endif
+    if line =~ 'xmlns:xbl="http://www.mozilla.org/xbl"'
+      setf xbl
+      return
+    endif
+    let n += 1
+  endwhile
+  setf xml
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#FTy()
+  let n = 1
+  while n < 100 && n < line("$")
+    let line = getline(n)
+    if line =~ '^\s*%'
+      setf yacc
+      return
+    endif
+    if getline(n) =~ '^\s*\(#\|class\>\)' && getline(n) !~ '^\s*#\s*include'
+      setf racc
+      return
+    endif
+    let n = n + 1
+  endwhile
+  setf yacc
+endfunc
+
+func dist#ft#Redif()
+  let lnum = 1
+  while lnum <= 5 && lnum < line('$')
+    if getline(lnum) =~ "^\ctemplate-type:"
+      setf redif
+      return
+    endif
+    let lnum = lnum + 1
+  endwhile
+endfunc
+
+
+" Restore 'cpoptions'
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
-" Date:		Dec 30, 2014
+" Date:		Nov 09, 2016
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
-" Version:	15
+" Version:	16
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwSettings") || &cp
   finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v15"
+let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v16"
 if v:version < 700
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of netrwSettings needs vim 7.0"
@@ -154,9 +154,13 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put = 'let g:netrw_list_hide         = '.g:netrw_list_hide
   put = 'let g:netrw_liststyle         = '.g:netrw_liststyle
   put = 'let g:netrw_localcopycmd      = '.g:netrw_localcopycmd
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localcopycmdopt   = '.g:netrw_localcopycmdopt
   put = 'let g:netrw_localmkdir        = '.g:netrw_localmkdir
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localmkdiropt     = '.g:netrw_localmkdiropt
   put = 'let g:netrw_localmovecmd      = '.g:netrw_localmovecmd
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localmovecmdopt   = '.g:netrw_localmovecmdopt
   put = 'let g:netrw_localrmdir        = '.g:netrw_localrmdir
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localrmdiropt     = '.g:netrw_localrmdiropt
   put = 'let g:netrw_maxfilenamelen    = '.g:netrw_maxfilenamelen
   put = 'let g:netrw_menu              = '.g:netrw_menu
   put = 'let g:netrw_mousemaps         = '.g:netrw_mousemaps

runtime/autoload/paste.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim support file to help with paste mappings and menus
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2006 Jun 23
+" Last Change:	2017 Aug 30
 
 " Define the string to use for items that are present both in Edit, Popup and
 " Toolbar menu.  Also used in mswin.vim and macmap.vim.
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 if has("virtualedit")
   let paste#paste_cmd = {'n': ":call paste#Paste()<CR>"}
   let paste#paste_cmd['v'] = '"-c<Esc>' . paste#paste_cmd['n']
-  let paste#paste_cmd['i'] = 'x<BS><Esc>' . paste#paste_cmd['n'] . 'gi'
+  let paste#paste_cmd['i'] = "\<c-\>\<c-o>\"+gP"
 
   func! paste#Paste()
     let ove = &ve

runtime/autoload/sqlcomplete.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:    SQL
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
 " Version:     16.0
-" Last Change: 2015 Dec 29
+" Last Change: 2017 Oct 15
 " Homepage:    http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1572
 " Usage:       For detailed help
 "              ":help sql.txt"
@@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
 
          " Start characterwise visual mode
          " Advance right one character
-         " Search foward until one of the following:
+         " Search forward until one of the following:
          "     1.  Another select/update/delete statement
          "     2.  A ; at the end of a line (the delimiter)
          "     3.  The end of the file (incase no delimiter)

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ xxd.man: xxd.1
 	nroff -man xxd.1 | sed -e s/.//g > xxd.man
 
 uganda.nsis.txt: uganda.txt
-	sed -e 's/[ 	]*\*[-a-zA-Z0-9.]*\*//g' -e 's/vim:tw=78://' \
+	sed -e 's/[ 	]*\*[-a-zA-Z0-9.]*\*//g' -e 's/vim:tw=78:.*//' \
 		uganda.txt | uniq >uganda.nsis.txt
 
 # Awk version of .txt to .html conversion.

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jul 14
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Nov 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -68,7 +68,14 @@ Note: The ":autocmd" command can only be followed by another command when the
 '|' appears before {cmd}.  This works: >
 	:augroup mine | au! BufRead | augroup END
 But this sees "augroup" as part of the defined command: >
+	:augroup mine | au! BufRead * | augroup END
 	:augroup mine | au BufRead * set tw=70 | augroup END
+Instead you can put the group name into the command: >
+	:au! mine BufRead *
+	:au mine BufRead * set tw=70
+Or use `:execute`: >
+	:augroup mine | exe "au! BufRead *" | augroup END
+	:augroup mine | exe "au BufRead * set tw=70" | augroup END
 
 Note that special characters (e.g., "%", "<cword>") in the ":autocmd"
 arguments are not expanded when the autocommand is defined.  These will be
@@ -492,6 +499,22 @@ CmdUndefined			When a user command is used but it isn't
 				command is defined.  An alternative is to
 				always define the user command and have it
 				invoke an autoloaded function.  See |autoload|.
+							*CmdlineEnter*
+CmdlineEnter			After moving the cursor to the command line,
+				where the user can type a command or search
+				string.
+				<afile> is set to a single character,
+				indicating the type of command-line.
+				|cmdwin-char|
+							*CmdlineLeave*
+CmdlineLeave			Before leaving the command line.
+				Also when abandoning the command line, after
+				typing CTRL-C or <Esc>.
+				When the commands result in an error the
+				command line is still executed.
+				<afile> is set to a single character,
+				indicating the type of command-line.
+				|cmdwin-char|
 							*CmdwinEnter*
 CmdwinEnter			After entering the command-line window.
 				Useful for setting options specifically for

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jul 22
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -427,8 +427,8 @@ When no message was available then the result is v:none for a JSON or JS mode
 channels, an empty string for a RAW or NL channel.  You can use |ch_canread()|
 to check if there is something to read.
 
-Note that when there is no callback message are dropped.  To avoid that add a
-close callback to the channel.
+Note that when there is no callback, messages are dropped.  To avoid that add
+a close callback to the channel.
 
 To read all output from a RAW channel that is available: >
 	let output = ch_readraw(channel)
@@ -696,6 +696,10 @@ See |job_setoptions()| and |ch_setoptions()|.
 "block_write": number	only for testing: pretend every other write to stdin
 			will block
 
+"env": dict		environment variables for the new process
+"cwd": "/path/to/dir"	current working directory for the new process;
+			if the directory does not exist an error is given
+
 
 Writing to a buffer ~
 							*out_io-buffer*
@@ -731,10 +735,6 @@ The "out_msg" option can be used to specify whether a new buffer will have the
 first line set to "Reading from channel output...".  The default is to add the
 message.  "err_msg" does the same for channel error.
 
-'modifiable' option off, or write to a buffer that has 'modifiable' off.  That
-means that lines will be appended to the buffer, but the user can't easily
-change the buffer.
-
 When an existing buffer is to be written where 'modifiable' is off and the
 "out_modifiable" or "err_modifiable" options is not zero, an error is given
 and the buffer will not be written to.

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jul 11
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Oct 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -826,14 +826,21 @@ Also see |`=|.
 			       *:<cword>* *:<cWORD>* *:<cfile>* *<cfile>*
 			       *:<sfile>* *<sfile>* *:<afile>* *<afile>*
 			       *:<abuf>* *<abuf>* *:<amatch>* *<amatch>*
+			       *:<cexpr>* *<cexpr>*
 			       *<slnum>* *E495* *E496* *E497* *E499* *E500*
 Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
 	<cword>    is replaced with the word under the cursor (like |star|)
 	<cWORD>    is replaced with the WORD under the cursor (see |WORD|)
+	<cexpr>    is replaced with the word under the cursor, including more
+		   to form a C expression.  E.g., when the cursor is on "arg"
+		   of "ptr->arg" then the result is "ptr->arg"; when the
+		   cursor is on "]" of "list[idx]" then the result is
+		   "list[idx]".  This is used for |v:beval_text|.
 	<cfile>    is replaced with the path name under the cursor (like what
 		   |gf| uses)
 	<afile>    When executing autocommands, is replaced with the file name
-		   for a file read or write.
+		   of the buffer being manipulated, or the file for a read or
+		   write.
 	<abuf>     When executing autocommands, is replaced with the currently
 		   effective buffer number (for ":r file" and ":so file" it is
 		   the current buffer, the file being read/sourced is not in a

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Feb 03
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Oct 03
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ eight versions of the same file.
 
 The basics are explained in section |08.7| of the user manual.
 
-1. Starting diff mode		|vimdiff|
+1. Starting diff mode		|start-vimdiff|
 2. Viewing diffs		|view-diffs|
 3. Jumping to diffs		|jumpto-diffs|
 4. Copying diffs		|copy-diffs|
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ The basics are explained in section |08.7| of the user manual.
 {not in Vi}
 
 ==============================================================================
-1. Starting diff mode
+1. Starting diff mode					*start-vimdiff*
 
 The easiest way to start editing in diff mode is with the "vimdiff" command.
 This starts Vim as usual, and additionally sets up for viewing the differences
@@ -226,8 +226,8 @@ The diffs are highlighted with these groups:
 				(searching from the end of the line).  The
 				text in between is highlighted.  This means
 				that parts in the middle that are still the
-				same are highlighted anyway.  Only "iwhite" of
-				'diffopt' is used here.
+				same are highlighted anyway.  The 'diffopt'
+				flags "iwhite" and "icase" are used here.
 |hl-DiffDelete|	DiffDelete	Deleted lines.  Also called filler lines,
 				because they don't really exist in this
 				buffer.
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ g:diff_translations to zero: >
 
     let g:diff_translations = 0
 <
-After setting this variable, Reload the syntax script: >
+After setting this variable, reload the syntax script: >
 
     set syntax=diff
 <

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 01
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1109,6 +1109,7 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 			window in the current tab page the current tab page is
 			closed |tab-page|.
 			Triggers the |QuitPre| autocommand event.
+			See |CTRL-W_q| for quitting another window.
 
 :conf[irm] q[uit]	Quit, but give prompt when changes have been made, or
 			the last file in the argument list has not been

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 28
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Oct 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Detail: The ":filetype on" command will load one of these files:
 	BufNewFile and BufRead events.  If the file type is not found by the
 	name, the file $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim is used to detect it from the
 	contents of the file.
-	When the GUI is running or will start soon, the menu.vim script is
+	When the GUI is running or will start soon, the |menu.vim| script is
 	also sourced.  See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
 
 To add your own file types, see |new-filetype| below.  To search for help on a
@@ -602,11 +602,12 @@ MANPAGER				      *manpager.vim*
 The :Man command allows you to turn Vim into a manpager (that syntax highlights
 manpages and follows linked manpages on hitting CTRL-]).
 
-Works on:
+Tested on:
 
   - Linux
   - Mac OS
   - FreeBSD
+  - OpenBSD
   - Cygwin
   - Win 10 under Bash
 
@@ -616,21 +617,36 @@ Untested:
   - BeOS
   - OS/2
 
-For bash,zsh,ksh or dash by adding to the config file (.bashrc,.zshrc, ...)
+If man sets the $MAN_PN environment variable, like man-db, the most common
+implementation on Linux, then the "env MAN_PN=1 " part below should NOT be
+set, that is, the "env MAN_PN=1" should be omitted! Otherwise, the Vim 
+manpager does not correctly recognize manpages whose title contains a capital 
+letter. See the discussion on
+
+  https://groups.google.com/forum/#!topic/vim_dev/pWZmt_7GkxI
+
+For bash,zsh,ksh or dash, add to the config file (.bashrc,.zshrc, ...)
 
 	export MANPAGER="env MAN_PN=1 vim -M +MANPAGER -"
 
-For (t)csh by adding to the config file
+For (t)csh, add to the config file
 
 	setenv MANPAGER "env MAN_PN=1 vim -M +MANPAGER -"
 
-For fish by adding to the config file
+For fish, add to the config file
 
 	set -x MANPAGER "env MAN_PN=1 vim -M +MANPAGER -"
 
-If man sets the $MAN_PN environment variable, like man-db, the most common
-implementation on Linux and Mac OS, then the "env MAN_PN=1 " part above is
-superfluous.
+On OpenBSD:
+
+        export MANPAGER="env MAN_PN=1 vim -M +MANPAGER"
+
+If you experience still issues on manpages whose titles do not contain capital
+letters, then try adding MANPATH=${MANPATH} after MAN_PN=1. If your manpages do
+not show up localized, then try adding, LANGUAGE=${LANG} after MAN_PN=1. See
+
+  https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1002
+
 
 PDF							*ft-pdf-plugin*
 

runtime/doc/ft_rust.txt

@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
 		|g:rust_playpen_url| is the base URL to the playpen, by default
 		"https://play.rust-lang.org/".
 
-		|g:rust_shortener_url| is the base URL for the shorterner, by
+		|g:rust_shortener_url| is the base URL for the shortener, by
 		default "https://is.gd/"
 
 :RustFmt                                                       *:RustFmt*

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jul 15
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Nov 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ When the GUI starts up initializations are carried out, in this order:
     executed as an Ex command.
   - If the user gvimrc file exists, it is sourced.  The name of this file is
     normally "$HOME/.gvimrc".  You can check this with ":version".
-  - For Win32, when $HOME is not set, "$VIM\_gvimrc" is used.
+  - For Win32, $HOME is set by Vim if needed, see |$HOME-windows|.
   - When a "_gvimrc" file is not found, ".gvimrc" is tried too.  And vice
     versa.
   The name of the first file found is stored in $MYGVIMRC, unless it was
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ window Vim is running in with these commands: >
 							*gui-IME* *iBus*
 Input methods for international characters in X that rely on the XIM
 framework, most notably iBus, have been known to produce undesirable results
-in gVim. These may include an inability to enter spaces, or long delays
+in gvim. These may include an inability to enter spaces, or long delays
 between typing a character and it being recognized by the application.
 
 One workaround that has been successful, for unknown reasons, is to prevent
@@ -482,6 +482,7 @@ menus and menu items.  They are most useful for things that you can't remember
 what the key sequence was.
 
 For creating menus in a different language, see |:menutrans|.
+If you don't want to use menus at all, see |'go-M'|.
 
 							*menu.vim*
 The default menus are read from the file "$VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim".  See
@@ -498,7 +499,22 @@ in the menu (which can take a bit of time to load).  If you want to have all
 filetypes already present at startup, add: >
 	:let do_syntax_sel_menu = 1
 
-<
+The following menuitems show all available color schemes, keymaps and compiler
+settings:
+	Edit > Color Scheme ~
+	Edit > Keymap ~
+	Tools > Set Compiler ~
+However, they can also take a bit of time to load, because they search all
+related files from the directories in 'runtimepath'.  Therefore they are
+loaded lazily (by the |CursorHold| event), or you can also load them manually.
+If you want to have all these items already present at startup, add: >
+	:let do_no_lazyload_menus = 1
+
+Note that the menu.vim is sourced when `:syntax on` or `:filetype on` is
+executed or after your .vimrc file is sourced.  This means that the 'encoding'
+option and the language of messages (`:language messages`) must be set before
+that (if you want to change them).
+
 							*console-menus*
 Although this documentation is in the GUI section, you can actually use menus
 in console mode too.  You will have to load |menu.vim| explicitly then, it is
@@ -784,10 +800,40 @@ In the Win32 and GTK+ GUI, starting a menu name with ']' excludes that menu
 from the main menu bar.  You must then use the |:popup| or |:tearoff| command
 to display it.
 
+					*window-toolbar* *WinBar*
+Each window can have a local toolbar.  This uses the first line of the window,
+thus reduces the space for the text by one line.  The items in the toolbar
+must start with "WinBar".
+
+Only text can be used.  When using Unicode, special characters can be used to
+make the items look like icons.
+
+If the items do not fit then the last ones cannot be used.  The toolbar does
+not wrap.
+
+Note that Vim may be in any mode when executing these commands.  The menu
+should be defined for Normal mode and will be executed without changing the
+current mode. Thus if the current window is in Visual mode and the menu
+command does not intentionally change the mode, Vim will remain in Visual
+mode.  Best is to use `:nnoremenu` to avoid side effects.
+
+Example for debugger tools: >
+	nnoremenu 1.10 WinBar.Step :Step<CR>
+	nnoremenu 1.20 WinBar.Next :Next<CR>
+	nnoremenu 1.30 WinBar.Finish :Finish<CR>
+	nnoremenu 1.40 WinBar.Cont :Continue<CR>
+<
+The window toolbar uses the ToolbarLine and ToolbarButton highlight groups.
+
+When splitting the window the window toolbar is not copied to the new window.
+
 							*popup-menu*
 In the Win32, GTK+, Motif, Athena and Photon GUI, you can define the
 special menu "PopUp".  This is the menu that is displayed when the right mouse
 button is pressed, if 'mousemodel' is set to popup or popup_setpos.
+Example: >
+    nnoremenu 1.40 PopUp.&Paste	"+gP
+    menu PopUp
 
 
 5.3 Showing What Menus Are Mapped To			*showing-menus*

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2014 Dec 20
+*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Oct 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -382,38 +382,8 @@ Note that a menu that starts with ']' will not be displayed.
 ==============================================================================
 7. Command line arguments				*gui-w32-cmdargs*
 
-Analysis of a command line into parameters is not standardised in MS Windows.
-Gvim has to provide logic to analyse a command line.  This logic is likely to
-be different from the default logic provided by a compilation system used to
-build vim.  The differences relate to unusual double quote (") usage.
-The arguments "C:\My Music\freude.txt" and "+/Sch\"iller" are handled in the
-same way.  The argument "+/Sch""iller" may be handled different by gvim and
-vim, depending what it was compiled with.
-
-The rules are:
-      a) A parameter is a sequence of graphic characters.
-      b) Parameters are separated by white space.
-      c) A parameter can be enclosed in double quotes to include white space.
-      d) A sequence of zero or more backslashes (\) and a double quote (")
-	is special.  The effective number of backslashes is halved, rounded
-	down.  An even number of backslashes reverses the acceptability of
-	spaces and tabs, an odd number of backslashes produces a literal
-	double quote.
-
-So:
-	"	is a special double quote
-	\"	is a literal double quote
-	\\"	is a literal backslash and a special double quote
-	\\\"	is a literal backslash and a literal double quote
-	\\\\"	is 2 literal backslashes and a special double quote
-	\\\\\"	is 2 literal backslashes and a literal double quote
-	etc.
-
-Example: >
-	gvim "C:\My Music\freude" +"set ignorecase" +/"\"foo\\" +\"bar\\\"
-
-opens "C:\My Music\freude" and executes the line mode commands: >
-	set ignorecase; /"foo\ and /bar\"
+Command line arguments behave the same way as with the console application,
+see |win32-cmdargs|.
 
 ==============================================================================
 8. Various						*gui-w32-various*

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Sep 12
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Oct 28
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -142,6 +142,7 @@ Special issues ~
 |print.txt|	printing
 |remote.txt|	using Vim as a server or client
 |term.txt|	using different terminals and mice
+|terminal.txt|	Terminal window support
 |digraph.txt|	list of available digraphs
 |mbyte.txt|	multi-byte text support
 |mlang.txt|	non-English language support
@@ -150,6 +151,7 @@ Special issues ~
 |hebrew.txt|	Hebrew language support and editing
 |russian.txt|	Russian language support and editing
 |ft_ada.txt|	Ada (the programming language) support
+|ft_rust.txt|	Filetype plugin for Rust
 |ft_sql.txt|	about the SQL filetype plugin
 |hangulin.txt|	Hangul (Korean) input mode
 |rileft.txt|	right-to-left editing mode
@@ -202,6 +204,7 @@ Standard plugins ~
 |pi_logipat.txt|   Logical operators on patterns
 |pi_netrw.txt|     Reading and writing files over a network
 |pi_paren.txt|     Highlight matching parens
+|pi_spec.txt|      Filetype plugin to work with rpm spec files
 |pi_tar.txt|       Tar file explorer
 |pi_vimball.txt|   Create a self-installing Vim script
 |pi_zip.txt|       Zip archive explorer

runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Jan 24
+*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Oct 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sergey Khorev
@@ -278,12 +278,15 @@ When you don't use the MzScheme interface you don't need them, thus you can
 use Vim without these DLL files.
 NOTE: Newer version of MzScheme (Racket) require earlier (trampolined)
 initialisation via scheme_main_setup.  So Vim always loads the MzScheme DLL at
-startup if possible.
+startup if possible.  This may make Vim startup slower.
 
 To use the MzScheme interface the MzScheme DLLs must be in your search path.
 In a console window type "path" to see what directories are used.
 
-The names of the DLLs must match the MzScheme version Vim was compiled with.
+On MS-Windows the options 'mzschemedll' and 'mzschemegcdll' are used for the
+name of the library to load.  The initial value is specified at build time.
+
+The version of the DLL must match the MzScheme version Vim was compiled with.
 For MzScheme version 209 they will be "libmzsch209_000.dll" and
 "libmzgc209_000.dll". To know for sure look at the output of the ":version"
 command, look for -DDYNAMIC_MZSCH_DLL="something" and

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 09
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Nov 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -715,6 +715,8 @@ To facilitate bi-directional interface, you can use |pyeval()| and |py3eval()|
 functions to evaluate Python expressions and pass their values to Vim script.
 |pyxeval()| is also available.
 
+The Python value "None" is converted to v:none.
+
 ==============================================================================
 9. Dynamic loading					*python-dynamic*
 
@@ -894,10 +896,10 @@ On Ubuntu you will want to install these packages for Python 2:
 	python-dev
 For Python 3:
 	python3
-	pytyon3-dev
+	python3-dev
 For Python 3.6:
 	python3.6
-	pytyon3.6-dev
+	python3.6-dev
 
 If you have more than one version of Python 3, you need to link python3 to the
 one you prefer, before running configure.

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jul 30
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ tag		command		   action in Normal mode	~
 |CTRL-W_J|	CTRL-W J	   move current window to the very bottom
 |CTRL-W_K|	CTRL-W K	   move current window to the very top
 |CTRL-W_L|	CTRL-W L	   move current window to the far right
-|CTRL-W_N|	CTRL-W N	   terminal window: go to Terminal mode
+|CTRL-W_N|	CTRL-W N	   terminal window: go to Terminal Normal mode
 |CTRL-W_P|	CTRL-W P	   go to preview window
 |CTRL-W_R|	CTRL-W R	   rotate windows upwards N times
 |CTRL-W_S|	CTRL-W S	   same as "CTRL-W s"
@@ -1583,13 +1583,17 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:tjump|	:tj[ump]	like ":tselect", but jump directly when there
 				is only one match
 |:tlast|	:tl[ast]	jump to last matching tag
+|:tmapclear|	:tmapc[lear]	remove all mappings for Terminal-Job mode
+|:tmap|		:tma[p]		like ":map" but for Terminal-Job mode
 |:tmenu|	:tm[enu]	define menu tooltip
 |:tnext|	:tn[ext]	jump to next matching tag
+|:tnoremap|	:tno[remap]	like ":noremap" but for Terminal-Job mode
 |:topleft|	:to[pleft]	make split window appear at top or far left
 |:tprevious|	:tp[revious]	jump to previous matching tag
 |:trewind|	:tr[ewind]	jump to first matching tag
 |:try|		:try		execute commands, abort on error or exception
 |:tselect|	:ts[elect]	list matching tags and select one
+|:tunmap|	:tunma[p]	like ":unmap" but for Terminal-Job mode
 |:tunmenu|	:tu[nmenu]	remove menu tooltip
 |:undo|		:u[ndo]		undo last change(s)
 |:undojoin|	:undoj[oin]	join next change with previous undo block

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jul 30
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Sep 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -264,6 +264,10 @@ Vim would never have become what it is now, without the help of these people!
 	Juergen Weigert		Lattice version, AUX improvements, UNIX and
 				MS-DOS ports, autoconf
 	Stefan 'Sec' Zehl	Maintainer of vim.org
+	Yasuhiro Matsumoto	many MS-Windows improvements
+	Ken Takata		fixes and features
+	Kazunobu Kuriyama	GTK 3
+	Christian Brabandt	many fixes, features, user support, etc.
 
 I wish to thank all the people that sent me bug reports and suggestions.  The
 list is too long to mention them all here.  Vim would not be the same without
@@ -530,7 +534,7 @@ examples and use them directly.  Or type them literally, including the '<' and
 ==============================================================================
 5. Modes, introduction				*vim-modes-intro* *vim-modes*
 
-Vim has six BASIC modes:
+Vim has seven BASIC modes:
 
 					*Normal* *Normal-mode* *command-mode*
 Normal mode		In Normal mode you can enter all the normal editor
@@ -566,6 +570,11 @@ Ex mode			Like Command-line mode, but after entering a command
 			you remain in Ex mode.  Very limited editing of the
 			command line.  |Ex-mode|
 
+Terminal-Job mode	Interacting with a job in a terminal window.  Typed
+			keys go to the job and the job output is displayed in
+			the terminal window.  See |terminal| about how to
+			switch to other modes.
+
 There are seven ADDITIONAL modes.  These are variants of the BASIC modes:
 
 				*Operator-pending* *Operator-pending-mode*
@@ -592,10 +601,9 @@ Insert Normal mode	Entered when CTRL-O given in Insert mode.  This is
 			If the 'showmode' option is on "-- (insert) --" is
 			shown at the bottom of the window.
 
-Terminal Normal mode	Using Normal mode in a terminal window.  Making
-			changes is impossible.  Use a insert command, such as
-			"a" or "i", to return control to the job running in
-			the terminal.  Also called |Terminal-mode|.
+Terminal-Normal mode	Using Normal mode in a terminal window.  Making
+			changes is impossible.  Use an insert command, such as
+			"a" or "i", to return to Terminal-Job mode.
 
 Insert Visual mode	Entered when starting a Visual selection from Insert
 			mode, e.g., by using CTRL-O and then "v", "V" or
@@ -671,6 +679,8 @@ Normal mode from any other mode.  This can be used to make sure Vim is in
 Normal mode, without causing a beep like <Esc> would.  However, this does not
 work in Ex mode.  When used after a command that takes an argument, such as
 |f| or |m|, the timeout set with 'ttimeoutlen' applies.
+When focus is in a terminal window, CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode for only
+one command, see |t_CTRL-\_CTRL-N|.
 
 	*CTRL-\_CTRL-G* *i_CTRL-\_CTRL-G* *c_CTRL-\_CTRL-G* *v_CTRL-\_CTRL-G*
 The command CTRL-\ CTRL-G or <C-\><C-G> can be used to go to Insert mode when
@@ -833,10 +843,12 @@ by Vim.  {Vi: not ok}
 ==============================================================================
 8. Definitions						*definitions*
 
+  buffer		Contains lines of text, usually read from a file.
   screen		The whole area that Vim uses to work in.  This can be
 			a terminal emulator window.  Also called "the Vim
 			window".
-  window		A view on a buffer.
+  window		A view on a buffer.  There can be multiple windows for
+			one buffer.
 
 A screen contains one or more windows, separated by status lines and with the
 command line at the bottom.

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 May 30
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Sep 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ manual.
 1. Key mapping				*key-mapping* *mapping* *macro*
 
 Key mapping is used to change the meaning of typed keys.  The most common use
-is to define a sequence commands for a function key.  Example: >
+is to define a sequence of commands for a function key.  Example: >
 
 	:map <F2> a<C-R>=strftime("%c")<CR><Esc>
 
@@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ modes.
 :im[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-i|		*:im* *:imap*
 :lm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-l|		*:lm* *:lmap*
 :cm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-c|		*:cm* *:cmap*
+:tma[p]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-t|		*:tma* *:tmap*
 			Map the key sequence {lhs} to {rhs} for the modes
 			where the map command applies.  The result, including
 			{rhs}, is then further scanned for mappings.  This
@@ -71,6 +72,7 @@ modes.
 :ino[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-i|	*:ino* *:inoremap*
 :ln[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-l|	*:ln*  *:lnoremap*
 :cno[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-c|	*:cno* *:cnoremap*
+:tno[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-t|	*:tno* *:tnoremap*
 			Map the key sequence {lhs} to {rhs} for the modes
 			where the map command applies.  Disallow mapping of
 			{rhs}, to avoid nested and recursive mappings.  Often
@@ -87,6 +89,7 @@ modes.
 :iu[nmap] {lhs}			|mapmode-i|		*:iu*   *:iunmap*
 :lu[nmap] {lhs}			|mapmode-l|		*:lu*   *:lunmap*
 :cu[nmap] {lhs}			|mapmode-c|		*:cu*   *:cunmap*
+:tunma[p] {lhs}			|mapmode-t|		*:tunma* *:tunmap*
 			Remove the mapping of {lhs} for the modes where the
 			map command applies.  The mapping may remain defined
 			for other modes where it applies.
@@ -105,6 +108,7 @@ modes.
 :imapc[lear]			|mapmode-i|		*:imapc*  *:imapclear*
 :lmapc[lear]			|mapmode-l|		*:lmapc*  *:lmapclear*
 :cmapc[lear]			|mapmode-c|		*:cmapc*  *:cmapclear*
+:tmapc[lear]			|mapmode-t|		*:tmapc*  *:tmapclear*
 			Remove ALL mappings for the modes where the map
 			command applies.  {not in Vi}
 			Use the <buffer> argument to remove buffer-local
@@ -121,6 +125,7 @@ modes.
 :im[ap]				|mapmode-i|
 :lm[ap]				|mapmode-l|
 :cm[ap]				|mapmode-c|
+:tma[p]				|mapmode-t|
 			List all key mappings for the modes where the map
 			command applies.  Note that ":map" and ":map!" are
 			used most often, because they include the other modes.
@@ -135,6 +140,7 @@ modes.
 :im[ap] {lhs}			|mapmode-i|		*:imap_l*
 :lm[ap] {lhs}			|mapmode-l|		*:lmap_l*
 :cm[ap] {lhs}			|mapmode-c|		*:cmap_l*
+:tma[p] {lhs}			|mapmode-t|		*:tmap_l*
 			List the key mappings for the key sequences starting
 			with {lhs} in the modes where the map command applies.
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -318,6 +324,7 @@ Overview of which map command works in which mode.  More details below.
 :imap  :inoremap :iunmap    Insert
 :lmap  :lnoremap :lunmap    Insert, Command-line, Lang-Arg
 :cmap  :cnoremap :cunmap    Command-line
+:tmap  :tnoremap :tunmap    Terminal-Job
 
 
     COMMANDS				      MODES ~
@@ -358,6 +365,10 @@ Therefore the ":map" and ":map!" commands enter and display mappings for
 several modes.  In Vim you can use the ":nmap", ":vmap", ":omap", ":cmap" and
 ":imap" commands to enter mappings for each mode separately.
 
+							*mapmode-t*
+The terminal mappings are used in a terminal window, when typing keys for the
+job running in the terminal.  See |terminal-typing|.
+
 							*omap-info*
 Operator-pending mappings can be used to define a movement command that can be
 used with any operator.  Simple example: ":omap { w" makes "y{" work like "yw"
@@ -418,6 +429,7 @@ When listing mappings the characters in the first two columns are:
 	i	Insert
 	l	":lmap" mappings for Insert, Command-line and Lang-Arg
 	c	Command-line
+	t	Terminal-Job
 
 Just before the {rhs} a special character can appear:
 	*	indicates that it is not remappable
@@ -682,7 +694,7 @@ option).  After that it assumes that the 'q' is to be interpreted as such.  If
 you type slowly, or your system is slow, reset the 'timeout' option.  Then you
 might want to set the 'ttimeout' option.
 
-                            				*map-precedence*
+			      				*map-precedence*
 Buffer-local mappings (defined using |:map-<buffer>|) take precedence over
 global mappings.  When a buffer-local mapping is the same as a global mapping,
 Vim will use the buffer-local mapping.  In addition, Vim will use a complete
@@ -1415,6 +1427,8 @@ The valid escape sequences are
 	<line1>	The starting line of the command range.
 						*<line2>*
 	<line2>	The final line of the command range.
+						*<range>*
+	<range> The number of items in the command range: 0, 1 or 2
 						*<count>*
 	<count>	Any count supplied (as described for the '-range'
 		and '-count' attributes).

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -832,6 +832,9 @@ Use the RPM or port for your system.
 
   Currently, GUI Vim supports three styles, |OverTheSpot|, |OffTheSpot| and
   |Root|.
+  When compiled with |+GUI_GTK| feature, GUI Vim supports two styles,
+  |OnTheSpot| and |OverTheSpot|.  You can select the style with the 'imstyle'
+  option.
 
 *.  on-the-spot						*OnTheSpot*
     Preedit Area and Status Area are performed by the client application in

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 25
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Oct 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -463,12 +463,6 @@ changed.  To avoid the message reset the 'warn' option.
 Something inside Vim went wrong and resulted in a NULL pointer.  If you know
 how to reproduce this problem, please report it. |bugs|
 
-							*E172*  >
-  Only one file name allowed
-
-The ":edit" command only accepts one file name.  When you want to specify
-several files for editing use ":next" |:next|.
-
 						*E41* *E82* *E83* *E342*  >
   Out of memory!
   Out of memory!  (allocating {number} bytes)
@@ -645,6 +639,9 @@ starts.  It can be fixed in one of these ways:
 - Just write the file again the next day.  Or set your clock to the next day,
   write the file twice and set the clock back.
 
+If you get W11 all the time, you may need to disable "Acronis Active
+Protection" or register Vim as a trusted service/application.
+
 							*W12*  >
   Warning: File "{filename}" has changed and the buffer was changed in Vim as well
 

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Mar 12
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Oct 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1317,7 +1317,10 @@ the current line is included.  You can then use "%" to go to the matching line.
 H			To line [count] from top (Home) of window (default:
 			first line on the window) on the first non-blank
 			character |linewise|.  See also 'startofline' option.
-			Cursor is adjusted for 'scrolloff' option.
+			Cursor is adjusted for 'scrolloff' option, unless an
+			operator is pending, in which case the text may
+			scroll.  E.g. "yH" yanks from the first visible line
+			until the cursor line (inclusive).
 
 						*M*
 M			To Middle line of window, on the first non-blank
@@ -1327,7 +1330,10 @@ M			To Middle line of window, on the first non-blank
 L			To line [count] from bottom of window (default: Last
 			line on the window) on the first non-blank character
 			|linewise|.  See also 'startofline' option.
-			Cursor is adjusted for 'scrolloff' option.
+			Cursor is adjusted for 'scrolloff' option, unless an
+			operator is pending, in which case the text may
+			scroll.  E.g. "yL" yanks from the cursor to the last
+			visible line.
 
 <LeftMouse>		Moves to the position on the screen where the mouse
 			click is |exclusive|.  See also |<LeftMouse>|.  If the

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jul 31
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Nov 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -417,12 +417,23 @@ On Unix systems the form "${HOME}" can be used too.  The name between {} can
 contain non-id characters then.  Note that if you want to use this for the
 "gf" command, you need to add the '{' and '}' characters to 'isfname'.
 
-On MS-Windows, if $HOME is not defined as an environment variable, then
-at runtime Vim will set it to the expansion of $HOMEDRIVE$HOMEPATH.
-
 NOTE: expanding environment variables and "~/" is only done with the ":set"
 command, not when assigning a value to an option with ":let".
 
+							*$HOME-windows*
+On MS-Windows, if $HOME is not defined as an environment variable, then
+at runtime Vim will set it to the expansion of $HOMEDRIVE$HOMEPATH.
+If $HOMEDRIVE is not set then $USERPROFILE is used.
+
+This expanded value is not exported to the environment, this matters when
+running an external command: >
+	:echo system('set | findstr ^HOME=')
+and >
+	:echo luaeval('os.getenv("HOME")')
+should echo nothing (an empty string) despite exists('$HOME') being true.
+When setting $HOME to a non-empty string it will be exported to the
+subprocesses.
+
 
 Note the maximum length of an expanded option is limited.  How much depends on
 the system, mostly it is something like 256 or 1024 characters.
@@ -721,7 +732,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	Vim may set this option automatically at startup time when Vim is
 	compiled with the |+termresponse| feature and if |t_u7| is set to the
-	escape sequence to request cursor position report.
+	escape sequence to request cursor position report.  The response can
+	be found in |v:termu7resp|.
 
 			*'antialias'* *'anti'* *'noantialias'* *'noanti'*
 'antialias' 'anti'	boolean (default: off)
@@ -869,11 +881,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	Vim will guess the value.  In the GUI this should work correctly,
 	in other cases Vim might not be able to guess the right value.
 
-	When the t_BG option is set, Vim will use it to request the background
+	When the |t_RB| option is set, Vim will use it to request the background
 	color from the terminal.  If the returned RGB value is dark/light and
 	'background' is not dark/light, 'background' will be set and the
 	screen is redrawn.  This may have side effects, make t_BG empty in
-	your .vimrc if you suspect this problem.
+	your .vimrc if you suspect this problem.  The response to |t_RB| can
+	be found in |v:termrbgresp|.
 
 	When starting the GUI, the default value for 'background' will be
 	"light".  When the value is not set in the .gvimrc, and Vim detects
@@ -889,6 +902,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	"screen.linux", "cygwin" or "putty", or $COLORFGBG suggests a dark
 	background.  Otherwise the default is "light".
 
+	The |:terminal| command and the |term_start()| function use the
+	'background' value to decide whether the terminal window will start
+	with a white or black background.
+
 	Normally this option would be set in the .vimrc file.  Possibly
 	depending on the terminal name.  Example: >
 		:if &term == "pcterm"
@@ -1110,7 +1127,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 			{only available when compiled with the |+balloon_eval|
 			feature}
-	Switch on the |balloon-eval| functionality.
+	Switch on the |balloon-eval| functionality for the GUI.
+
+		       *'balloonevalterm'* *'bevalterm'* *'noballoonevalterm'*
+		       *'nobevalterm'*
+'balloonevalterm' 'bevalterm'	boolean	(default off)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{only available when compiled with the
+			|+balloon_eval_term| feature}
+	Switch on the |balloon-eval| functionality for the terminal.
 
 						     *'balloonexpr'* *'bexpr'*
 'balloonexpr' 'bexpr'	string	(default "")
@@ -3504,6 +3530,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	systems without an fsync() implementation, this variable is always
 	off.
 	Also see 'swapsync' for controlling fsync() on swap files.
+	'fsync' also applies to |writefile()|, unless a flag is used to
+	overrule it.
 
 				   *'gdefault'* *'gd'* *'nogdefault'* *'nogd'*
 'gdefault' 'gd'		boolean	(default off)
@@ -3878,7 +3906,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		that this flag must be added in the .vimrc file, before
 		switching on syntax or filetype recognition (when the |gvimrc|
 		file is sourced the system menu has already been loaded; the
-		":syntax on" and ":filetype on" commands load the menu too).
+		`:syntax on` and `:filetype on` commands load the menu too).
 								*'go-g'*
 	  'g'	Grey menu items: Make menu items that are not active grey.  If
 		'g' is not included inactive menu items are not shown at all.
@@ -3922,7 +3950,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		removing it after the GUI has started has no effect.
 								*'go-F'*
 	  'F'	Add a footer.  Only for Motif.  See |gui-footer|.
-
+								*'go-k'*
+	  'k'	Keep the GUI window size when adding/removing a scrollbar, or
+		toolbar, tabline, etc.  Instead, the behavior is similar to
+		when the window is maximized and will adjust 'lines' and
+		'columns' to fit to the window.  Without the 'k' flag Vim will
+		try to keep 'lines' and 'columns' the same when adding and
+		removing GUI components.
 
 						*'guipty'* *'noguipty'*
 'guipty'		boolean	(default on)
@@ -4041,7 +4075,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				     x:PmenuSbar,X:PmenuThumb,*:TabLine,
 				     #:TabLineSel,_:TabLineFill,!:CursorColumn,
 				     .:CursorLine,o:ColorColumn,q:QuickFixLine,
-				     $:StatusLineTerm")
+				     z:StatusLineTerm,Z:StatusLineTermNC")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	This option can be used to set highlighting mode for various
@@ -4066,7 +4100,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			    set.
 	|hl-Question|	 r  |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions
 	|hl-StatusLine|	 s  status line of current window |status-line|
-	|hl-StatusLineNC| S  status lines of not-current windows
+	|hl-StatusLineNC|  S  status lines of not-current windows
 	|hl-Title|	 t  Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
 	|hl-VertSplit|	 c  column used to separate vertically split windows
 	|hl-Visual|	 v  Visual mode
@@ -4100,6 +4134,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		s	standout	(termcap entry "so" and "se")
 		u	underline	(termcap entry "us" and "ue")
 		c	undercurl	(termcap entry "Cs" and "Ce")
+		t	strikethrough	(termcap entry "Ts" and "Te")
 		n	no highlighting
 		-	no highlighting
 		:	use a highlight group
@@ -4293,7 +4328,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	may change in later releases.
 
 						*'iminsert'* *'imi'*
-'iminsert' 'imi'	number (default 0, 2 when an input method is supported)
+'iminsert' 'imi'	number (default 0)
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
 	Specifies whether :lmap or an Input Method (IM) is to be used in
@@ -4316,7 +4351,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	methods.  Use 'imdisable' to disable XIM then.
 
 						*'imsearch'* *'ims'*
-'imsearch' 'ims'	number (default 0, 2 when an input method is supported)
+'imsearch' 'ims'	number (default -1)
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
 	Specifies whether :lmap or an Input Method (IM) is to be used when
@@ -4351,6 +4386,23 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <
 	NOTE: This function is invoked very often.  Keep it fast.
 
+						*'imstyle'* *'imst'*
+'imstyle' 'imst'	number (default 1)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{only available when compiled with |+xim| and
+			|+GUI_GTK|}
+	This option specifies the input style of Input Method:
+	0   use on-the-spot style
+	1   over-the-spot style
+	See: |xim-input-style|
+
+	For a long time on-the-spot style had been used in the GTK version of
+	vim, however, it is known that it causes troubles when using mappings,
+	|single-repeat|, etc.  Therefore over-the-spot style becomes the
+	default now.  This should work fine for most people, however if you
+	have any problem with it, try using on-the-spot style.
+
 						*'include'* *'inc'*
 'include' 'inc'		string	(default "^\s*#\s*include")
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
@@ -4412,7 +4464,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	match may not be found.  This is to avoid that Vim hangs while you
 	are typing the pattern.
 	The highlighting can be set with the 'i' flag in 'highlight'.
-	See also: 'hlsearch'.
+	When 'hlsearch' is on, all matched strings are highlighted too while typing
+	a search command. See also: 'hlsearch'.
+	If you don't want turn 'hlsearch' on, but want to highlight all matches
+	while searching, you can turn on and off 'hlsearch' with autocmd.
+	Example: >
+		augroup vimrc-incsearch-highlight
+		  autocmd!
+		  autocmd CmdlineEnter /,\? :set hlsearch
+		  autocmd CmdlineLeave /,\? :set nohlsearch
+		augroup END
+<
 	CTRL-L can be used to add one character from after the current match
 	to the command line.  If 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' are set and the
 	command line has no uppercase characters, the added character is
@@ -5082,7 +5144,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:au FileType c,cpp,java set mps+==:;
 
 <	For a more advanced way of using "%", see the matchit.vim plugin in
-	the $VIMRUNTIME/macros directory. |add-local-help|
+	the $VIMRUNTIME/pack/dist/opt/matchit directory. |add-local-help|
 
 						*'matchtime'* *'mat'*
 'matchtime' 'mat'	number	(default 5)
@@ -5285,7 +5347,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	sysmouse and Linux console with gpm).  For using the mouse in the
 	GUI, see |gui-mouse|.
 	The mouse can be enabled for different modes:
-		n	Normal mode
+		n	Normal mode and Terminal modes
 		v	Visual mode
 		i	Insert mode
 		c	Command-line mode
@@ -5433,6 +5495,33 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	time in msec between two mouse clicks for the second click to be
 	recognized as a multi click.
 
+						*'mzschemedll'*
+'mzschemedll'		string	(default depends on the build)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{only available when compiled with the |+mzscheme/dyn|
+			feature}
+	Specifies the name of the MzScheme shared library. The default is
+	DYNAMIC_MZSCH_DLL which was specified at compile time.
+	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
+	The value must be set in the |vimrc| script or earlier.  In the
+	startup, before the |load-plugins| step.
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
+
+						*'mzschemegcdll'*
+'mzschemegcdll'		string	(default depends on the build)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{only available when compiled with the |+mzscheme/dyn|
+			feature}
+	Specifies the name of the MzScheme GC shared library. The default is
+	DYNAMIC_MZGC_DLL which was specified at compile time.
+	The value can be equal to 'mzschemedll' if it includes the GC code.
+	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
+
 						    *'mzquantum'* *'mzq'*
 'mzquantum' 'mzq'	number	(default 100)
 			global
@@ -8143,7 +8232,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	number, more intelligent detection process runs.
 	The "xterm2" value will be set if the xterm version is reported to be
 	from 95 to 276.  The "sgr" value will be set if the xterm version is
-	277 or highter.
+	277 or highter and when Vim detects Mac Terminal.app or Iterm2.
 	If you do not want 'ttymouse' to be set to "xterm2" or "sgr"
 	automatically, set t_RV to an empty string: >
 		:set t_RV=
@@ -8224,7 +8313,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Save the whole buffer for undo when reloading it.  This applies to the
 	":e!" command and reloading for when the buffer changed outside of
 	Vim. |FileChangedShell|
-	The save only happens when this options is negative or when the number
+	The save only happens when this option is negative or when the number
 	of lines is smaller than the value of this option.
 	Set this option to zero to disable undo for a reload.
 
@@ -8309,7 +8398,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	security reasons.
 
 						*'viewoptions'* *'vop'*
-'viewoptions' 'vop'	string	(default: "folds,options,cursor")
+'viewoptions' 'vop'	string	(default: "folds,options,cursor,curdir")
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 			{not available when compiled without the |+mksession|
@@ -8327,6 +8416,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			slashes
 	   unix		with Unix end-of-line format (single <NL>), even when
 			on Windows or DOS
+	   curdir	the window-local directory, if set with `:lcd`
 
 	"slash" and "unix" are useful on Windows when sharing view files
 	with Unix.  The Unix version of Vim cannot source dos format scripts,
@@ -8831,6 +8921,20 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	large number, it will cause errors when opening more than a few
 	windows.  A value of 0 to 12 is reasonable.
 
+						*'winptydll'*
+'winptydll'		string	(default "winpty32.dll" or "winpty64.dll")
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{only available when compiled with the |terminal|
+			feature on MS-Windows}
+	Specifies the name of the winpty shared library, used for the
+	|:terminal| command. The default depends on whether was build as a
+	32-bit or 64-bit executable.  If not found, "winpty.dll" is tried as
+	a fallback.
+	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
+
 						*'winwidth'* *'wiw'* *E592*
 'winwidth' 'wiw'	number	(default 20)
 			global

runtime/doc/os_mac.txt

@@ -164,8 +164,9 @@ If you want to disable it, pass `--disable-darwin` to the configure script: >
 and then run `make` to build Vim.  The order of the options doesn't matter.
 
 To make sure at runtime whether or not the darwin feature is compiled in, you
-can use `has('macunix')` which returns 1 if the feature is compiled in; 0
-otherwise.
+can use `has('osxdarwin')` which returns 1 if the feature is compiled in; 0
+otherwise.  For backwards comptibility, you can still use `macunix` instead of
+`osxdarwin`.
 
 Notable use cases where `--disable-darwin` is turned out to be useful are:
 

runtime/doc/os_win32.txt

@@ -81,10 +81,45 @@ The directory of the Vim executable is appended to $PATH.  This is mostly to
 make "!xxd" work, as it is in the Tools menu.  And it also means that when
 executable() returns 1 the executable can actually be executed.
 
-Quotes in file names					*win32-quotes*
+Command line arguments					*win32-cmdargs*
 
-Quotes inside a file name (or any other command line argument) can be escaped
-with a backslash.  E.g. >
+Analysis of a command line into parameters is not standardised in MS Windows.
+Vim and gvim used to use different logic to parse it (before 7.4.432), and the
+logic was also depended on what it was compiled with.  Now Vim and gvim both
+use the CommandLineToArgvW() Win32 API, so they behave in the same way.
+
+The basic rules are:					*win32-backslashes*
+      a) A parameter is a sequence of graphic characters.
+      b) Parameters are separated by white space.
+      c) A parameter can be enclosed in double quotes to include white space.
+      d) A sequence of zero or more backslashes (\) and a double quote (")
+	is special.  The effective number of backslashes is halved, rounded
+	down.  An even number of backslashes reverses the acceptability of
+	spaces and tabs, an odd number of backslashes produces a literal
+	double quote.
+
+So:
+	"	is a special double quote
+	\"	is a literal double quote
+	\\"	is a literal backslash and a special double quote
+	\\\"	is a literal backslash and a literal double quote
+	\\\\"	is 2 literal backslashes and a special double quote
+	\\\\\"	is 2 literal backslashes and a literal double quote
+	etc.
+
+Example: >
+	vim "C:\My Music\freude" +"set ignorecase" +/"\"foo\\" +\"bar\\\"
+
+opens "C:\My Music\freude" and executes the line mode commands: >
+	set ignorecase; /"foo\ and /bar\"
+
+These rules are also described in the reference of the CommandLineToArgvW API:
+    https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/bb776391.aspx
+
+							*win32-quotes*
+There are additional rules for quotes (which are not well documented).
+As described above, quotes inside a file name (or any other command line
+argument) can be escaped with a backslash.  E.g. >
 	vim -c "echo 'foo\"bar'"
 
 Alternatively use three quotes to get one: >

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Apr 20
+*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Nov 03
 
 	    ------------------------------------------------
 	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
 
-Copyright: Copyright (C) 2016 Charles E Campbell    *netrw-copyright*
+Copyright: Copyright (C) 2017 Charles E Campbell    *netrw-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE applies to the files in this package, including
 	netrw.vim, pi_netrw.txt, netrwFileHandlers.vim, netrwSettings.vim, and
 	syntax/netrw.vim.  Like anything else that's free, netrw.vim and its
@@ -17,7 +17,6 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2016 Charles E Campbell    *netrw-copyright*
 	holder be liable for any damages resulting from the use of this
 	software. Use at your own risk!
 
-
 		*netrw*
 		*dav*    *ftp*    *netrw-file*  *rcp*    *scp*
 		*davs*   *http*   *netrw.vim*   *rsync*  *sftp*
@@ -73,7 +72,7 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2016 Charles E Campbell    *netrw-copyright*
       Improving Browsing..................................|netrw-ssh-hack|
       Listing Bookmarks And History.......................|netrw-qb|
       Making A New Directory..............................|netrw-d|
-      Making The Browsing Directory The Current Directory.|netrw-c|
+      Making The Browsing Directory The Current Directory.|netrw-cd|
       Marking Files.......................................|netrw-mf|
       Unmarking Files.....................................|netrw-mF|
       Marking Files By Location List......................|netrw-qL|
@@ -83,6 +82,7 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2016 Charles E Campbell    *netrw-copyright*
       Marked Files: Arbitrary Shell Command, En Bloc......|netrw-mX|
       Marked Files: Arbitrary Vim Command.................|netrw-mv|
       Marked Files: Argument List.........................|netrw-ma| |netrw-mA|
+      Marked Files: Buffer List...........................|netrw-cb| |netrw-cB|
       Marked Files: Compression And Decompression.........|netrw-mz|
       Marked Files: Copying...............................|netrw-mc|
       Marked Files: Diff..................................|netrw-md|
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Windows' ftp doesn't support .netrc; however, one may have in one's .vimrc:  >
 
    let g:netrw_ftp_cmd= 'c:\Windows\System32\ftp -s:C:\Users\MyUserName\MACHINE'
 <
-Netrw will substitute the host's machine name for "MACHINE" from the url it is
+Netrw will substitute the host's machine name for "MACHINE" from the URL it is
 attempting to open, and so one may specify >
 	userid
 	password
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS AND PROTOCOLS			*netrw-externapp* {{{2
           http:   g:netrw_http_cmd     = "fetch"      elseif fetch is available
 	  http:   *g:netrw_http_put_cmd* = "curl -T"
 	   rcp:   *g:netrw_rcp_cmd*      = "rcp"
-	 rsync:   *g:netrw_rsync_cmd*    = "rsync -a"
+	 rsync:   *g:netrw_rsync_cmd*    = "rsync"     (see |g:netrw_rsync_sep|)
 	   scp:   *g:netrw_scp_cmd*      = "scp -q"
 	  sftp:   *g:netrw_sftp_cmd*     = "sftp"
 	  file:   *g:netrw_file_cmd*     = "elinks" or "links"
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS AND PROTOCOLS			*netrw-externapp* {{{2
 
 		    elinks : "-source >"
 		    links  : "-dump >"
-		    curl   : "-o"
+		    curl   : "-L -o"
 		    wget   : "-q -O"
 		    fetch  : "-o"
 <
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS AND PROTOCOLS			*netrw-externapp* {{{2
 
 READING						*netrw-read* *netrw-nread* {{{2
 
-	Generally, one may just use the url notation with a normal editing
+	Generally, one may just use the URL notation with a normal editing
 	command, such as >
 
 		:e ftp://[user@]machine/path
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ READING						*netrw-read* *netrw-nread* {{{2
 
 WRITING					*netrw-write* *netrw-nwrite* {{{2
 
-	One may just use the url notation with a normal file writing
+	One may just use the URL notation with a normal file writing
 	command, such as >
 
 		:w ftp://[user@]machine/path
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ WRITING					*netrw-write* *netrw-nwrite* {{{2
 
 SOURCING					*netrw-source* {{{2
 
-	One may just use the url notation with the normal file sourcing
+	One may just use the URL notation with the normal file sourcing
 	command, such as >
 
 		:so ftp://[user@]machine/path
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ file using root-relative paths, use the full path:
 ==============================================================================
 4. Network-Oriented File Transfer			*netrw-xfer* {{{1
 
-Network-oriented file transfer under Vim is implemented by a VimL-based script
+Network-oriented file transfer under Vim is implemented by a vim script
 (<netrw.vim>) using plugin techniques.  It currently supports both reading and
 writing across networks using rcp, scp, ftp or ftp+<.netrc>, scp, fetch,
 dav/cadaver, rsync, or sftp.
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ variable (ex. scp uses the variable g:netrw_scp_cmd, which is defaulted to
 	let g:netrw_sftp_cmd= '"c:\Program Files\PuTTY\psftp.exe"'
 <
 (note: it has been reported that windows 7 with putty v0.6's "-batch" option
-       doesn't work, so it's best to leave it off for that system)
+       doesn't work, so its best to leave it off for that system)
 
 See |netrw-p8| for more about putty, pscp, psftp, etc.
 
@@ -734,11 +734,11 @@ such as netrw.
 The usual read/write commands are supported.  There are also a few
 additional commands available.  Often you won't need to use Nwrite or
 Nread as shown in |netrw-transparent| (ie. simply use >
-  :e url
-  :r url
-  :w url
+  :e URL
+  :r URL
+  :w URL
 instead, as appropriate) -- see |netrw-urls|.  In the explanations
-below, a {netfile} is an url to a remote file.
+below, a {netfile} is a URL to a remote file.
 
 						*:Nwrite*  *:Nw*
 :[range]Nw[rite]	Write the specified lines to the current
@@ -868,9 +868,11 @@ variables listed below, and may be modified by the user.
     g:netrw_http_cmd     var   ="fetch -o"     if      fetch is available
     g:netrw_http_cmd     var   ="wget -O"      else if wget  is available
     g:netrw_http_put_cmd var   ="curl -T"
-    |g:netrw_list_cmd|    var   ="ssh USEPORT HOSTNAME ls -Fa"
+    |g:netrw_list_cmd|     var   ="ssh USEPORT HOSTNAME ls -Fa"
     g:netrw_rcp_cmd      var   ="rcp"
-    g:netrw_rsync_cmd    var   ="rsync -a"
+    g:netrw_rsync_cmd    var   ="rsync"
+    *g:netrw_rsync_sep*    var   ="/"            used to separate the hostname
+                                               from the file spec
     g:netrw_scp_cmd      var   ="scp -q"
     g:netrw_sftp_cmd     var   ="sftp" >
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1007,7 +1009,7 @@ where [protocol] is typically scp or ftp.  As an example, try: >
 	vim ftp://ftp.home.vim.org/pub/vim/
 <
 For local directories, the trailing slash is not required.  Again, because it's
-easy to miss: to browse remote directories, the url must terminate with a
+easy to miss: to browse remote directories, the URL must terminate with a
 slash!
 
 If you'd like to avoid entering the password repeatedly for remote directory
@@ -1077,9 +1079,9 @@ QUICK REFERENCE: MAPS				*netrw-browse-maps* {{{2
 	 <c-r>	Browse using a gvim server                           |netrw-ctrl-r|
 	 <c-tab> Shrink/expand a netrw/explore window                |netrw-c-tab|
 	   -	Makes Netrw go up one directory                      |netrw--|
-	   a	Toggles between normal display,                      |netrw-a|
+	   a	Cycles between normal display,                       |netrw-a|
 	    	hiding (suppress display of files matching g:netrw_list_hide)
-	    	showing (display only files which match g:netrw_list_hide)
+	    	and showing (display only files which match g:netrw_list_hide)
 	   c	Make browsing directory the current directory        |netrw-c|
 	   C	Setting the editing window                           |netrw-C|
 	   d	Make a directory                                     |netrw-d|
@@ -1090,6 +1092,7 @@ QUICK REFERENCE: MAPS				*netrw-browse-maps* {{{2
 	   gh	Quick hide/unhide of dot-files                       |netrw-gh|
 	   gn	Make top of tree the directory below the cursor      |netrw-gn|
 	   i	Cycle between thin, long, wide, and tree listings    |netrw-i|
+	   I	Toggle the displaying of the banner                  |netrw-I|
 	   mb	Bookmark current directory                           |netrw-mb|
 	   mc	Copy marked files to marked-file target directory    |netrw-mc|
 	   md	Apply diff to marked files (up to 3)                 |netrw-md|
@@ -1169,25 +1172,26 @@ QUICK REFERENCE: COMMANDS	*netrw-explore-cmds* *netrw-browse-cmds* {{{2
 
 BANNER DISPLAY						*netrw-I*
 
-One may toggle the banner display on and off by pressing "I".
+One may toggle the displaying of the banner by pressing "I".
 
 Also See: |g:netrw_banner|
 
 
-BOOKMARKING A DIRECTORY *netrw-mb* *netrw-bookmark* *netrw-bookmarks* {{{2
+BOOKMARKING A DIRECTORY		*netrw-mb* *netrw-bookmark* *netrw-bookmarks* {{{2
 
 One may easily "bookmark" the currently browsed directory by using >
 
 	mb
 <
 								*.netrwbook*
-Bookmarks are retained in between sessions in a $HOME/.netrwbook file, and are
-kept in sorted order.
+Bookmarks are retained in between sessions of vim in a file called .netrwbook
+as a |List|, which is typically stored in the first directory on the user's
+'|runtimepath|'; entries are kept in sorted order.
 
 If there are marked files and/or directories, mb will add them to the bookmark
 list.
 
-*netrw-:NetrwMB*
+								*netrw-:NetrwMB*
 Addtionally, one may use :NetrwMB to bookmark files or directories. >
 
 	:NetrwMB[!] [files/directories]
@@ -1206,7 +1210,7 @@ The :NetrwMB command is available outside of netrw buffers (once netrw has been
 invoked in the session).
 
 The file ".netrwbook" holds bookmarks when netrw (and vim) is not active.  By
-default, it's stored on the first directory on the user's |'runtimepath'|.
+default, its stored on the first directory on the user's |'runtimepath'|.
 
 Related Topics:
 	|netrw-gb| how to return (go) to a bookmark
@@ -1418,20 +1422,20 @@ Related Topics:
 
 CHANGING TO A PREDECESSOR DIRECTORY		*netrw-u* *netrw-updir* {{{2
 
-Every time you change to a new directory (new for the current session),
-netrw will save the directory in a recently-visited directory history
-list (unless |g:netrw_dirhistmax| is zero; by default, it's ten).  With the
-"u" map, one can change to an earlier directory (predecessor).  To do
-the opposite, see |netrw-U|.
+Every time you change to a new directory (new for the current session), netrw
+will save the directory in a recently-visited directory history list (unless
+|g:netrw_dirhistmax| is zero; by default, it holds ten entries).  With the "u"
+map, one can change to an earlier directory (predecessor).  To do the
+opposite, see |netrw-U|.
 
-The "u" map also accepts counts to go back in the history several slots.
-For your convenience, qb (see |netrw-qb|) lists the history number which may
-be used in that count.
+The "u" map also accepts counts to go back in the history several slots.  For
+your convenience, qb (see |netrw-qb|) lists the history number which may be
+used in that count.
 
 						*.netrwhist*
 See |g:netrw_dirhistmax| for how to control the quantity of history stack
 slots.  The file ".netrwhist" holds history when netrw (and vim) is not
-active.  By default, it's stored on the first directory on the user's
+active.  By default, its stored on the first directory on the user's
 |'runtimepath'|.
 
 Related Topics:
@@ -1467,10 +1471,10 @@ changing the top of the tree listing.
 
 NETRW CLEAN					*netrw-clean* *:NetrwClean* {{{2
 
-With NetrwClean one may easily remove netrw from one's home directory;
+With :NetrwClean one may easily remove netrw from one's home directory;
 more precisely, from the first directory on your |'runtimepath'|.
 
-With NetrwClean!, netrw will attempt to remove netrw from all directories on
+With :NetrwClean!, netrw will attempt to remove netrw from all directories on
 your |'runtimepath'|.  Of course, you have to have write/delete permissions
 correct to do this.
 
@@ -1502,7 +1506,7 @@ Netrw determines which special handler by the following method:
     If g:netrw_browsex_viewer == '-', then netrwFileHandlers#Invoke() will be
     used instead (see |netrw_filehandler|).
 
-  * for Windows 32 or 64, the url and FileProtocolHandler dlls are used.
+  * for Windows 32 or 64, the URL and FileProtocolHandler dlls are used.
   * for Gnome (with gnome-open): gnome-open is used.
   * for KDE (with kfmclient)   : kfmclient is used
   * for Mac OS X               : open is used.
@@ -1518,9 +1522,10 @@ will apply a special handler to it (like "x" works when in a netrw buffer).
 One may also use visual mode (see |visual-start|) to select the text that the
 special handler will use.  Normally gx uses expand("<cfile>") to pick up the
 text under the cursor; one may change what |expand()| uses via the
-|g:netrw_gx| variable.  Alternatively, one may select the text to be used by
-gx via first making a visual selection (see |visual-block|) or by changing
-the |'isfname'| option (which is global, so netrw doesn't modify it).
+|g:netrw_gx| variable (options include "<cword>", "<cWORD>").  Note that
+expand("<cfile>") depends on the |'isfname'| setting.  Alternatively, one may
+select the text to be used by gx by making a visual selection (see
+|visual-block|) and then pressing gx.
 
 Associated setting variables:
 	|g:netrw_gx|	control how gx picks up the text under the cursor
@@ -1612,6 +1617,11 @@ A further approach is to delete files which match a pattern.
       This will cause the matching files to be marked.  Then,
       press "D".
 
+If your vim has 7.4 with patch#1107, then |g:netrw_localrmdir| no longer
+is used to remove directories; instead, vim's |delete()| is used with
+the "d" option.  Please note that only empty directories may be deleted
+with the "D" mapping.  Regular files are deleted with |delete()|, too.
+
 The |g:netrw_rm_cmd|, |g:netrw_rmf_cmd|, and |g:netrw_rmdir_cmd| variables are
 used to control the attempts to remove remote files and directories.  The
 g:netrw_rm_cmd is used with files, and its default value is:
@@ -1675,17 +1685,18 @@ DIRECTORY EXPLORATION COMMANDS  {{{2
 	  The [N] specifies a |g:netrw_winsize| just for the new :Lexplore
 	  window.
 
-	  Those who like this method often also often like tree style displays;
+	  Those who like this method often also like tree style displays;
 	  see |g:netrw_liststyle|.
 
+:[N]Lexplore! [dir] is similar to :Lexplore, except that the full-height
+	  Explorer window will open on the right hand side and an
+	  uninitialized |g:netrw_chgwin| will be set to 1 (eg. edits will
+	  preferentially occur in the leftmost window).
+
 	  Also see: |netrw-C|           |g:netrw_browse_split|   |g:netrw_wiw|
 		    |netrw-p| |netrw-P|   |g:netrw_chgwin|
 		    |netrw-c-tab|       |g:netrw_winsize|
 
-:[N]Lexplore! is like :Lexplore, except that the full-height Explorer window
-	  will open on the right hand side and an uninitialized |g:netrw_chgwin|
-	  will be set to 1.
-
 						*netrw-:Sexplore*
 :[N]Sexplore will always split the window before invoking the local-directory
 	  browser.  As with Explore, the splitting is normally done
@@ -1847,9 +1858,11 @@ EXECUTING FILE UNDER CURSOR VIA SYSTEM()			*netrw-X* {{{2
 
 Pressing X while the cursor is atop an executable file will yield a prompt
 using the filename asking for any arguments.  Upon pressing a [return], netrw
-will then call |system()| with that command and arguments.  The result will
-be displayed by |:echomsg|, and so |:messages| will repeat display of the
-result.  Ansi escape sequences will be stripped out.
+will then call |system()| with that command and arguments.  The result will be
+displayed by |:echomsg|, and so |:messages| will repeat display of the result.
+Ansi escape sequences will be stripped out.
+
+See |cmdline-window| for directions for more on how to edit the arguments.
 
 
 FORCING TREATMENT AS A FILE OR DIRECTORY	*netrw-gd* *netrw-gf* {{{2
@@ -2072,7 +2085,7 @@ Associated setting variables:	|g:netrw_localmkdir|   |g:netrw_mkdir_cmd|
 				|g:netrw_remote_mkdir| |netrw-%|
 
 
-MAKING THE BROWSING DIRECTORY THE CURRENT DIRECTORY	*netrw-c* {{{2
+MAKING THE BROWSING DIRECTORY THE CURRENT DIRECTORY	*netrw-cd* {{{2
 
 By default, |g:netrw_keepdir| is 1.  This setting means that the current
 directory will not track the browsing directory. (done for backwards
@@ -2087,6 +2100,9 @@ the two directories the same, use the "c" map (just type c).  That map will
 set Vim's notion of the current directory to netrw's current browsing
 directory.
 
+*netrw-c* : This map's name has been changed from "c" to cd (see |netrw-cd|).
+          This change was done to allow for |netrw-cb| and |netrw-cB| maps.
+
 Associated setting variable: |g:netrw_keepdir|
 
 MARKING FILES					*netrw-:MF*	*netrw-mf* {{{2
@@ -2131,6 +2147,7 @@ The following netrw maps make use of marked files:
     |netrw-mg|	Apply vimgrep to marked files
     |netrw-mm|	Move marked files to target
     |netrw-mp|	Print marked files
+    |netrw-ms|	Netrw will source marked files
     |netrw-mt|	Set target for |netrw-mm| and |netrw-mc|
     |netrw-mT|	Generate tags using marked files
     |netrw-mv|	Apply vim command to marked files
@@ -2205,6 +2222,9 @@ converts "*" into ".*" (see |regexp|) and marks files based on that.  In the
 future I may make it possible to use |regexp|s instead of glob()-style
 expressions (yet-another-option).
 
+See |cmdline-window| for directions on more on how to edit the regular
+expression.
+
 
 MARKED FILES, ARBITRARY VIM COMMAND				*netrw-mv*  {{{2
 	    (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
@@ -2218,8 +2238,9 @@ the local marked file list, individually:
 	* run vim command
 	* sil! keepalt wq!
 
-A prompt, "Enter vim command: ", will be issued to elicit the vim command
-you wish used.
+A prompt, "Enter vim command: ", will be issued to elicit the vim command you
+wish used.  See |cmdline-window| for directions for more on how to edit the
+command.
 
 
 MARKED FILES, ARBITRARY SHELL COMMAND				*netrw-mx* {{{2
@@ -2270,7 +2291,17 @@ MARKED FILES: ARGUMENT LIST				*netrw-ma* *netrw-mA*
 Using ma, one moves filenames from the marked file list to the argument list.
 Using mA, one moves filenames from the argument list to the marked file list.
 
-See Also: |netrw-qF| |argument-list| |:args|
+See Also: |netrw-cb| |netrw-cB| |netrw-qF| |argument-list| |:args|
+
+
+MARKED FILES: BUFFER LIST				*netrw-cb* *netrw-cB*
+	    (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
+		      (uses the global marked-file list)
+
+Using cb, one moves  filenames from the marked file list to the buffer list.
+Using cB, one copies filenames from the buffer list to the marked file list.
+
+See Also: |netrw-ma| |netrw-mA| |netrw-qF| |buffer-list| |:buffers|
 
 
 MARKED FILES: COMPRESSION AND DECOMPRESSION		*netrw-mz* {{{2
@@ -2306,8 +2337,8 @@ One may also copy directories and their contents (local only) to a target
 directory.
 
 Associated setting variables:
-	|g:netrw_localcopycmd|
-	|g:netrw_localcopydircmd|
+	|g:netrw_localcopycmd|		|g:netrw_localcopycmdopt|
+	|g:netrw_localcopydircmd|	|g:netrw_localcopydircmdopt|
 	|g:netrw_ssh_cmd|
 
 MARKED FILES: DIFF						*netrw-md* {{{2
@@ -2452,8 +2483,8 @@ When a remote set of files are tagged, the resulting tags file is "obtained";
 ie. a copy is transferred to the local system's directory.  The now local tags
 file is then modified so that one may use it through the network.  The
 modification made concerns the names of the files in the tags; each filename is
-preceded by the netrw-compatible url used to obtain it.  When one subsequently
-uses one of the go to tag actions (|tags|), the url will be used by netrw to
+preceded by the netrw-compatible URL used to obtain it.  When one subsequently
+uses one of the go to tag actions (|tags|), the URL will be used by netrw to
 edit the desired file and go to the tag.
 
 Associated setting variables: |g:netrw_ctags| |g:netrw_ssh_cmd|
@@ -2555,8 +2586,8 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				    editing.  It will also use the specified tab
 				    and window numbers to perform editing
 				    (see |clientserver|, |netrw-ctrl-r|)
-				This option does not affect |:Lexplore|
-				windows.
+				This option does not affect the production of
+				|:Lexplore| windows.
 
 				Related topics:
 				    |g:netrw_alto|	|g:netrw_altv|
@@ -2715,6 +2746,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
   *g:netrw_home*		The home directory for where bookmarks and
 				history are saved (as .netrwbook and
 				.netrwhist).
+				Netrw uses |expand()|on the string.
 				 default: the first directory on the
 				         |'runtimepath'|
 
@@ -2735,7 +2767,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				 default: (if ssh is executable)
 				          "ssh HOSTNAME ls -FLa"
 
- *g:netrw_list_cmd_options*	If this variable exists, then its contents are
+  *g:netrw_list_cmd_options*	If this variable exists, then its contents are
 				appended to the g:netrw_list_cmd.  For
 				example, use "2>/dev/null" to get rid of banner
 				messages on unix systems.
@@ -2761,26 +2793,52 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				 let g:netrw_list_hide= netrw_gitignore#Hide().'.*\.swp$'
 				default: ""
 
-  *g:netrw_localcopycmd*	="cp" Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
-				="copy" Windows
+  *g:netrw_localcopycmd*	="cp"           Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
+				=expand("$COMSPEC")             Windows
 				Copies marked files (|netrw-mf|) to target
 				directory (|netrw-mt|, |netrw-mc|)
 
- *g:netrw_localcopydircmd*	="cp -R"	Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
-				="xcopy /e /c /h/ /i /k"	Windows
+  *g:netrw_localcopycmdopt*	=''             Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
+  				=' \c copy'                     Windows
+				Options for the |g:netrw_localcopycmd|
+
+  *g:netrw_localcopydircmd*	="cp"           Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
+ 				=expand("$COMSPEC")             Windows
 				Copies directories to target directory.
 				(|netrw-mc|, |netrw-mt|)
 
-  *g:netrw_localmkdir*		command for making a local directory
-				 default: "mkdir"
+  *g:netrw_localcopydircmdopt*	=" -R"          Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
+				=" /c xcopy /e /c /h/ /i /k"    Windows
+				Options for |g:netrw_localcopydircmd|
 
-  *g:netrw_localmovecmd*	="mv" Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
-				="move" Windows
+  *g:netrw_localmkdir*		="mkdir"        Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
+				=expand("$COMSPEC")             Windows
+                                command for making a local directory
+
+  *g:netrw_localmkdiropt*	=""             Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
+				=" /c mkdir"                    Windows
+				Options for |g:netrw_localmkdir|
+
+  *g:netrw_localmovecmd*	="mv"           Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
+				=expand("$COMSPEC")             Windows
 				Moves marked files (|netrw-mf|) to target
 				directory (|netrw-mt|, |netrw-mm|)
 
-  *g:netrw_localrmdir*		remove directory command (rmdir)
-				 default: "rmdir"
+  *g:netrw_localmovecmdopt*	=""             Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
+				=" /c move"                     Windows
+				Options for |g:netrw_localmovecmd|
+
+  *g:netrw_localrmdir*		="rmdir"        Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
+ 				=expand("$COMSPEC")             Windows
+				Remove directory command (rmdir)
+				This variable is only used if your vim is
+				earlier than 7.4 or if your vim doesn't
+				have patch#1107.  Otherwise, |delete()|
+				is used with the "d" option.
+
+  *g:netrw_localrmdiropt*	=""             Linux/Unix/MacOS/Cygwin
+				=" /c rmdir"                    Windows
+				Options for |g:netrw_localrmdir|
 
   *g:netrw_maxfilenamelen*	=32 by default, selected so as to make long
 				    listings fit on 80 column displays.
@@ -2893,17 +2951,23 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 					netrwTilde   : *
 					netrwTmp     : tmp* *tmp
 
-				These syntax highlighting groups are linked
-				to Folded or DiffChange by default
-				(see |hl-Folded| and |hl-DiffChange|), but
-				one may put lines like >
+				In addition, those groups mentioned in
+				|'suffixes'| are also added to the special
+				file highlighting group.
+				 These syntax highlighting groups are linked
+				to netrwGray or Folded by default
+				(see |hl-Folded|), but one may put lines like >
 					hi link netrwCompress Visual
 <				into one's <.vimrc> to use one's own
 				preferences.  Alternatively, one may
-				put such specifications into
-				.vim/after/syntax/netrw.vim.
-
-				As an example, I myself use a dark-background
+				put such specifications into >
+					.vim/after/syntax/netrw.vim.
+<				 The netrwGray highlighting is set up by
+				netrw when >
+	       				* netrwGray has not been previously
+					  defined
+					* the gui is running
+<				 As an example, I myself use a dark-background
 				colorscheme with the following in
 				.vim/after/syntax/netrw.vim: >
 
@@ -3138,8 +3202,8 @@ If there are no marked files: (see |netrw-mf|)
 
     Renaming files and directories involves moving the cursor to the
     file/directory to be moved (renamed) and pressing "R".  You will then be
-    queried for what you want the file/directory to be renamed to  You may select
-    a range of lines with the "V" command (visual selection), and then
+    queried for what you want the file/directory to be renamed to.  You may
+    select a range of lines with the "V" command (visual selection), and then
     press "R"; you will be queried for each file as to what you want it
     renamed to.
 
@@ -3171,16 +3235,20 @@ If there are marked files:  (see |netrw-mf|)
 
     Note that moving files is a dangerous operation; copies are safer.  That's
     because a "move" for remote files is actually a copy + delete -- and if
-    the copy fails and the delete does not, you may lose the file.
+    the copy fails and the delete succeeds you may lose the file.
     Use at your own risk.
 
-The g:netrw_rename_cmd variable is used to implement remote renaming.  By
-default its value is:
+The *g:netrw_rename_cmd* variable is used to implement remote renaming.  By
+default its value is: >
 
 	ssh HOSTNAME mv
-
+<
 One may rename a block of files and directories by selecting them with
-V (|linewise-visual|) when using thin style
+V (|linewise-visual|) when using thin style.
+
+See |cmdline-editing| for more on how to edit the command line; in particular,
+you'll find <ctrl-f> (initiates cmdline window editing) and <ctrl-c> (uses the
+command line under the cursor) useful in conjunction with the R command.
 
 
 SELECTING SORTING STYLE			*netrw-s* *netrw-sort* {{{2
@@ -3201,8 +3269,8 @@ number.  Subsequent selection of a file to edit (|netrw-cr|) will use that
 window.
 
 	* C : by itself, will select the current window holding a netrw buffer
-	  for editing via |netrw-cr|.  The C mapping is only available while in
-	  netrw buffers.
+	  for subsequent editing via |netrw-cr|.  The C mapping is only available
+	  while in netrw buffers.
 
 	* [count]C : the count will be used as the window number to be used
 	  for subsequent editing via |netrw-cr|.
@@ -3215,7 +3283,7 @@ window.
 Using >
 	let g:netrw_chgwin= -1
 will restore the default editing behavior
-(ie. editing will use the current window).
+(ie. subsequent editing will use the current window).
 
 Related topics:			|netrw-cr| |g:netrw_browse_split|
 Associated setting variables:	|g:netrw_chgwin|
@@ -3236,9 +3304,9 @@ only if your terminal supports differentiating <c-tab> from a plain
 
   * Else bring up a |:Lexplore| window
 
-If |g:netrw_usetab| exists or is zero, or if there is a pre-existing mapping
+If |g:netrw_usetab| exists and is zero, or if there is a pre-existing mapping
 for <c-tab>, then the <c-tab> will not be mapped.  One may map something other
-than a <c-tab>, too: (but you'll still need to have had g:netrw_usetab set) >
+than a <c-tab>, too: (but you'll still need to have had |g:netrw_usetab| set). >
 
 	nmap <unique> (whatever)	<Plug>NetrwShrink
 <
@@ -3271,9 +3339,10 @@ The user function is passed one argument; it resembles >
 
 	fun! ExampleUserMapFunc(islocal)
 <
-where a:islocal is 1 if it's a local-directory system call or 0 when
+where a:islocal is 1 if its a local-directory system call or 0 when
 remote-directory system call.
 
+			        *netrw-call*  *netrw-expose*  *netrw-modify*
 Use netrw#Expose("varname")          to access netrw-internal (script-local)
 				     variables.
 Use netrw#Modify("varname",newvalue) to change netrw-internal variables.
@@ -3595,7 +3664,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 
 								*netrw-p16*
 	P16. When editing remote files (ex. :e ftp://hostname/path/file),
-	     under Windows I get an |E303| message complaining that it's unable
+	     under Windows I get an |E303| message complaining that its unable
 	     to open a swap file.
 
 	     (romainl) It looks like you are starting Vim from a protected
@@ -3649,7 +3718,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 	P21. I've made a directory (or file) with an accented character, but
 		netrw isn't letting me enter that directory/read that file:
 
-		It's likely that the shell or o/s is using a different encoding
+		Its likely that the shell or o/s is using a different encoding
 		than you have vim (netrw) using.  A patch to vim supporting
 		"systemencoding" may address this issue in the future; for
 		now, just have netrw use the proper encoding.  For example: >
@@ -3765,6 +3834,102 @@ netrw:
 ==============================================================================
 12. History						*netrw-history* {{{1
 
+	v162:	Sep 19, 2016	* (haya14busa) pointed out two syntax errors
+				  with a patch; these are now fixed.
+		Oct 26, 2016	* I started using mate-terminal and found that
+				  x and gx (|netrw-x| and |netrw-gx|) were no
+				  longer working.  Fixed (using atril when
+				  $DESKTOP_SESSION is "mate").
+		Nov 04, 2016	* (Martin Vuille) pointed out that @+ was
+				  being restored with keepregstar rather than
+				  keepregplus.
+		Nov 09, 2016	* Broke apart the command from the options,
+				  mostly for Windows.  Introduced new netrw
+				  settings: |g:netrw_localcopycmdopt|
+				  |g:netrw_localcopydircmdopt| |g:netrw_localmkdiropt|
+				  |g:netrw_localmovecmdopt| |g:netrw_localrmdiropt|
+		Nov 21, 2016	* (mattn) provided a patch for preview; swapped
+				  winwidth() with winheight()
+		Nov 22, 2016	* (glacambre) reported that files containing
+				  spaces weren't being obtained properly via
+				  scp.  Fix: apparently using single quotes
+				  such as with 'file name' wasn't enough; the
+				  spaces inside the quotes also had to be
+				  escaped (ie. 'file\ name').
+				* Also fixed obtain (|netrw-O|) to be able to
+				  obtain files with spaces in their names
+		Dec 20, 2016	* (xc1427) Reported that using "I" (|netrw-I|)
+				  when atop "Hiding" in the banner also caused
+				  the active-banner hiding control to occur
+		Jan 03, 2017	* (Enno Nagel) reported that attempting to
+				  apply netrw to a directory that was without
+				  read permission caused a syntax error.
+		Jan 13, 2017	* (Ingo Karkat) provided a patch which makes
+				  using netrw#Call() better.  Now returns
+				  value of internal routines return, for example.
+		Jan 13, 2017	* (Ingo Karkat) changed netrw#FileUrlRead to
+				  use |:edit| instead of |:read|.  I also
+				  changed the routine name to netrw#FileUrlEdit.
+		Jan 16, 2017	* (Sayem) reported a problem where :Lexplore
+				  could generate a new listing buffer and
+				  window instead of toggling the netrw display.
+				  Unfortunately, the directions for eliciting
+				  the problem weren't complete, so I may or
+				  may not have fixed that issue.
+		Feb 06, 2017	* Implemented cb and cB.  Changed "c" to "cd".
+				  (see |netrw-cb|, |netrw-cB|, and |netrw-cd|)
+		Mar 21, 2017	* previously, netrw would specify (safe) settings
+				  even when the setting was already safe for
+				  netrw.  Netrw now attempts to leave such
+				  already-netrw-safe settings alone.
+				  (affects s:NetrwOptionRestore() and
+				  s:NetrwSafeOptions(); also introduced
+				  s:NetrwRestoreSetting())
+		Jun 26, 2017	* (Christian Brabandt) provided a patch to
+				  allow curl to follow redirects (ie. -L
+				  option)
+		Jun 26, 2017	* (Callum Howard) reported a problem with
+				  :Lexpore not removing the Lexplore window
+				  after a change-directory
+		Aug 30, 2017	* (Ingo Karkat) one cannot switch to the
+				  previously edited file (e.g. with CTRL-^)
+				  after editing a file:// URL.  Patch to
+				  have a "keepalt" included.
+		Oct 17, 2017	* (Adam Faryna) reported that gn (|netrw-gn|)
+				  did not work on directories in the current
+				  tree
+	v157:	Apr 20, 2016	* (Nicola) had set up a "nmap <expr> ..." with
+				  a function that returned a 0 while silently
+				  invoking a shell command.  The shell command
+				  activated a ShellCmdPost event which in turn
+				  called s:LocalBrowseRefresh().  That looks
+				  over all netrw buffers for changes needing
+				  refreshes.  However, inside a |:map-<expr>|,
+				  tab and window changes are disallowed.  Fixed.
+				  (affects netrw's s:LocalBrowseRefresh())
+				* |g:netrw_localrmdir| not used any more, but
+				  the relevant patch that causes |delete()| to
+				  take over was #1107 (not #1109).
+				* |expand()| is now used on |g:netrw_home|;
+				  consequently, g:netrw_home may now use
+				  environment variables
+				* s:NetrwLeftmouse and s:NetrwCLeftmouse will
+				  return without doing anything if invoked
+				  when inside a non-netrw window
+		Jun 15, 2016	* gx now calls netrw#GX() which returns
+				  the word under the cursor.  The new
+				  wrinkle: if one is in a netrw buffer,
+				  then netrw's s:NetrwGetWord().
+		Jun 22, 2016	* Netrw was executing all its associated
+				  Filetype commands silently; I'm going
+				  to try doing that "noisily" and see if
+				  folks have a problem with that.
+		Aug 12, 2016	* Changed order of tool selection for
+				  handling http://... viewing.
+				  (Nikolay Aleksandrovich Pavlov)
+		Aug 21, 2016	* Included hiding/showing/all for tree
+				  listings
+				* Fixed refresh (^L) for tree listings
 	v156:	Feb 18, 2016	* Changed =~ to =~# where appropriate
 		Feb 23, 2016	* s:ComposePath(base,subdir) now uses
 				  fnameescape() on the base portion
@@ -3796,9 +3961,9 @@ netrw:
 				  tell me how they're useful and should be
 				  retained?
 		Nov 20, 2015	* Added |netrw-ma| and |netrw-mA| support
-		Nov 20, 2015	* gx (|netrw-gx|) on an url downloaded the
+		Nov 20, 2015	* gx (|netrw-gx|) on a URL downloaded the
 				  file in addition to simply bringing up the
-				  url in a browser.  Fixed.
+				  URL in a browser.  Fixed.
 		Nov 23, 2015	* Added |g:netrw_sizestyle| support
 		Nov 27, 2015	* Inserted a lot of <c-u>s into various netrw
 				  maps.

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jun 13
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Sep 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -44,6 +44,13 @@ From inside Vim an easy way to run a command and handle the output is with the
 The 'errorformat' option should be set to match the error messages from your
 compiler (see |errorformat| below).
 
+							*quickfix-ID*
+Each quickfix list has a unique identifier called the quickfix ID and this
+number will not change within a Vim session. The getqflist() function can be
+used to get the identifier assigned to a list. There is also a quickfix list
+number which may change whenever more than ten lists are added to a quickfix
+stack.
+
 						*location-list* *E776*
 A location list is a window-local quickfix list. You get one after commands
 like `:lvimgrep`, `:lgrep`, `:lhelpgrep`, `:lmake`, etc., which create a

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 01
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Oct 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -749,6 +749,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'iminsert'	  'imi'     use :lmap or IM in Insert mode
 'imsearch'	  'ims'     use :lmap or IM when typing a search pattern
 'imstatusfunc'    'imsf'    function to obtain X input method status
+'imstyle'	  'imst'    specifies the input style of the input method
 'include'	  'inc'     pattern to be used to find an include file
 'includeexpr'	  'inex'    expression used to process an include line
 'incsearch'	  'is'	    highlight match while typing search pattern
@@ -779,6 +780,8 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'listchars'	  'lcs'     characters for displaying in list mode
 'loadplugins'	  'lpl'     load plugin scripts when starting up
 'luadll'		    name of the Lua dynamic library
+'mzschemedll'		    name of the MzScheme dynamic library
+'mzschemegcdll'		    name of the MzScheme dynamic library for GC
 'macatsui'		    Mac GUI: use ATSUI text drawing
 'magic'			    changes special characters in search patterns
 'makeef'	  'mef'     name of the errorfile for ":make"
@@ -974,6 +977,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'winfixwidth'	  'wfw'     keep window width when opening/closing windows
 'winminheight'	  'wmh'     minimum number of lines for any window
 'winminwidth'	  'wmw'     minimal number of columns for any window
+'winptydll'		    name of the winpty dynamic library
 'winwidth'	  'wiw'     minimal number of columns for current window
 'wrap'			    long lines wrap and continue on the next line
 'wrapmargin'	  'wm'	    chars from the right where wrapping starts

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*spell.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Jan 08
+*spell.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Oct 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ Additionally the following items are recognized:
     =		Case must match exactly.
     ?		Rare word.
     !		Bad (wrong) word.
-    digit	A region in which the word is valid.  If no regions are
+    1 to 9	A region in which the word is valid.  If no regions are
 		specified the word is valid in all regions.
 
 Example:

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jul 15
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Nov 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -873,6 +873,9 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
      (*) Using this file or environment variable will cause 'compatible' to be
 	 off by default.  See |compatible-default|.
 
+     Note: When using the |mzscheme| interface, it is initialized after loading
+     the vimrc file.  Changing 'mzschemedll' later has no effect.
+
 4. Load the plugin scripts.					*load-plugins*
 	This does the same as the command: >
 		:runtime! plugin/**/*.vim
@@ -1044,7 +1047,7 @@ details.  NOTE: this is done since Vim 8.0, not in Vim 7.4. (it was added in
 patch 7.4.2111 to be exact).
 
 This should work well for new Vim users.  If you create your own .vimrc, it is
-recommended to add this line somewhere near the top: >
+recommended to add these lines somewhere near the top: >
 	unlet! skip_defaults_vim
 	source $VIMRUNTIME/defaults.vim
 Then Vim works like before you had a .vimrc. Copying $VIMRUNTIME/vimrc_example
@@ -1415,7 +1418,7 @@ The output of ":mkview" contains these items:
 5. The scroll position and the cursor position in the file.  Doesn't work very
    well when there are closed folds.
 6. The local current directory, if it is different from the global current
-   directory.
+   directory and 'viewoptions' contains "curdir".
 
 Note that Views and Sessions are not perfect:
 - They don't restore everything.  For example, defined functions, autocommands
@@ -1527,7 +1530,7 @@ Notes for Unix:
   you have worked with.
 - If you want to share the viminfo file with other users (e.g. when you "su"
   to another user), you can make the file writable for the group or everybody.
-  Vim will preserve this when writing new viminfo files.  Be careful, don't
+  Vim will preserve this when replacing the viminfo file.  Be careful, don't
   allow just anybody to read and write your viminfo file!
 - Vim will not overwrite a viminfo file that is not writable by the current
   "real" user.  This helps for when you did "su" to become root, but your

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jul 14
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Sep 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -61,10 +61,12 @@ fine.  If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
 directory where the Vim stuff is located.  For example, if your syntax files
 are in the "/usr/vim/vim50/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
 "/usr/vim/vim50".  You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
+This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
+will start soon.  See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
 
 							*:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
-The ":syntax enable" command will keep your current color settings.  This
-allows using ":highlight" commands to set your preferred colors before or
+The `:syntax enable` command will keep your current color settings.  This
+allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
 after using this command.  If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
 defaults, use: >
 	:syntax on
@@ -810,12 +812,9 @@ See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
 
 APACHE						*apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
 
-The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting depending on Apache HTTP
-server version, by default for 1.3.x.  Set "apache_version" to Apache version
-(as a string) to get highlighting for another version.	Example: >
+The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
+version 2.2.3.
 
-	:let apache_version = "2.0"
-<
 
 		*asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
 ASSEMBLY	*ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
@@ -2138,6 +2137,16 @@ set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire.  Example: >
 	:let msql_minlines = 200
 
 
+N1QL						*n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
+
+N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
+Couchbase Server databases.
+
+Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
+and special values.  Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
+many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
+
+
 NCF						*ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
 
 There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
@@ -4689,23 +4698,26 @@ the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
 
 					*bold* *underline* *undercurl*
 					*inverse* *italic* *standout*
+					*nocombine* *strikethrough*
 term={attr-list}			*attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
 	attr-list is a comma separated list (without spaces) of the
 	following items (in any order):
 		bold
 		underline
 		undercurl	not always available
+		strikethrough	not always available
 		reverse
 		inverse		same as reverse
 		italic
 		standout
+		nocombine	override attributes instead of combining them
 		NONE		no attributes used (used to reset it)
 
 	Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font.  They
 	have the same effect.
 	"undercurl" is a curly underline.  When "undercurl" is not possible
-	then "underline" is used.  In general "undercurl" is only available in
-	the GUI.  The color is set with |highlight-guisp|.
+	then "underline" is used.  In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
+	is only available in the GUI.  The color is set with |highlight-guisp|.
 
 start={term-list}				*highlight-start* *E422*
 stop={term-list}				*term-list* *highlight-stop*
@@ -4870,7 +4882,8 @@ guifg={color-name}					*highlight-guifg*
 guibg={color-name}					*highlight-guibg*
 guisp={color-name}					*highlight-guisp*
 	These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
-	(guisp) color to use in the GUI.  "guisp" is used for undercurl.
+	(guisp) color to use in the GUI.  "guisp" is used for undercurl and
+	strikethrough.
 	There are a few special names:
 		NONE		no color (transparent)
 		bg		use normal background color

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 $	motion.txt	/*$*
 $HOME	options.txt	/*$HOME*
 $HOME-use	version5.txt	/*$HOME-use*
+$HOME-windows	options.txt	/*$HOME-windows*
 $MYGVIMRC	gui.txt	/*$MYGVIMRC*
 $MYVIMRC	starting.txt	/*$MYVIMRC*
 $VIM	starting.txt	/*$VIM*
@@ -306,6 +307,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'go-g'	options.txt	/*'go-g'*
 'go-h'	options.txt	/*'go-h'*
 'go-i'	options.txt	/*'go-i'*
+'go-k'	options.txt	/*'go-k'*
 'go-l'	options.txt	/*'go-l'*
 'go-m'	options.txt	/*'go-m'*
 'go-p'	options.txt	/*'go-p'*
@@ -366,7 +368,9 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'ims'	options.txt	/*'ims'*
 'imsearch'	options.txt	/*'imsearch'*
 'imsf'	options.txt	/*'imsf'*
+'imst'	options.txt	/*'imst'*
 'imstatusfunc'	options.txt	/*'imstatusfunc'*
+'imstyle'	options.txt	/*'imstyle'*
 'inc'	options.txt	/*'inc'*
 'include'	options.txt	/*'include'*
 'includeexpr'	options.txt	/*'includeexpr'*
@@ -474,6 +478,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'msm'	options.txt	/*'msm'*
 'mzq'	options.txt	/*'mzq'*
 'mzquantum'	options.txt	/*'mzquantum'*
+'mzschemedll'	options.txt	/*'mzschemedll'*
+'mzschemegcdll'	options.txt	/*'mzschemegcdll'*
 'nf'	options.txt	/*'nf'*
 'noacd'	options.txt	/*'noacd'*
 'noai'	options.txt	/*'noai'*
@@ -935,6 +941,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 't_Co'	term.txt	/*'t_Co'*
 't_Cs'	term.txt	/*'t_Cs'*
 't_DL'	term.txt	/*'t_DL'*
+'t_EC'	term.txt	/*'t_EC'*
 't_EI'	term.txt	/*'t_EI'*
 't_F1'	term.txt	/*'t_F1'*
 't_F2'	term.txt	/*'t_F2'*
@@ -971,12 +978,20 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 't_PE'	term.txt	/*'t_PE'*
 't_PS'	term.txt	/*'t_PS'*
 't_RB'	term.txt	/*'t_RB'*
+'t_RC'	term.txt	/*'t_RC'*
+'t_RF'	term.txt	/*'t_RF'*
 't_RI'	term.txt	/*'t_RI'*
+'t_RS'	term.txt	/*'t_RS'*
 't_RV'	term.txt	/*'t_RV'*
+'t_SC'	term.txt	/*'t_SC'*
+'t_SH'	term.txt	/*'t_SH'*
 't_SI'	term.txt	/*'t_SI'*
 't_SR'	term.txt	/*'t_SR'*
 't_Sb'	term.txt	/*'t_Sb'*
 't_Sf'	term.txt	/*'t_Sf'*
+'t_Te'	term.txt	/*'t_Te'*
+'t_Ts'	term.txt	/*'t_Ts'*
+'t_VS'	term.txt	/*'t_VS'*
 't_WP'	term.txt	/*'t_WP'*
 't_WS'	term.txt	/*'t_WS'*
 't_ZH'	term.txt	/*'t_ZH'*
@@ -1167,6 +1182,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'winheight'	options.txt	/*'winheight'*
 'winminheight'	options.txt	/*'winminheight'*
 'winminwidth'	options.txt	/*'winminwidth'*
+'winptydll'	options.txt	/*'winptydll'*
 'winwidth'	options.txt	/*'winwidth'*
 'wiv'	options.txt	/*'wiv'*
 'wiw'	options.txt	/*'wiw'*
@@ -1315,6 +1331,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +tcl	various.txt	/*+tcl*
 +tcl/dyn	various.txt	/*+tcl\/dyn*
 +termguicolors	various.txt	/*+termguicolors*
++terminal	various.txt	/*+terminal*
 +terminfo	various.txt	/*+terminfo*
 +termresponse	various.txt	/*+termresponse*
 +textobjects	various.txt	/*+textobjects*
@@ -1322,6 +1339,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +timers	various.txt	/*+timers*
 +title	various.txt	/*+title*
 +toolbar	various.txt	/*+toolbar*
++unix	eval.txt	/*+unix*
 +user_commands	various.txt	/*+user_commands*
 +vertsplit	various.txt	/*+vertsplit*
 +viminfo	various.txt	/*+viminfo*
@@ -1886,6 +1904,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :<afile>	cmdline.txt	/*:<afile>*
 :<amatch>	cmdline.txt	/*:<amatch>*
 :<cWORD>	cmdline.txt	/*:<cWORD>*
+:<cexpr>	cmdline.txt	/*:<cexpr>*
 :<cfile>	cmdline.txt	/*:<cfile>*
 :<cword>	cmdline.txt	/*:<cword>*
 :<sfile>	cmdline.txt	/*:<sfile>*
@@ -1945,6 +1964,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :Sexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Sexplore*
 :TOhtml	syntax.txt	/*:TOhtml*
 :TarDiff	pi_tar.txt	/*:TarDiff*
+:Termdebug	terminal.txt	/*:Termdebug*
 :Texplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Texplore*
 :UseVimball	pi_vimball.txt	/*:UseVimball*
 :Vexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Vexplore*
@@ -3116,9 +3136,16 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :tl	tagsrch.txt	/*:tl*
 :tlast	tagsrch.txt	/*:tlast*
 :tm	gui.txt	/*:tm*
+:tma	map.txt	/*:tma*
+:tmap	map.txt	/*:tmap*
+:tmap_l	map.txt	/*:tmap_l*
+:tmapc	map.txt	/*:tmapc*
+:tmapclear	map.txt	/*:tmapclear*
 :tmenu	gui.txt	/*:tmenu*
 :tn	tagsrch.txt	/*:tn*
 :tnext	tagsrch.txt	/*:tnext*
+:tno	map.txt	/*:tno*
+:tnoremap	map.txt	/*:tnoremap*
 :topleft	windows.txt	/*:topleft*
 :tp	tagsrch.txt	/*:tp*
 :tprevious	tagsrch.txt	/*:tprevious*
@@ -3128,6 +3155,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :ts	tagsrch.txt	/*:ts*
 :tselect	tagsrch.txt	/*:tselect*
 :tu	gui.txt	/*:tu*
+:tunma	map.txt	/*:tunma*
+:tunmap	map.txt	/*:tunmap*
 :tunmenu	gui.txt	/*:tunmenu*
 :u	undo.txt	/*:u*
 :un	undo.txt	/*:un*
@@ -3392,6 +3421,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 <bang>	map.txt	/*<bang>*
 <buffer=N>	autocmd.txt	/*<buffer=N>*
 <buffer=abuf>	autocmd.txt	/*<buffer=abuf>*
+<cexpr>	cmdline.txt	/*<cexpr>*
 <cfile>	cmdline.txt	/*<cfile>*
 <character>	intro.txt	/*<character>*
 <count>	map.txt	/*<count>*
@@ -3422,6 +3452,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 <mods>	map.txt	/*<mods>*
 <nomodeline>	autocmd.txt	/*<nomodeline>*
 <q-args>	map.txt	/*<q-args>*
+<range>	map.txt	/*<range>*
 <reg>	map.txt	/*<reg>*
 <register>	map.txt	/*<register>*
 <sfile>	cmdline.txt	/*<sfile>*
@@ -3627,6 +3658,8 @@ Cmd-event	autocmd.txt	/*Cmd-event*
 CmdUndefined	autocmd.txt	/*CmdUndefined*
 Cmdline	cmdline.txt	/*Cmdline*
 Cmdline-mode	cmdline.txt	/*Cmdline-mode*
+CmdlineEnter	autocmd.txt	/*CmdlineEnter*
+CmdlineLeave	autocmd.txt	/*CmdlineLeave*
 CmdwinEnter	autocmd.txt	/*CmdwinEnter*
 CmdwinLeave	autocmd.txt	/*CmdwinLeave*
 ColorScheme	autocmd.txt	/*ColorScheme*
@@ -3729,7 +3762,6 @@ E169	message.txt	/*E169*
 E17	message.txt	/*E17*
 E170	eval.txt	/*E170*
 E171	eval.txt	/*E171*
-E172	message.txt	/*E172*
 E173	message.txt	/*E173*
 E174	map.txt	/*E174*
 E175	map.txt	/*E175*
@@ -4535,6 +4567,8 @@ E943	message.txt	/*E943*
 E944	pattern.txt	/*E944*
 E945	pattern.txt	/*E945*
 E946	terminal.txt	/*E946*
+E947	terminal.txt	/*E947*
+E948	terminal.txt	/*E948*
 E95	message.txt	/*E95*
 E96	diff.txt	/*E96*
 E97	diff.txt	/*E97*
@@ -4821,6 +4855,7 @@ W22	eval.txt	/*W22*
 WORD	motion.txt	/*WORD*
 WWW	intro.txt	/*WWW*
 Win32	os_win32.txt	/*Win32*
+WinBar	gui.txt	/*WinBar*
 WinEnter	autocmd.txt	/*WinEnter*
 WinLeave	autocmd.txt	/*WinLeave*
 WinNew	autocmd.txt	/*WinNew*
@@ -6132,6 +6167,7 @@ ft-mathematica-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-mathematica-syntax*
 ft-mma-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-mma-syntax*
 ft-moo-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-moo-syntax*
 ft-msql-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-msql-syntax*
+ft-n1ql-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-n1ql-syntax*
 ft-nasm-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-nasm-syntax*
 ft-ncf-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ncf-syntax*
 ft-nroff-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-nroff-syntax*
@@ -6358,10 +6394,15 @@ g:netrw_list_cmd_options	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_list_cmd_options*
 g:netrw_list_hide	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_list_hide*
 g:netrw_liststyle	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_liststyle*
 g:netrw_localcopycmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localcopycmd*
+g:netrw_localcopycmdopt	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localcopycmdopt*
 g:netrw_localcopydircmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localcopydircmd*
+g:netrw_localcopydircmdopt	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localcopydircmdopt*
 g:netrw_localmkdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localmkdir*
+g:netrw_localmkdiropt	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localmkdiropt*
 g:netrw_localmovecmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localmovecmd*
+g:netrw_localmovecmdopt	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localmovecmdopt*
 g:netrw_localrmdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localrmdir*
+g:netrw_localrmdiropt	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_localrmdiropt*
 g:netrw_maxfilenamelen	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_maxfilenamelen*
 g:netrw_menu	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_menu*
 g:netrw_mkdir_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_mkdir_cmd*
@@ -6371,11 +6412,13 @@ g:netrw_nogx	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_nogx*
 g:netrw_preview	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_preview*
 g:netrw_rcp_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rcp_cmd*
 g:netrw_remote_mkdir	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_remote_mkdir*
+g:netrw_rename_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rename_cmd*
 g:netrw_retmap	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_retmap*
 g:netrw_rm_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rm_cmd*
 g:netrw_rmdir_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rmdir_cmd*
 g:netrw_rmf_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rmf_cmd*
 g:netrw_rsync_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rsync_cmd*
+g:netrw_rsync_sep	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_rsync_sep*
 g:netrw_scp_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_scp_cmd*
 g:netrw_scpport	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_scpport*
 g:netrw_sepchr	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_sepchr*
@@ -6493,6 +6536,7 @@ ga	various.txt	/*ga*
 garbagecollect()	eval.txt	/*garbagecollect()*
 gd	pattern.txt	/*gd*
 gdb	debug.txt	/*gdb*
+gdb-version	terminal.txt	/*gdb-version*
 ge	motion.txt	/*ge*
 get()	eval.txt	/*get()*
 get-ms-debuggers	debug.txt	/*get-ms-debuggers*
@@ -7261,6 +7305,7 @@ mapmode-n	map.txt	/*mapmode-n*
 mapmode-nvo	map.txt	/*mapmode-nvo*
 mapmode-o	map.txt	/*mapmode-o*
 mapmode-s	map.txt	/*mapmode-s*
+mapmode-t	map.txt	/*mapmode-t*
 mapmode-v	map.txt	/*mapmode-v*
 mapmode-x	map.txt	/*mapmode-x*
 mapping	map.txt	/*mapping*
@@ -7375,6 +7420,7 @@ mzscheme-vim	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-vim*
 mzscheme-vimext	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-vimext*
 mzscheme-window	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-window*
 n	pattern.txt	/*n*
+n1ql.vim	syntax.txt	/*n1ql.vim*
 nasm.vim	syntax.txt	/*nasm.vim*
 navigation	motion.txt	/*navigation*
 nb-commands	netbeans.txt	/*nb-commands*
@@ -7447,7 +7493,11 @@ netrw-browser-var	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browser-var*
 netrw-browsing	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-browsing*
 netrw-c	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-c*
 netrw-c-tab	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-c-tab*
+netrw-cB	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-cB*
 netrw-cadaver	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-cadaver*
+netrw-call	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-call*
+netrw-cb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-cb*
+netrw-cd	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-cd*
 netrw-chgup	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-chgup*
 netrw-clean	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-clean*
 netrw-contents	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-contents*
@@ -7473,6 +7523,7 @@ netrw-enter	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-enter*
 netrw-ex	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ex*
 netrw-explore	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-explore*
 netrw-explore-cmds	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-explore-cmds*
+netrw-expose	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-expose*
 netrw-externapp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-externapp*
 netrw-file	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-file*
 netrw-filigree	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-filigree*
@@ -7522,6 +7573,7 @@ netrw-mh	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mh*
 netrw-middlemouse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-middlemouse*
 netrw-ml_get	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-ml_get*
 netrw-mm	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mm*
+netrw-modify	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-modify*
 netrw-mouse	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mouse*
 netrw-move	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-move*
 netrw-mp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mp*
@@ -7718,6 +7770,7 @@ no-type-checking	eval.txt	/*no-type-checking*
 no_buffers_menu	gui.txt	/*no_buffers_menu*
 no_mail_maps	filetype.txt	/*no_mail_maps*
 no_plugin_maps	filetype.txt	/*no_plugin_maps*
+nocombine	syntax.txt	/*nocombine*
 non-greedy	pattern.txt	/*non-greedy*
 non-zero-arg	eval.txt	/*non-zero-arg*
 none-variable	eval.txt	/*none-variable*
@@ -7766,6 +7819,7 @@ option-summary	options.txt	/*option-summary*
 option-window	options.txt	/*option-window*
 options	options.txt	/*options*
 options-changed	version5.txt	/*options-changed*
+options-in-terminal	terminal.txt	/*options-in-terminal*
 options.txt	options.txt	/*options.txt*
 optwin	options.txt	/*optwin*
 or()	eval.txt	/*or()*
@@ -7994,6 +8048,7 @@ qnx-terminal	os_qnx.txt	/*qnx-terminal*
 quake.vim	syntax.txt	/*quake.vim*
 quickfix	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix*
 quickfix-6	version6.txt	/*quickfix-6*
+quickfix-ID	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-ID*
 quickfix-directory-stack	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-directory-stack*
 quickfix-error-lists	quickfix.txt	/*quickfix-error-lists*
 quickfix-functions	usr_41.txt	/*quickfix-functions*
@@ -8223,6 +8278,7 @@ servername-variable	eval.txt	/*servername-variable*
 session-file	starting.txt	/*session-file*
 set-option	options.txt	/*set-option*
 set-spc-auto	spell.txt	/*set-spc-auto*
+setbufline()	eval.txt	/*setbufline()*
 setbufvar()	eval.txt	/*setbufvar()*
 setcharsearch()	eval.txt	/*setcharsearch()*
 setcmdpos()	eval.txt	/*setcmdpos()*
@@ -8429,6 +8485,7 @@ star	pattern.txt	/*star*
 starstar	editing.txt	/*starstar*
 starstar-wildcard	editing.txt	/*starstar-wildcard*
 start-of-file	pattern.txt	/*start-of-file*
+start-vimdiff	diff.txt	/*start-vimdiff*
 starting	starting.txt	/*starting*
 starting-amiga	starting.txt	/*starting-amiga*
 starting.txt	starting.txt	/*starting.txt*
@@ -8449,6 +8506,7 @@ strdisplaywidth()	eval.txt	/*strdisplaywidth()*
 strftime()	eval.txt	/*strftime()*
 strgetchar()	eval.txt	/*strgetchar()*
 stridx()	eval.txt	/*stridx()*
+strikethrough	syntax.txt	/*strikethrough*
 string	eval.txt	/*string*
 string()	eval.txt	/*string()*
 string-functions	usr_41.txt	/*string-functions*
@@ -8535,11 +8593,14 @@ t_AL	term.txt	/*t_AL*
 t_BD	term.txt	/*t_BD*
 t_BE	term.txt	/*t_BE*
 t_CS	term.txt	/*t_CS*
+t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C	terminal.txt	/*t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C*
+t_CTRL-\_CTRL-N	terminal.txt	/*t_CTRL-\\_CTRL-N*
 t_CV	term.txt	/*t_CV*
 t_Ce	term.txt	/*t_Ce*
 t_Co	term.txt	/*t_Co*
 t_Cs	term.txt	/*t_Cs*
 t_DL	term.txt	/*t_DL*
+t_EC	term.txt	/*t_EC*
 t_EI	term.txt	/*t_EI*
 t_F1	term.txt	/*t_F1*
 t_F2	term.txt	/*t_F2*
@@ -8576,12 +8637,20 @@ t_KL	term.txt	/*t_KL*
 t_PE	term.txt	/*t_PE*
 t_PS	term.txt	/*t_PS*
 t_RB	term.txt	/*t_RB*
+t_RC	term.txt	/*t_RC*
+t_RF	term.txt	/*t_RF*
 t_RI	term.txt	/*t_RI*
+t_RS	term.txt	/*t_RS*
 t_RV	term.txt	/*t_RV*
+t_SC	term.txt	/*t_SC*
+t_SH	term.txt	/*t_SH*
 t_SI	term.txt	/*t_SI*
 t_SR	term.txt	/*t_SR*
 t_Sb	term.txt	/*t_Sb*
 t_Sf	term.txt	/*t_Sf*
+t_Te	term.txt	/*t_Te*
+t_Ts	term.txt	/*t_Ts*
+t_VS	term.txt	/*t_VS*
 t_WP	term.txt	/*t_WP*
 t_WS	term.txt	/*t_WS*
 t_ZH	term.txt	/*t_ZH*
@@ -8794,19 +8863,25 @@ temp-file-name	eval.txt	/*temp-file-name*
 tempfile	change.txt	/*tempfile*
 template	autocmd.txt	/*template*
 tempname()	eval.txt	/*tempname()*
+term++close	terminal.txt	/*term++close*
+term++open	terminal.txt	/*term++open*
 term-dependent-settings	term.txt	/*term-dependent-settings*
 term-list	syntax.txt	/*term-list*
 term.txt	term.txt	/*term.txt*
+term_getaltscreen()	eval.txt	/*term_getaltscreen()*
 term_getattr()	eval.txt	/*term_getattr()*
 term_getcursor()	eval.txt	/*term_getcursor()*
 term_getjob()	eval.txt	/*term_getjob()*
 term_getline()	eval.txt	/*term_getline()*
+term_getscrolled()	eval.txt	/*term_getscrolled()*
 term_getsize()	eval.txt	/*term_getsize()*
 term_getstatus()	eval.txt	/*term_getstatus()*
 term_gettitle()	eval.txt	/*term_gettitle()*
+term_gettty()	eval.txt	/*term_gettty()*
 term_list()	eval.txt	/*term_list()*
 term_scrape()	eval.txt	/*term_scrape()*
 term_sendkeys()	eval.txt	/*term_sendkeys()*
+term_setsize()	eval.txt	/*term_setsize()*
 term_start()	eval.txt	/*term_start()*
 term_wait()	eval.txt	/*term_wait()*
 termcap	term.txt	/*termcap*
@@ -8816,14 +8891,29 @@ termcap-cursor-color	term.txt	/*termcap-cursor-color*
 termcap-cursor-shape	term.txt	/*termcap-cursor-shape*
 termcap-options	term.txt	/*termcap-options*
 termcap-title	term.txt	/*termcap-title*
+termdebug-commands	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-commands*
+termdebug-communication	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-communication*
+termdebug-customizing	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-customizing*
+termdebug-example	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-example*
+termdebug-starting	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-starting*
+termdebug-stepping	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-stepping*
+termdebug-variables	terminal.txt	/*termdebug-variables*
 terminal	terminal.txt	/*terminal*
 terminal-colors	os_unix.txt	/*terminal-colors*
+terminal-cursor-style	terminal.txt	/*terminal-cursor-style*
 terminal-debug	terminal.txt	/*terminal-debug*
+terminal-functions	usr_41.txt	/*terminal-functions*
 terminal-info	term.txt	/*terminal-info*
 terminal-key-codes	term.txt	/*terminal-key-codes*
+terminal-ms-windows	terminal.txt	/*terminal-ms-windows*
 terminal-options	term.txt	/*terminal-options*
 terminal-output-codes	term.txt	/*terminal-output-codes*
+terminal-resizing	terminal.txt	/*terminal-resizing*
+terminal-size-color	terminal.txt	/*terminal-size-color*
+terminal-special-keys	terminal.txt	/*terminal-special-keys*
 terminal-testing	terminal.txt	/*terminal-testing*
+terminal-typing	terminal.txt	/*terminal-typing*
+terminal-unix	terminal.txt	/*terminal-unix*
 terminal-use	terminal.txt	/*terminal-use*
 terminal.txt	terminal.txt	/*terminal.txt*
 terminfo	term.txt	/*terminfo*
@@ -8831,6 +8921,7 @@ termresponse-variable	eval.txt	/*termresponse-variable*
 test-functions	usr_41.txt	/*test-functions*
 test_alloc_fail()	eval.txt	/*test_alloc_fail()*
 test_autochdir()	eval.txt	/*test_autochdir()*
+test_feedinput()	eval.txt	/*test_feedinput()*
 test_garbagecollect_now()	eval.txt	/*test_garbagecollect_now()*
 test_ignore_error()	eval.txt	/*test_ignore_error()*
 test_null_channel()	eval.txt	/*test_null_channel()*
@@ -9057,7 +9148,12 @@ v:t_list	eval.txt	/*v:t_list*
 v:t_none	eval.txt	/*v:t_none*
 v:t_number	eval.txt	/*v:t_number*
 v:t_string	eval.txt	/*v:t_string*
+v:termblinkresp	eval.txt	/*v:termblinkresp*
+v:termrbgresp	eval.txt	/*v:termrbgresp*
 v:termresponse	eval.txt	/*v:termresponse*
+v:termrfgresp	eval.txt	/*v:termrfgresp*
+v:termstyleresp	eval.txt	/*v:termstyleresp*
+v:termu7resp	eval.txt	/*v:termu7resp*
 v:testing	eval.txt	/*v:testing*
 v:this_session	eval.txt	/*v:this_session*
 v:throwpoint	eval.txt	/*v:throwpoint*
@@ -9340,6 +9436,8 @@ wildmenumode()	eval.txt	/*wildmenumode()*
 win32	os_win32.txt	/*win32*
 win32-!start	gui_w32.txt	/*win32-!start*
 win32-PATH	os_win32.txt	/*win32-PATH*
+win32-backslashes	os_win32.txt	/*win32-backslashes*
+win32-cmdargs	os_win32.txt	/*win32-cmdargs*
 win32-colors	gui_w32.txt	/*win32-colors*
 win32-compiling	os_win32.txt	/*win32-compiling*
 win32-curdir	os_win32.txt	/*win32-curdir*
@@ -9377,6 +9475,7 @@ window-resize	windows.txt	/*window-resize*
 window-size	term.txt	/*window-size*
 window-size-functions	usr_41.txt	/*window-size-functions*
 window-tag	windows.txt	/*window-tag*
+window-toolbar	gui.txt	/*window-toolbar*
 window-variable	eval.txt	/*window-variable*
 windowid	windows.txt	/*windowid*
 windowid-variable	eval.txt	/*windowid-variable*

runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2016 Sep 20
+*tagsrch.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Oct 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -195,6 +195,7 @@ the same entry.
 			information in the tags file(s).
 			When [ident] is not given, the last tag name from the
 			tag stack is used.
+			See |tag-!| for [!].
 			With a '>' in the first column is indicated which is
 			the current position in the list (if there is one).
 			[ident] can be a regexp pattern, see |tag-regexp|.

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jul 21
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Oct 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -295,13 +295,11 @@ OUTPUT CODES						*terminal-output-codes*
 	t_ts	set window title start (to status line)		*t_ts* *'t_ts'*
 	t_ue	underline end					*t_ue* *'t_ue'*
 	t_us	underline mode					*t_us* *'t_us'*
-	t_Ce	undercurl end					*t_Ce* *'t_Ce'*
-	t_Cs	undercurl mode					*t_Cs* *'t_Cs'*
 	t_ut	clearing uses the current background color	*t_ut* *'t_ut'*
 	t_vb	visual bell					*t_vb* *'t_vb'*
 	t_ve	cursor visible					*t_ve* *'t_ve'*
 	t_vi	cursor invisible				*t_vi* *'t_vi'*
-	t_vs	cursor very visible				*t_vs* *'t_vs'*
+	t_vs	cursor very visible (blink)			*t_vs* *'t_vs'*
 								*t_xs* *'t_xs'*
 	t_xs	if non-empty, standout not erased by overwriting (hpterm)
 								*t_xn* *'t_xn'*
@@ -311,11 +309,16 @@ OUTPUT CODES						*terminal-output-codes*
 	t_ZR	italics end					*t_ZR* *'t_ZR'*
 
 Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
+	t_Ce	undercurl end					*t_Ce* *'t_Ce'*
+	t_Cs	undercurl mode					*t_Cs* *'t_Cs'*
+	t_Te	strikethrough end				*t_Te* *'t_Te'*
+	t_Ts	strikethrough mode				*t_Ts* *'t_Ts'*
 	t_IS	set icon text start				*t_IS* *'t_IS'*
 	t_IE	set icon text end				*t_IE* *'t_IE'*
 	t_WP	set window position (Y, X) in pixels		*t_WP* *'t_WP'*
 	t_GP	get window position (Y, X) in pixels		*t_GP* *'t_GP'*
 	t_WS	set window size (height, width in cells)	*t_WS* *'t_WS'*
+	t_VS	cursor normally visible (no blink)		*t_VS* *'t_VS'*
 	t_SI	start insert mode (bar cursor shape)		*t_SI* *'t_SI'*
 	t_SR	start replace mode (underline cursor shape)	*t_SR* *'t_SR'*
 	t_EI	end insert or replace mode (block cursor shape)	*t_EI* *'t_EI'*
@@ -324,6 +327,7 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 		|xterm-8bit| |v:termresponse| |'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes|
 	t_u7	request cursor position (for xterm)		*t_u7* *'t_u7'*
 		see |'ambiwidth'|
+	t_RF	request terminal foreground color		*t_RF* *'t_RF'*
 	t_RB	request terminal background color		*t_RB* *'t_RB'*
 	t_8f	set foreground color (R, G, B)			*t_8f* *'t_8f'*
 		|xterm-true-color|
@@ -333,6 +337,29 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 		|xterm-bracketed-paste|
 	t_BD	disable bracketed paste mode			*t_BD* *'t_BD'*
 		|xterm-bracketed-paste|
+	t_SC	set cursor color start				*t_SC* *'t_SC'*
+	t_EC	set cursor color end				*t_EC* *'t_EC'*
+	t_SH	set cursor shape				*t_SH* *'t_SH'*
+	t_RC	request terminal cursor blinking		*t_RC* *'t_RC'*
+	t_RS	request terminal cursor style			*t_RS* *'t_RS'*
+
+Some codes have a start, middle and end part.  The start and end are defined
+by the termcap option, the middle part is text.
+	set title text:     t_ts {title text} t_fs
+	set icon text:      t_IS {icon text} t_IE
+	set cursor color:   t_SC  {color name}  t_EC
+
+t_SH must take one argument:
+	0, 1 or none  	blinking block cursor
+	2	      	block cursor
+	3		blinking underline cursor
+	4		underline cursor
+	5		blinking vertical bar cursor
+	6		vertical bar cursor
+
+t_RS is sent only if the response to t_RV has been received.  It is not used
+on Mac OS when Terminal.app could be recognized from the termresponse.
+
 
 KEY CODES						*terminal-key-codes*
 Note: Use the <> form if possible

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 10
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Nov 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -14,11 +14,30 @@ The terminal feature is optional, use this to check if your Vim has it: >
 If the result is "1" you have it.
 
 
-1. Basic use			|terminal-use|
-2. Remote testing		|terminal-testing|
-3. Debugging			|terminal-debug|
+1. Basic use		|terminal-use|
+      Typing			|terminal-typing|
+      Size and color		|terminal-size-color|
+      Syntax			|:terminal|
+      Resizing			|terminal-resizing|
+      Terminal Modes		|Terminal-mode|
+      Cursor style		|terminal-cursor-style|
+      Special keys		|terminal-special-keys|
+      Unix			|terminal-unix|
+      MS-Windows		|terminal-ms-windows|
+2. Remote testing	|terminal-testing|
+3. Debugging		|terminal-debug|
+      Starting			|termdebug-starting|
+      Example session		|termdebug-example|
+      Stepping through code	|termdebug-stepping|
+      Inspecting variables	|termdebug-variables|
+      Other commands		|termdebug-commands|
+      Communication		|termdebug-communication|
+      Customizing		|termdebug-customizing|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
+{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+The terminal feature requires the |+multi_byte|, |+job| and |+channel| features.
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Basic use						*terminal-use*
@@ -27,21 +46,21 @@ This feature is for running a terminal emulator in a Vim window.  A job can be
 started connected to the terminal emulator. For example, to run a shell: >
      :term bash
 
-Or to run a debugger: >
-     :term gdb vim
+Or to run build command: >
+     :term make myprogram
 
 The job runs asynchronously from Vim, the window will be updated to show
-output from the job, also  while editing in any other window.
+output from the job, also while editing in another window.
 
 
 Typing ~
-
+							*terminal-typing*
 When the keyboard focus is in the terminal window, typed keys will be sent to
 the job.  This uses a pty when possible.  You can click outside of the
 terminal window to move keyboard focus elsewhere.
 
 CTRL-W can be used to navigate between windows and other CTRL-W commands, e.g.:
-	CTRL-W CTRL-W 	move focus to the next window
+	CTRL-W CTRL-W	move focus to the next window
 	CTRL-W :	enter an Ex command
 See |CTRL-W| for more commands.
 
@@ -52,6 +71,7 @@ Special in the terminal window:			*CTRL-W_.*  *CTRL-W_N*
 	CTRL-W " {reg}  paste register {reg}		*CTRL-W_quote*
 			Also works with the = register to insert the result of
 			evaluating an expression.
+	CTRL-W CTRL-C	ends the job, see below |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C|
 
 See option 'termkey' for specifying another key instead of CTRL-W that
 will work like CTRL-W.  However, typing 'termkey' twice sends 'termkey' to
@@ -60,18 +80,47 @@ the job.  For example:
 	'termkey' :	    enter an Ex command
 	'termkey' 'termkey' send 'termkey' to the job in the terminal
 	'termkey' .	    send a CTRL-W to the job in the terminal
-	'termkey' N  	    go to terminal Normal mode, see below
+	'termkey' N	    go to terminal Normal mode, see below
 	'termkey' CTRL-N    same as CTRL-W N
+	'termkey' CTRL-C    same as |t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C|
 							*t_CTRL-\_CTRL-N*
 The special key combination CTRL-\ CTRL-N can be used to switch to Normal
 mode, just like this works in any other mode.
+							*t_CTRL-W_CTRL-C*
+CTRL-W CTRL-C can be typed to forcefully end the job.  On MS-Windows a
+CTRL-BREAK will also kill the job.
+
+If you type CTRL-C the effect depends on what the pty has been configured to
+do.  For simple commands this causes a SIGINT to be sent to the job, which
+would end it.  Other commands may ignore the SIGINT or handle the CTRL-C
+themselves (like Vim does).
+
+To change the keys you type use terminal mode mappings, see |:tmap|.
+These are defined like any mapping, but apply only when typing keys that are
+sent to the job running in the terminal.  For example, to make Escape switch
+to Terminal-Normal mode: >
+   tnoremap <Esc> <C-W>N
+<							*options-in-terminal*
+After opening the terminal window and setting 'buftype' to "terminal" the
+BufWinEnter autocommand event is triggered.  This makes it possible to set
+options specifically for the window and buffer.  Example: >
+   au BufWinEnter * if &buftype == 'terminal' | setlocal bufhidden=hide | endif
 
 
-Size ~
-
+Size and color ~
+							*terminal-size-color*
 See option 'termsize' for controlling the size of the terminal window.
 (TODO: scrolling when the terminal is larger than the window)
 
+The job running in the terminal can change the colors.  The default foreground
+and background colors are taken from Vim, the Normal highlight group.
+
+For a color terminal the 'background' option is used to decide whether the
+terminal window will start with a white or black background.
+
+To use a different color the Terminal highlight group can be used: >
+    hi Terminal ctermbg=lightgrey ctermfg=blue guibg=lightgrey guifg=blue
+
 
 Syntax ~
 
@@ -81,6 +130,8 @@ Syntax ~
 			If [command] is provided run it as a job and connect
 			the input and output to the terminal.
 			If [command] is not given the 'shell' option is used.
+			if [command] is NONE no job is started, the pty of the
+			terminal can be used by a command like gdb.
 
 			A new buffer will be created, using [command] or
 			'shell' as the name, prefixed with a "!".  If a buffer
@@ -88,10 +139,10 @@ Syntax ~
 			parentheses.  E.g. if "gdb" exists the second terminal
 			buffer will use "!gdb (1)".
 
-			If [range] is given it is used for the terminal size.
-			One number specifies the number of rows.  Unless the
-			"vertical" modifier is used, then it is the number of
-			columns.
+			If [range] is given the specified lines are used as
+			input for the job.  It will not be possible to type
+			keys in the terminal window.  For MS-Windows see the
+			++eof argument below.
 
 			Two comma separated numbers are used as "rows,cols".
 			E.g. `:24,80gdb` opens a terminal with 24 rows and 80
@@ -103,18 +154,55 @@ Syntax ~
 			++close		The terminal window will close
 					automatically when the job terminates.
 			++open		When the job terminates and no window
-					show it, a window will be opened.
+					shows it, a window will be opened.
 					Note that this can be interruptive.
+			++curwin	Open the terminal in the current
+					window, do not split the current
+					window.  Fails if the current buffer
+					cannot be |abandon|ed.
+			++hidden	Open the terminal in a hidden buffer,
+					no window will be used.
+			++rows={height} Use {height} for the terminal window
+					height.
+			++cols={width}  Use {width} for the terminal window
+					width.
+			++eof={text}	when using [range]: text to send after
+					the last line was written. Cannot
+					contain white space.  A CR is
+					appended.  For MS-Windows the default
+					is to send CTRL-D.
+					E.g. for a shell use "++eof=exit" and
+					for Python "++eof=exit()".  Special
+					codes can be used like with `:map`,
+					e.g. "<C-Z>" for CTRL-Z.
 
-When the buffer associated with the terminal is wiped out the job is killed,
-similar to calling `job_stop(job, "kill")`
+			If you want to use more options use the |term_start()|
+			function.
 
-By default the 'bufhidden' option of the buffer will be set to "hide".
-So long as the job is running: If the window is closed the buffer becomes
-hidden.  The command will not be stopped.  The `:buffer` command can be used
-to turn the current window into a terminal window.  If there are unsaved
-changes this fails, use ! to force, as usual.
-							*E947*
+When the buffer associated with the terminal is unloaded or wiped out the job
+is killed, similar to calling `job_stop(job, "kill")`
+
+So long as the job is running the window behaves like it contains a modified
+buffer.  Trying to close the window with `CTRL-W :quit` fails.  When using
+`CTRL-W :quit!` the job is ended.  The text in the window is lost.  The buffer
+still exists, but getting it in a window with `:buffer` will show an empty
+buffer.
+
+Trying to close the window with `CTRL-W :close` also fails.   Using
+`CTRL-W :close!` will close the window and make the buffer hidden.
+
+You can use `CTRL-W :hide` to close the terminal window and make the buffer
+hidden, the job keeps running.  The `:buffer` command can be used to turn the
+current window into a terminal window.  If there are unsaved changes this
+fails, use !  to force, as usual.
+
+To have a background job run without a window, and open the window when it's
+done, use options like this: >
+	:term ++hidden ++open make
+Note that the window will open at an unexpected moment, this will interrupt
+what you are doing.
+
+							*E947* *E948*
 So long as the job is running, the buffer is considered modified and Vim
 cannot be quit easily, see |abandon|.
 
@@ -129,7 +217,7 @@ the buffer name will still be set to the command.
 
 
 Resizing ~
-
+							*terminal-resizing*
 The size of the terminal can be in one of three modes:
 
 1. The 'termsize' option is empty: The terminal size follows the window size.
@@ -160,20 +248,52 @@ mode.
 Use CTRL-W N (or 'termkey' N) to switch to Terminal-Normal mode.  Now the
 contents of the terminal window is under control of Vim, the job output is
 suspended.  CTRL-\ CTRL-N does the same.
+
+Terminal-Job mode is where |:tmap| mappings are applied. Keys sent by
+|term_sendkeys()| are not subject to tmap, but keys from |feedkeys()| are.
+
 							*E946*
 In Terminal-Normal mode you can move the cursor around with the usual Vim
 commands, Visually mark text, yank text, etc.  But you cannot change the
 contents of the buffer.  The commands that would start insert mode, such as
 'i' and 'a', return to Terminal-Job mode.  The window will be updated to show
-the contents of the terminal.
+the contents of the terminal. |:startinsert| is ineffective.
 
 In Terminal-Normal mode the statusline and window title show "(Terminal)".  If
 the job ends while in Terminal-Normal mode this changes to
 "(Terminal-finished)".
 
+It is not possible to enter Insert mode from Terminal-Job mode.
+
+
+Cursor style ~
+							*terminal-cursor-style*
+By default the cursor in the terminal window uses a not blinking block.  The
+normal xterm escape sequences can be used to change the blinking state and the
+shape.  Once focus leaves the terminal window Vim will restore the original
+cursor.
+
+An exception is when xterm is started with the "-bc" argument, or another way
+that causes the cursor to blink.  This actually means that the blinking flag
+is inverted.  Since Vim cannot detect this, the terminal window cursor
+blinking will also be inverted.
+
+
+Special keys ~
+							*terminal-special-keys*
+Since the terminal emulator simulates an xterm, only escape sequences that
+both Vim and xterm recognize will be available in the terminal window.  If you
+want to pass on other escape sequences to the job running in the terminal you
+need to set up forwarding.  Example: >
+	tmap <expr> <Esc>]b SendToTerm("\<Esc>]b")
+	func SendToTerm(what)
+	  call term_sendkeys('', a:what)
+	  return ''
+	endfunc
+
 
 Unix ~
-
+							*terminal-unix*
 On Unix a pty is used to make it possible to run all kinds of commands.  You
 can even run Vim in the terminal!  That's used for debugging, see below.
 
@@ -196,7 +316,7 @@ This will open the file "some_file.c" and put the cursor on line 123.
 
 
 MS-Windows ~
-
+							*terminal-ms-windows*
 On MS-Windows winpty is used to make it possible to run all kind of commands.
 Obviously, they must be commands that run in a terminal, not open their own
 window.
@@ -210,7 +330,10 @@ You can download them from the following page:
 
     https://github.com/rprichard/winpty
 
-Just put the files somewhere in your PATH.
+Just put the files somewhere in your PATH.  You can set the 'winptydll' option
+to point to the right file, if needed.  If you have both the 32-bit and 64-bit
+version, rename to winpty32.dll and winpty64.dll to match the way Vim was
+build.
 
 ==============================================================================
 2. Remote testing					*terminal-testing*
@@ -222,7 +345,7 @@ inspects the resulting screen state.
 
 Functions ~
 
-term_sendkeys()		send keystrokes to a terminal
+term_sendkeys()		send keystrokes to a terminal (not subject to tmap)
 term_wait()		wait for screen to be updated
 term_scrape()		inspect terminal screen
 
@@ -231,25 +354,187 @@ term_scrape()		inspect terminal screen
 3. Debugging					*terminal-debug*
 
 The Terminal debugging plugin can be used to debug a program with gdb and view
-the source code in a Vim window. For example: >
+the source code in a Vim window.  Since this is completely contained inside
+Vim this also works remotely over an ssh connection.
 
-	:TermDebug vim
 
-This opens three windows:
-- A terminal window in which "gdb vim" is executed.  Here you can directly
-  interact with gdb.
-- A terminal window for the executed program.  When "run" is used in gdb the
-  program I/O will happen in this window, so that it does not interfere with
-  controlling gdb.
-- A normal Vim window used to show the source code.  When gdb jumps to a
-  source file location this window will display the code, if possible.  Values
-  of variables can be inspected, breakpoints set and cleared, etc.
+Starting ~
+							*termdebug-starting*
+Load the plugin with this command: >
+	packadd termdebug
+<							*:Termdebug*
+To start debugging use `:TermDebug` folowed by the command name, for example: >
+	:Termdebug vim
 
-This uses two terminal windows.  To open the gdb window: >
-	:term gdb [arguments]
-To open the terminal to run the tested program |term_start()| is used.
+This opens two windows:
+gdb window	A terminal window in which "gdb vim" is executed.  Here you
+		can directly interact with gdb.  The buffer name is "!gdb".
+program window	A terminal window for the executed program.  When "run" is
+		used in gdb the program I/O will happen in this window, so
+		that it does not interfere with controlling gdb.  The buffer
+		name is "gdb program".
+
+The current window is used to show the source code.  When gdb pauses the
+source file location will be displayed, if possible.  A sign is used to
+highlight the current position (using highlight group debugPC).	 
+
+If the buffer in the current window is modified, another window will be opened
+to display the current gdb position.
+
+Focus the terminal of the executed program to interact with it.  This works
+the same as any command running in a terminal window.
+
+When the debugger ends, typically by typing "quit" in the gdb window, the two
+opened windows are closed.
+
+
+Example session ~
+							*termdebug-example*
+Start in the Vim "src" directory and build Vim: >
+	% make
+Start Vim: >
+	% ./vim
+Load the termdebug plugin and start debugging Vim: >
+	:packadd termdebug
+	:Termdebug vim
+You should now have three windows:
+    source  - where you started, has a window toolbar with buttons
+    gdb	    - you can type gdb commands here
+    program - the executed program will use this window
+You can use CTRL-W CTRL-W or the mouse to move focus between windows.
+Put focus on the gdb window and type: >
+	break ex_help
+	run
+Vim will start running in the program window. Put focus there and type: >
+	:help gui
+Gdb will run into the ex_help breakpoint.  The source window now shows the 
+ex_cmds.c file.  A ">>" marker will appear where the breakpoint was set.  The
+line where the debugger stopped is highlighted.  You can now step through the
+program.  Let's use the mouse: click on the "Next" button in the window
+toolbar.  You will see the highlighting move as the debugger executes a line
+of source code.
+
+Click "Next" a few times until the for loop is highlighted.  Put the cursor on
+the end of "eap->arg", then click "Eval" in the toolbar.  You will see this
+displayed:
+	"eap->arg": 0x555555e68855 "gui" ~
+This way you can inspect the value of local variables.  You can also focus the
+gdb window and use a "print" command, e.g.: >
+	print *eap
+
+Now go back to the source window and put the cursor on the first line after
+the for loop, then type: >
+	:Break
+You will see a ">>" marker appear, this indicates the new breakpoint.  Now
+click "Cont" in the toolbar and the code until the breakpoint will be
+executed.
+
+You can type more advanced commands in the gdb window.  For example, type: >
+	watch curbuf
+Now click "Cont" in the toolbar (or type "cont" in the gdb window). Execution
+will now continue until the value of "curbuf" changes, which is in do_ecmd().
+To remove this watchpoint again type in the gdb window: >
+	delete 3
+
+You can see the stack by typing in the gdb window: >
+	where
+Move through the stack frames, e.g. with: >
+	frame 3
+The source window will show the code, at the point where the call was made to
+a deeper level.
+
+
+Stepping through code ~
+							*termdebug-stepping*
+Put focus on the gdb window to type commands there.  Some common ones are:
+- CTRL-C	interrupt the program
+- next		execute the current line and stop at the next line
+- step		execute the current line and stop at the next statement,
+		entering functions
+- finish	execute until leaving the current function
+- where		show the stack
+- frame N	go to the Nth stack frame
+- continue	continue execution
+
+In the window showing the source code these commands can used to control gdb:
+ :Run [args]	    run the program with [args] or the previous arguments
+ :Arguments {args}  set arguments for the next :Run
+
+ :Break		set a breakpoint at the current line; a sign will be displayed
+ :Delete	delete a breakpoint at the current line
+
+ :Step		execute the gdb "step" command
+ :Over 		execute the gdb "next" command (:Next is a Vim command)
+ :Finish	execute the gdb "finish" command
+ :Continue	execute the gdb "continue" command
+ :Stop		interrupt the program
+
+The plugin adds a window toolbar with these entries:
+  Step		:Step
+  Next		:Over
+  Finish	:Finish
+  Cont		:Continue
+  Stop		:Stop
+  Eval		:Evaluate
+This way you can use the mouse to perform the most common commands.
+
+
+Inspecting variables ~
+							*termdebug-variables*
+ :Evaluate	    evaluate the expression under the cursor
+ K		    same
+ :Evaluate {expr}   evaluate {expr}
+ :'<,'>Evaluate	    evaluate the Visually selected text
+
+This is similar to using "print" in the gdb window.
+
+
+Other commands ~
+							*termdebug-commands*
+ :Gdb	       jump to the gdb window
+ :Program      jump to the window with the running program
+
+
+Communication ~
+						*termdebug-communication*
+There is another, hidden, buffer, which is used for Vim to communicate with
+gdb.  The buffer name is "gdb communication".  Do not delete this buffer, it
+will break the debugger.
+
+
+Customizing ~
+							*termdebug-customizing*
+To change the name of the gdb command, set the "termdebugger" variable before
+invoking `:Termdebug`: >
+	let termdebugger = "mygdb"
+<						*gdb-version*
+Only debuggers fully compatible with gdb will work.  Vim uses the GDB/MI
+interface.  This probably requires gdb version 7.12.  if you get this error:
+	Undefined command: "new-ui". Try "help".~
+Then your gdb is too old.
+
+The color of the signs can be adjusted with these highlight groups:
+- debugPC		the current position
+- debugBreakpoint	a breakpoint
+
+The defaults are, when 'background' is "light":
+  hi debugPC term=reverse ctermbg=lightblue guibg=lightblue
+  hi debugBreakpoint term=reverse ctermbg=red guibg=red
+
+When 'background' is "dark":
+  hi debugPC term=reverse ctermbg=darkblue guibg=darkblue
+  hi debugBreakpoint term=reverse ctermbg=red guibg=red
+
+To change the width of the Vim window when debugging starts, and use a
+vertical split: >
+  let g:termdebug_wide = 163
+This will set &columns to 163 when :Termdebug is used.  The value is restored
+when quitting the debugger.
+If g:termdebug_wide is set and &Columns is already  larger than
+g:termdebug_wide then a vertical split will be used without changing &columns.
+Set it to 1 to get a vertical split without every changing &columns (useful
+for when the terminal can't be resized by Vim).
 
-TODO
 
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 01
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Nov 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@
 			      TODO list for Vim		*todo*
 
 This is a veeeery long list of known bugs, current work and desired
-improvements.  To make it a little bit accessible, the items are grouped by
-subject.  In the first column of the line a classification is used to be able
-to look for "the next thing to do":
+improvements.  To make it a little bit accessible, the older items are grouped
+by subject.  In the first column of the line a classification is used to be
+able to look for "the next thing to do":
 
 Priority classification:
 9   next point release
@@ -35,34 +35,40 @@ entered there will not be repeated below, unless there is extra information.
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
-Check out coverity reports.
+Permission of viminfo tempfile can be wrong. (Simon Ruderich)
+Always use 600 ?  Also avoids groups problem.
+patch from Simon Ruderich, Nov 8
 
 No maintainer for Vietnamese translations.
 No maintainer for Simplified Chinese translations.
 
-
 Terminal emulator window:
 - Lots of stuff to implement, see src/terminal.c
-- Running a shell command from the GUI still has limitations.  Look into how
-  the terminal emulator of the Vim shell project can help:
-    http://code.hootsuite.com/vimshell/
-- Add winpty.dll and winpty-agent.exe in the NSIS build.
-- Add debugger interface.  Implementation for gdb by Xavier de Gaye.  Should
-  work like an IDE.  Try to keep it generic.  Now found here:
-    http://clewn.sf.net.
-- Look into the idevim plugin/script.
-- Related wishes for NetBeans commands:
-    - make it possible to have 'defineAnnoType' also handle terminal colors.
+- Improve debugger interface:
+  Include all debug features of Agide.
+    - Implement the right-click popup menu for the terminal. Can use the
+      completion popup menu code and mouse dragging.
+      Use it for "set breakpoint", "remove breakpoint", etc.
+    - make showballoon() work in a terminal.  Requires getting mouse-move
+      events.
     - send 'balloonText' events for the cursor position (using CursorHold ?)
       in terminal mode.
+  - get ideas from http://clewn.sf.net
+  - Look into the idevim plugin/script.
+- Improve testing:
+  Make a screenshot of a terminal, store in a file.
+  Display a stored screenshot, display diff with another one.
+  Make a test that puts Vim in a specific state, make a screenshot and compare
+  with the expected screenshot.  Set t_Co to 256.
 
 +channel:
+- Add a separate timeout for opening a socket.  Currently it's fixed at 50
+  msec, which is too small for a remote connection. (tverniquet, #2130)
 - Try out background make plugin: 
   https://github.com/AndrewVos/vim-make-background
 - Problem with stderr on Windows? (Vincent Rischmann, 2016 Aug 31, #1026)
-- Add 'cwd' argument to start_job(): directory to change to in the child.
-    check for valid directory before forking.
-  Part of patch for environment, Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #1160
+- Writing raw mode to a buffer should still handle NL characters as line
+  breaks. (Dmitry Zotikov, 2017 Aug 16)
 - When out_cb executes :sleep, the close_cb may be invoked. (Daniel Hahler,
   2016 Dec 11, #1320)
 - Implement |job-term| ?
@@ -77,11 +83,13 @@ Terminal emulator window:
   Feb 9)  How to do this on MS-Windows?
 - For connection to server, a "keep open" flag would be useful.  Retry
   connecting in the main loop with zero timeout.
-- job_start(): run job in a newly opened terminal.
+- job_start(): run job in a newly opened terminal (not a terminal window).
     With xterm could use -S{pty}.
     Although user could use "xterm -e 'cmd arg'".
 
 Regexp problems:
+- [:space:] only matches ASCII spaces.  Add [:white:] for all space-like
+  characters, esp. including 0xa0.  Use character class zero.
 - Since 7.4.704 the old regex engine fails to match [[:print:]] in 0xf6.
   (Manuel Ortega, 2016 Apr 24)
   Test fails on Mac.  Avoid using isalpha(), isalnum(), etc?  Depends on
@@ -125,15 +133,46 @@ Regexp problems:
   Another one: echom matchstr(" sdfsfsf\n sfdsdfsdf",'[^\n]*')
   (2017 May 15, #1252)
 
-test_gui fails with gnome2: cannot create .gnome2 dir
-    use  testdir/Xfakehome  instead of does/not/exist?
+Include a few color schemes, based on popularity:
+http://www.vim.org/scripts/script_search_results.php?keywords=&script_type=color+scheme&order_by=rating&direction=descending&search=search
+http://vimawesome.com/?q=tag:color-scheme
+Use names that indicate their apperance (Christian Brabandt, 2017 Aug 3)
+- monokai - Xia Crusoe (2017 Aug 4) 
+- seoul256 - Christian Brabandt (2017 Aug 3)
+- gruvbox -  Christian Brabandt (2017 Aug 3)
+- janah - Marco Hinz (2017 Aug 4)
+- apprentice - Romain Lafourcade (2017 Aug 6)  remarks about help file #1964
+Suggested by Hiroki Kokubun:
+- [Iceberg](https://github.com/cocopon/iceberg.vim) (my one)
+- [hybrid](https://github.com/w0ng/vim-hybrid)
+Include solarized color scheme?, it does not support termguicolors.
+-> Make check for colorscheme that it's sane.
 
-Patch for quickfix: parse lines for any quickfix list. (Yegappan Lakshmanan,
-2017 Jul 20)
+Compiler warnings (geeknik, 2017 Oct 26):
+- signed integer overflow in do_sub() (#2249)
+- signed integer overflow in get_address() (#2248)
+- signed integer overflow in getdecchrs() (#2254)
+- signed integer overflow in nfa_regatom() (#2251)
+- undefined left shift in get_string_tv() (#2250)
+
+When starting with --clean packages under "start" are not loaded.  Make this
+work:  :packadd START {name}  similar to :runtime START name
+
+When using :packadd files under "later" are not used, which is inconsistent
+with packages under "start". (xtal8, #1994)
+
+Fold at end of the buffer behaves inconsistently. (James McCoy, 2017 Oct 9)
 
 With foldmethod=syntax and nofoldenable comment highlighting isn't removed.
 (Marcin Szewczyk, 2017 Apr 26)
 
+Using 'wildignore' also applies to literally entered file name.  Also with
+:drop (remote commands).
+
+"gvim --remote" from a directory with non-word characters changes the current
+directory (Paulo Marcel Coelho Arabic, 2017 Oct 30, #2266)
+Also see #1689.
+
 ml_get error when using a Python. (Yggdroot, 2017 Jun 1, #1737)
 Lemonboy can reproduce (2017 Jun 5)
 
@@ -141,38 +180,64 @@ ml_get errors with buggy script. (Dominique, 2017 Apr 30)
 
 Error in emsg with buggy script. (Dominique, 2017 Apr 30)
 
-Patch for Murphi syntax. (Matthew Fernandez, 2017 Jul 24)
+When a timer is running and typing CTRL-R on the command line, it is not
+redrawn properly. (xtal8, 2017 Oct 23, #2241)
 
-Better detection of strace file. (Steven Fernandez, 2017 Jul 12, #1837)
+Universal solution to detect if t_RS is working, using cursor position.
+Koichi Iwamoto, #2126
 
-Bug with conceal mode: 3rd element returned by synconcealed() differs for
-every call. (Dominique Pelle, 2017 Jun 18)
+Default install on MS-Windows should source defaults.vim.
+Ask whether to use Windows or Vim key behavior?
+
+When using command line window, CmdlineLeave is triggered without
+CmdlineEnter.  (xtal8, 2017 Oct 30, #2263)
+Add some way to get the nested state.  Although CmdwinEnter is obviously
+always nested.
+
+matchit hasn't been maintained for a long time.  #955.
+
+MS-Windows: buffer completetion doesn't work when using backslash (or slash)
+for a path separator. (xtal8, #2201)
+
+Test runtime files.
+Start with filetype detection: testdir/test_filetype.vim
+
+Window not closed when deleting buffer. (Harm te Hennepe, 2017 Aug 27, #2029)
 
 Add options_default() / options_restore() to set several options to Vim
 defaults for a plugin. Comments from Zyx, 2017 May 10.
 Perhaps use a vimcontext / endvimcontext command block.
 
-Signs drawn on top of messages. (worp, #1907)
-
-Folds open when job writes to another buffer. (Jonathan Fudger, 2017 Jul 31)
-Already fixed?
+After using :noautocmd CursorMoved may still trigger. (Andy Stewart, 2017 Sep
+13, #2084).  Set old position after the command.
 
 Illegal memory access, requires ASAN to see. (Dominique Pelle, 2015 Jul 28)
 Still happens (2017 Jul 9)
 
-Memory leak in test_arabic.
+When bracketed paste is used, pasting at the ":append" prompt does not get the
+line breaks. (Ken Takata, 2017 Aug 22)
 
-Include Haiku port? (Adrien Destugues, Siarzhuk Zharski, 2013 Oct 24)
+Patch for 24 bit color support in MS-Windows console, using vcon. (Nobuhiro
+Takasaki, 2017 Oct 1, #2060).  Ready to include now?
+
+Memory leaks in test_channel? (or is it because of fork())
+Memory leak in test_arabic.
+Using uninitialized value in test_crypt.
+
+Patch to make gM move to middle of line. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, Sep 8, #2070)
+
+Include Haiku port. (Adrien Destugues, Siarzhuk Zharski, 2013 Oct 24)
 It can replace the BeOS code, which is likely not used anymore.
-Now on github: #1856.  Is now up-to-date?
+Now on github: #1856.  Updated Oct 2017
+Got permission to include this under the Vim license.
 
 Refactored HTML indent file. (Michael Lee, #1821)
 
-Using uninitialzed value in test_crypt.
-
 Test_writefile_fails_conversion failure on Solaris because if different iconv
 behavior.  Skip when "uname" returns "SunOS"? (Pavel Heimlich, #1872)
 
+'tagrelative' is broken in specific situation. (xaizek, 2017 Oct 19, #2221)
+
 All functions are global, which makes functions like get() and len() awkward.
 For the future use the ~get() and ~len() syntax, e.g.:
     mylist~get(idx)
@@ -185,6 +250,14 @@ Alternatives for ~:
     @  list@get()    harder to read
     ->  list->get()  two characters, used for lambda
 
+The ++ options for the :edit command are also useful on the Vim command line.
+
+Overlong utf-8 sequence is displayed wrong. (Harm te Hennepe, 2017 Sep 14,
+#2089)  Patch with possible solution by Björn Linse.
+
+The change list index is local to a buffer, but it doesn't make sense using it
+for another buffer.  (lacygoll) Copy w_changelistidx to wininfo_S and back.
+
 X11: Putting more than about 262040 characters of text on the clipboard and
 pasting it in another Vim doesn't work.  (Dominique Pelle, 2008 Aug 21-23)
 clip_x11_request_selection_cb() is called with zero value and length.
@@ -195,15 +268,31 @@ Kazunobu Kuriyama is working on a proper fix. (2017 Jul 25)
 
 Problem with three-piece comment. (Michael Lee, 2017 May 11, #1696)
 
+Creating a partial with an autoload function is confused about the "self"
+attribute of the function.  For an unknown function assume "self" and make
+that optiona? (Bjorn Linse, 2017 Aug 5)
+
+Cindent: returning a structure has more indent for the second item.
+(Sam Pagenkopf, 2017 Sep 14, #2090)
+
 Completion mixes results from the current buffer with tags and other files.
 Happens when typing CTRL-N while still search for results.  E.g., type "b_" in
 terminal.c and then CTRL-N twice.
 Should do current file first and not split it up when more results are found.
 (Also #1890)
 
+Patch from Christian Brabandt to preserve upper case marks when wiping out a
+buffer. (2013 Dec 9)
+Also fixes #2166?
+
+Patch to add argument to :cquit. (Thinca, 2014 Oct 12)
+
 Python: After "import vim" error messages only show the first line of the
 stack trace. (Yggdroot, 2017 Jul 28, #1887)
 
+Patch to add "module" to quickfix entries. (Marcin Szamotulski, Coot, 2017 Jun
+8, #1757)
+
 When checking if a bufref is valid, also check the buffer number, to catch the
 case of :bwipe followed by :new.
 
@@ -239,8 +328,6 @@ Use gvimext.dll from the nightly build? (Issue #249)
 Problem with using :cd when remotely editing a file. (Gerd Wachsmuth, 2017 May
 8, #1690)
 
-Include solarized color scheme?
-
 Running test_gui and test_gui_init with Motif sometimes kills the window
 manager.  Problem with Motif?
 
@@ -278,12 +365,7 @@ Still need maplist() to find the mappings.  What can we use to identify a
 mapping?  Something unique would be better than the LHS.
 Perhaps simpler: actually delete the mappings.  Use maplist() to list matching
 mappings (with a lhs prefix, like maparg()), mapdelete() to delete,
-maprestore() to restore (using the output of maplist().
-
-Patch to add setbufline(). (email from Yasuhiro Matsumoto, patch by Ozaki
-Kiichi, 2016 Feb 28)
-Update Mar 8: https://gist.github.com/mattn/23c1f50999084992ca98
-Update Mar 13: https://gist.github.com/mattn/23c1f50999084992ca98
+maprestore() to restore (using the output of maplist()).
 
 Add an argument to :mkvimrc (or add aother command) to skip mappings from
 plugins (source is a Vim script).  No need to put these in a .vimrc, they will
@@ -322,10 +404,6 @@ Error in test_startup_utf8 on Solaris. (Danek Duvall, 2016 Aug 17)
 
 Completion for :!cmd shows each match twice. #1435
 
-Patch to change GUI behavior: instead of changing the window size change the
-lines/columns when menu/toolbar/etc. is added/removed. (Ychin, 2016 Mar 20,
-#703)
-
 GTK: When adding a timer from 'balloonexpr' it won't fire, because
 g_main_context_iteration() doesn't return.  Need to trigger an event when the
 timer expires.
@@ -360,9 +438,6 @@ Implement optional arguments for functions.
     call Foo(12, all = 0)
     call Foo(12, 15, 0)
 
-Patch to support on-the-spot and over-the-spot input method. (Ken Takata, 2017
-Feb 14).
-
 Change the Farsi code to work with UTF-8.  Possibly combined with the Arabic
 support, or similar.
 Invalid read error in Farsi mode. (Dominique Pelle, 2009 Aug 2)
@@ -377,11 +452,9 @@ Patch to add random number generator. (Hong Xu, 2010 Nov 8, update Nov 10)
 Alternative from Christian Brabandt. (2010 Sep 19)
 New one from Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #1277.
 
-Patch for restoring wide characters in the console buffer.
-(Ken Takata, 2016 Jun 7)
-
 Patch to fix escaping of job arguments. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2016 Oct 5)
 Update Oct 14: https://gist.github.com/mattn/d47e7d3bfe5ade4be86062b565a4bfca
+Update Aug 2017: #1954
 
 Characters deleted on completion. (Adrià Farrés, 2017 Apr 20, #1645)
 Remarks from Christian Brabandt (Apr 21)
@@ -404,7 +477,7 @@ MS-Windows.  Perhaps in \#  the \ is seen as a path separator. (Axel Bender,
 2017 Feb 9)  Can we expand wildcards first and send the path literally to the
 receiving Vim?  Or make an exception for #, it's not useful remotely.
 
-":sbr" docs state it respect 'switchbuf', but "vsplit" does not cause a
+":sbr" docs state it respects 'switchbuf', but "vsplit" does not cause a
 vertical split. (Haldean Brown, 2017 Mar 1)
 
 Use ADDR_OTHER instead of ADDR_LINES for many more commands.
@@ -423,8 +496,6 @@ Patch for wrong cursor position on wrapped line, involving breakindent.
 (Ozaki Kiichi, 2016 Nov 25)
 Does this also fix #1408 ?
 
-Patch to add "module" to quickfix entries. (Coot, 2017 Jun 8, #1757)
-
 'cursorline' and match interfere. (Ozaki Kiichi, 2017 Jun 23, #1792)
 
 Patch for 'cursorlinenr' option. (Ozaki Kiichi, 2016 Nov 30)
@@ -543,9 +614,6 @@ Patch to add ":syn foldlevel" to use fold level further down the line.
 Completion for input() does not expand environment variables. (chdiza, 2016
 Jul 25, #948)
 
-Patch to fix wrong encoding of error message on Cygwin/MSYS terminal.
-(Ken Takata, 2016 Oct 4)
-
 Patch to add 'systemencoding', convert between 'encoding' and this for file
 names, shell commands and the like.  (Kikuchan, 2010 Oct 14)
 Assume the system converts between the actual encoding of the filesystem to
@@ -585,11 +653,6 @@ Patch to improve map documentation. Issue #799.
 
 Patch for syntax folding optimization. (Shougo, 2016 Sep 6, #1045)
 
-Patch for drag&drop reordering of GUI tab pages reordering.
-(Ken Takata, 2013 Nov 22, second one, also by Masamichi Abe)
-Now on Git: https://gist.github.com/nocd5/165286495c782b815b94
-Update 2016 Aug 10.
-
 We can use '. to go to the last change in the current buffer, but how about
 the last change in any buffer?  Can we use ', (, is next to .)?
 
@@ -604,11 +667,6 @@ Reject the value? #710.
 Patch to fix increment/decrement not working properly when 'virtualedit' is
 set. (Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Aug 1, #923)
 
-Patch to support strikethrough next to bold and italic. (Christian Brabandt,
-2013 Jul 30)  Update from Ken Takata, 2013 Oct 12.
-Update mentioned by Christian, 2016 Apr 25.
-Update from Ken Takata, 2016 Jul 17.
-
 When doing "vi buf.md" a BufNew autocommand for *.md is not triggered.
 Because of using the initial buffer? (Dun Peal, 2016 May 12)
 
@@ -966,8 +1024,6 @@ Jun 8)
 Bug: Autocompleting ":tag/pat" replaces "/pat" with a match but does not
 insert a space. (Micha Mos, 2014 Nov 7)
 
-Patch to add argument to :cquit. (Thinca, 2014 Oct 12)
-
 No error for missing endwhile. (ZyX, 2014 Mar 20)
 
 Patch to make extend() fail early when it might fail at some point.
@@ -1113,9 +1169,6 @@ When evaluating expression in backticks, autoload doesn't work.
 Using <nr>ifoobar<esc> can slow down Vim.  Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013
 Dec 13.
 
-Patch from Christian Brabandt to preserve upper case marks when wiping out a
-buffer. (2013 Dec 9)
-
 GTK: problem with 'L' in 'guioptions' changing the window width.
 (Aaron Cornelius, 2012 Feb 6)
 
@@ -1376,9 +1429,6 @@ Windows keys not set properly on Windows 7?  (cncyber, 2010 Aug 26)
 When using a Vim server, a # in the path causes an error message.
 (Jeff Lanzarotta, 2011 Feb 17)
 
-Setting $HOME on MS-Windows is not very well documented.  Suggestion by Ben
-Fritz (2011 Oct 27).
-
 When there is a ">" in a line that "gq" wraps to the start of the next line,
 then the following line will pick it up as a leader.  Should get the leader
 from the first line, not a wrapped line. (Matt Ackeret, 2012 Feb 27)
@@ -1392,8 +1442,6 @@ Vim using lots of memory when joining lines. (John Little, 2010 Dec 3)
 BT regexp engine: After trying a \@> match and failing, submatches are not
 cleared.  See test64.
 
-Changes to manpage plugin. (Elias Toivanen, 2011 Jul 25)
-
 Patch to make "z=" work when 'spell' is off.  Does this have nasty side
 effects?  (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Aug 5, Update 2013 Aug 12)
 Would also need to do this for spellbadword() and spellsuggest().
@@ -1483,6 +1531,9 @@ GTK: tear-off menu does not work. (Kurt Sonnenmoser, 2010 Oct 25)
 Win32: tear-off menu does not work when menu language is German. (Markus
 Bossler, 2011 Mar 2)  Fixed by 7.3.095?
 
+Wish for NetBeans commands:
+    - make it possible to have 'defineAnnoType' also handle terminal colors.
+
 Version of netbeans.c for use with MacVim. (Kazuki Sakamoto, 2010 Nov 18)
 
 7.3.014 changed how backslash at end of line works, but still get a NUL when
@@ -2166,9 +2217,6 @@ with "gvim -nb:localhost:55555:foo".  From nc do: '1:editFile!0 "foo"'.  Then
 go to Insert mode and add a few lines.  Then backspacing every other time
 moves the cursor instead of deleting. (Chris Kaiser, 2007 Sep 25)
 
-Windows installer should install 32-bit version of right-click handler also on
-64-bit systems. (Brian Cunningham, 2011 Dec 28)
-
 Windows installer could add a "open in new tab of existing Vim" menu entry.
 Gvimext: patch to add "Edit with single Vim &tabbed" menu entry.
 Just have two choices, always using one Vim and selecting between using an
@@ -3673,7 +3721,7 @@ Multi-byte characters:
     at a multi-byte character >= 0x100.
 -   Add the possibility to enter mappings which are used whenever normal text
     could be entered.  E.g., for "f" command.  But not in Normal mode.  Sort
-    of opposite of 'langmap'.  Use ":tmap" command?
+    of opposite of 'langmap'.  Use ":amap" command?
 -   When breaking a line, take properties of multi-byte characters into
     account.  The "linebreak" program from Bruno Haible can do it:
     ftp://ftp.ilog.fr/pub/Users/haible/gnu/linebreak-0.1.tar.gz
@@ -5153,7 +5201,7 @@ Swap (.swp) files:
 -   Add an option to create a swap file only when making the first change to
     the buffer.  (Liang)  Or only when the buffer is not read-only.
 -   Add option to set "umask" for backup files and swap files (Antwerpen).
-    'backupumask' and 'swapumask'?  Or 'umaskback' and 'umaskswap'?
+    'backupumask' and 'swapumask'?  Or 'umaskbackup' and 'umaskswap'?
 -   When editing a readonly file, don't use a swap file but read parts from the
     original file.  Also do this when the file is huge (>'maxmem').  We do
     need to load the file once to count the number of lines?  Perhaps keep a

runtime/doc/usr_07.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_07.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2006 Apr 24
+*usr_07.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Sep 18
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -215,14 +215,14 @@ change: >
 
 	`.
 
-Suppose you are editing the file "one.txt".  Somewhere halfway the file you
-use "x" to delete a character.  Then you go to the last line with "G" and
-write the file with ":w".  You edit several other files, and then use ":edit
-one.txt" to come back to "one.txt".  If you now use `" Vim jumps to the last
-line of the file.  Using `. takes you to the position where you deleted the
-character.  Even when you move around in the file `" and `. will take you to
-the remembered position.  At least until you make another change or leave the
-file.
+Suppose you are editing the file "one.txt".  Somewhere halfway through the
+file you use "x" to delete a character.  Then you go to the last line with "G"
+and write the file with ":w".  You edit several other files, and then use
+":edit one.txt" to come back to "one.txt".  If you now use `" Vim jumps to the
+last line of the file.  Using `. takes you to the position where you deleted
+the character.  Even when you move around in the file `" and `. will take you
+to the remembered position.  At least until you make another change or leave
+the file.
 
 
 FILE MARKS
@@ -233,8 +233,8 @@ another file and place marks there, these are specific for that file.  Thus
 each file has its own set of marks, they are local to the file.
    So far we were using marks with a lowercase letter.  There are also marks
 with an uppercase letter.  These are global, they can be used from any file.
-For example suppose that we are editing the file "foo.txt".  Go to halfway the
-file ("50%") and place the F mark there (F for foo): >
+For example suppose that we are editing the file "foo.txt".  Go to halfway
+down the file ("50%") and place the F mark there (F for foo): >
 
 	50%mF
 
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ a sentence to the f register (f for First): >
 	"fyas
 
 The "yas" command yanks a sentence like before.  It's the "f that tells Vim
-the text should be place in the f register.  This must come just before the
+the text should be placed in the f register.  This must come just before the
 yank command.
    Now yank three whole lines to the l register (l for line): >
 

runtime/doc/usr_08.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_08.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2014 Jul 06
+*usr_08.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 11
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ top one:
 	+----------------------------------+
 
 What you see here is two windows on the same file.  The line with "====" is
-that status line.  It displays information about the window above it.  (In
+the status line.  It displays information about the window above it.  (In
 practice the status line will be in reverse video.)
    The two windows allow you to view two parts of the same file.  For example,
 you could make the top window show the variable declarations of a program, and

runtime/doc/usr_09.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_09.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2006 Apr 24
+*usr_09.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 11
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Table of contents: |usr_toc.txt|
 ==============================================================================
 *09.1*	Parts of the GUI
 
-You might have an icon on your desktop that starts gVim.  Otherwise, one of
+You might have an icon on your desktop that starts gvim.  Otherwise, one of
 these commands should do it: >
 
 	gvim file.txt
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ THE WINDOW TITLE
 At the very top is the window title.  This is drawn by your window system.
 Vim will set the title to show the name of the current file.  First comes the
 name of the file.  Then some special characters and the directory of the file
-in parens.  These special character can be present:
+in parens.  These special characters can be present:
 
 	-	The file cannot be modified (e.g., a help file)
 	+	The file contains changes
@@ -184,12 +184,12 @@ currently highlighted.  In Vim this is the Visual area (this assumes you are
 using the default option settings).  You can paste this selection in another
 application without any further action.
    For example, in this text select a few words with the mouse.  Vim will
-switch to Visual mode and highlight the text.  Now start another gVim, without
+switch to Visual mode and highlight the text.  Now start another gvim, without
 a file name argument, so that it displays an empty window.  Click the middle
 mouse button.  The selected text will be inserted.
 
 The "current selection" will only remain valid until some other text is
-selected.  After doing the paste in the other gVim, now select some characters
+selected.  After doing the paste in the other gvim, now select some characters
 in that window.  You will notice that the words that were previously selected
 in the other gvim window are displayed differently.  This means that it no
 longer is the current selection.
@@ -204,10 +204,10 @@ Now for the other place with which text can be exchanged.  We call this the
 "real clipboard", to avoid confusion.  Often both the "current selection" and
 the "real clipboard" are called clipboard, you'll have to get used to that.
    To put text on the real clipboard, select a few different words in one of
-the gVims you have running.  Then use the Edit/Copy menu entry.  Now the text
+the gvims you have running.  Then use the Edit/Copy menu entry.  Now the text
 has been copied to the real clipboard.  You can't see this, unless you have
-some application that shows the clipboard contents (e.g., KDE's klipper).
-   Now select the other gVim, position the cursor somewhere and use the
+some application that shows the clipboard contents (e.g., KDE's Klipper).
+   Now select the other gvim, position the cursor somewhere and use the
 Edit/Paste menu.  You will see the text from the real clipboard is inserted.
 
 

runtime/doc/usr_12.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_12.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2007 May 11
+*usr_12.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Aug 11
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ command: >
 The line range "%" is used, thus this works on the whole file.  The pattern
 that the ":substitute" command matches with is "\s\+$".  This finds white
 space characters (\s), 1 or more of them (\+), before the end-of-line ($).
-Later will be explained how you write patterns like this |usr_27.txt|.
+Later will be explained how you write patterns like this, see |usr_27.txt|.
    The "to" part of the substitute command is empty: "//".  Thus it replaces
 with nothing, effectively deleting the matched white space.
 

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jul 19
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Oct 15
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ GUI:						*gui-functions*
 
 Vim server:					*server-functions*
 	serverlist()		return the list of server names
-	remote_startserve()	run a server
+	remote_startserver()	run a server
 	remote_send()		send command characters to a Vim server
 	remote_expr()		evaluate an expression in a Vim server
 	server2client()		send a reply to a client of a Vim server
@@ -966,6 +966,23 @@ Jobs:		    			        *job-functions*
 	job_info()		get information about a job
 	job_setoptions()	set options for a job
 
+Terminal window:				*terminal-functions*
+	term_start()		open a terminal window and run a job
+	term_list()		get the list of terminal buffers
+	term_sendkeys()		send keystrokes to a terminal
+	term_wait()		wait for screen to be updated
+	term_getjob()		get the job associated with a terminal
+	term_scrape()		get row of a terminal screen
+	term_getline()		get a line of text from a terminal
+	term_getattr()		get the value of attribute {what}
+	term_getcursor()	get the cursor position of a terminal
+	term_getscrolled()	get the scroll count of a terminal
+	term_getaltscreen()	get the alternate screen flag
+	term_getsize()		get the size of a terminal
+	term_getstatus()	get the status of a terminal
+	term_gettitle()		get the title of a terminal
+	term_gettty()		get the tty name of a terminal
+
 Timers:						*timer-functions*
 	timer_start()		create a timer
 	timer_pause()		pause or unpause a timer

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Feb 24
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Sep 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -309,6 +309,7 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
    *+ARP*		Amiga only: ARP support included
 B  *+arabic*		|Arabic| language support
 N  *+autocmd*		|:autocmd|, automatic commands
+H  *+autoservername*	Automatically enable |clientserver|
 m  *+balloon_eval*	|balloon-eval| support. Included when compiling with
 			supported GUI (Motif, GTK, GUI) and either
 			Netbeans/Sun Workshop integration or |+eval| feature.
@@ -322,7 +323,7 @@ N  *+cindent*		|'cindent'|, C indenting
 N  *+clientserver*	Unix and Win32: Remote invocation |clientserver|
    *+clipboard*		|clipboard| support
 N  *+cmdline_compl*	command line completion |cmdline-completion|
-N  *+cmdline_hist*	command line history |cmdline-history|
+S  *+cmdline_hist*	command line history |cmdline-history|
 N  *+cmdline_info*	|'showcmd'| and |'ruler'|
 N  *+comments*		|'comments'| support
 B  *+conceal*		"conceal" support, see |conceal| |:syn-conceal| etc.
@@ -361,7 +362,7 @@ m  *+hangul_input*	Hangul input support |hangul|
    *+iconv/dyn*		Likewise |iconv-dynamic| |/dyn|
 N  *+insert_expand*	|insert_expand| Insert mode completion
 m  *+job*		starting and stopping jobs |job|
-N  *+jumplist*		|jumplist|
+S  *+jumplist*		|jumplist|
 B  *+keymap*		|'keymap'|
 N  *+lambda*		|lambda| and |closure|
 B  *+langmap*		|'langmap'|
@@ -427,6 +428,7 @@ N  *+tag_old_static*	old method for static tags |tag-old-static|
 m  *+tag_any_white*	any white space allowed in tags file |tag-any-white|
 m  *+tcl*		Tcl interface |tcl|
 m  *+tcl/dyn*		Tcl interface |tcl-dynamic| |/dyn|
+m  *+terminal*		Support for terminal window |terminal|
    *+terminfo*		uses |terminfo| instead of termcap
 N  *+termresponse*	support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|
 B  *+termguicolors*	24-bit color in xterm-compatible terminals support
@@ -437,14 +439,16 @@ N  *+title*		Setting the window 'title' and 'icon'
 N  *+toolbar*		|gui-toolbar|
 N  *+user_commands*	User-defined commands. |user-commands|
 N  *+viminfo*		|'viminfo'|
-N  *+vertsplit*		Vertically split windows |:vsplit|
+   *+vertsplit*		Vertically split windows |:vsplit|; Always enabled
+			since 8.0.1118.
+			in sync with the |+windows| feature
 N  *+virtualedit*	|'virtualedit'|
 S  *+visual*		Visual mode |Visual-mode| Always enabled since 7.4.200.
 N  *+visualextra*	extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
 N  *+vreplace*		|gR| and |gr|
 N  *+wildignore*	|'wildignore'|
 N  *+wildmenu*		|'wildmenu'|
-S  *+windows*		more than one window
+   *+windows*		more than one window; Always enabled since 8.0.1118.
 m  *+writebackup*	|'writebackup'| is default on
 m  *+xim*		X input method |xim|
    *+xfontset*		X fontset support |xfontset|

runtime/doc/version8.txt

@@ -11778,7 +11778,7 @@ Files:      src/os_unix.c
 Patch 7.4.1915
 Problem:    The effect of the PopupMenu autocommand isn't directly visible.
 Solution:   Call gui_update_menus() before displaying the popup menu. (Shane
-            Harper, closs #855)
+            Harper, closes #855)
 Files:      src/menu.c
 
 Patch 7.4.1916 (after 7.4.1906)
@@ -15398,7 +15398,7 @@ Files:      src/testdir/test_undo.vim, src/undo.c
 Patch 8.0.0150
 Problem:    When the pattern of :filter does not have a separator then
             completion of the command fails.
-Solution:   Skip over the pattern. (Ozaki Kiichi, clodes #1299)
+Solution:   Skip over the pattern. (Ozaki Kiichi, closes #1299)
 Files:      src/ex_docmd.c, src/testdir/test_filter_cmd.vim
 
 Patch 8.0.0151

runtime/doc/vim.1

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 .TH VIM 1 "2006 Apr 11"
 .SH NAME
-vim \- Vi IMproved, a programmers text editor
+vim \- Vi IMproved, a programmer's text editor
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .br
 .B vim
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ You can still edit the buffer, but will be prevented from accidentally
 overwriting a file.
 If you do want to overwrite a file, add an exclamation mark to the Ex command,
 as in ":w!".
-The \-R option also implies the \-n option (see below).
+The \-R option also implies the \-n option (see above).
 The 'readonly' option can be reset with ":set noro".
 See ":help 'readonly'".
 .TP

runtime/doc/vim.man

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ VIM(1)                      General Commands Manual                     VIM(1)
 
 
 NAME
-       vim - Vi IMproved, a programmers text editor
+       vim - Vi IMproved, a programmer's text editor
 
 SYNOPSIS
        vim [options] [file ..]
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ OPTIONS
                    dentally overwriting a file.  If you do want to overwrite a
                    file, add an exclamation mark to  the  Ex  command,  as  in
                    ":w!".   The  -R  option  also  implies  the -n option (see
-                   below).  The 'readonly' option  can  be  reset  with  ":set
+                   above).  The 'readonly' option  can  be  reset  with  ":set
                    noro".  See ":help 'readonly'".
 
        -r          List  swap  files,  with  information  about using them for

runtime/doc/visual.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*visual.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2014 Mar 23
+*visual.txt*    For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Sep 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -314,8 +314,8 @@ Visual-block Insert						*v_b_I*
 With a blockwise selection, I{string}<ESC> will insert {string} at the start
 of block on every line of the block, provided that the line extends into the
 block.  Thus lines that are short will remain unmodified.  TABs are split to
-retain visual columns.
-See |v_b_I_example|.
+retain visual columns.  Works only for adding text to a line, not for
+deletions.  See |v_b_I_example|.
 
 Visual-block Append						*v_b_A*
 With a blockwise selection, A{string}<ESC> will append {string} to the end of
@@ -331,6 +331,7 @@ See |v_b_A_example|.
 Note: "I" and "A" behave differently for lines that don't extend into the
 selected block.  This was done intentionally, so that you can do it the way
 you want.
+Works only for adding text to a line, not for deletions.
 
 Visual-block change						*v_b_c*
 All selected text in the block will be replaced by the same text string.  When

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Jul 23
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.0.  Last change: 2017 Sep 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -344,8 +344,9 @@ CTRL-W CTRL-C						*CTRL-W_CTRL-C*
 							*:hide*
 :hid[e]
 :{count}hid[e]
-		Quit the current window, unless it is the last window on the
-		screen.  For {count} see |:quit| command.
+		Without {count}: Quit the current window, unless it is the
+		last window on the screen.
+		If {count} is given quit the {count} window.
 		
 		The buffer becomes hidden (unless there is another window
 		editing it or 'bufhidden' is "unload", "delete" or "wipe").
@@ -618,7 +619,8 @@ The minimal height and width of a window is set with 'winminheight' and
 41. :buffers		list of buffers
 
 The meaning of [N] depends on the command:
- [N] is number of buffers to go forward/backward on ?2, ?3, and ?4
+ [N] is the number of buffers to go forward/backward on 2/12/22/32,
+     3/13/23/33, and 4/14/24/34
  [N] is an argument number, defaulting to current argument, for 1 and 21
  [N] is a buffer number, defaulting to current buffer, for 11 and 31
  [N] is a count for 19 and 39
@@ -1031,6 +1033,9 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 			   displayed in a window |hidden-buffer|
 		   -	a buffer with 'modifiable' off
 		   =	a readonly buffer
+		   R	a terminal buffer with a running job
+		   F	a terminal buffer with a finished job
+		   ?    a terminal buffer without a job: `:terminal NONE`
 		    +	a modified buffer
 		    x   a buffer with read errors
 

runtime/evim.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim script for Evim key bindings
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2016 Jul 24
+" Last Change:	2017 Sep 20
 
 " Don't use Vi-compatible mode.
 set nocompatible
@@ -67,8 +67,10 @@ endif " has("autocmd")
 "
 " The matchit plugin makes the % command work better, but it is not backwards
 " compatible.
+" The ! means the package won't be loaded right away but when plugins are
+" loaded during initialization.
 if has('syntax') && has('eval')
-  packadd matchit
+  packadd! matchit
 endif
 
 " vim: set sw=2 :

runtime/ftplugin/c.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2016 Jun 12
+" Last Change:	2017 Sep 28
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ if has("vms")
 endif
 
 " When the matchit plugin is loaded, this makes the % command skip parens and
-" braces in comments.
-let b:match_words = &matchpairs . ',^\s*#\s*if\(\|def\|ndef\)\>:^\s*#\s*elif\>:^\s*#\s*else\>:^\s*#\s*endif\>'
+" braces in comments properly.
+let b:match_words = '^\s*#\s*if\(\|def\|ndef\)\>:^\s*#\s*elif\>:^\s*#\s*else\>:^\s*#\s*endif\>'
 let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|character\|special'
 
 " Win32 can filter files in the browse dialog

runtime/ftplugin/gdb.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	gdb
+" Maintainer:	Michaël Peeters <NOSPAMm.vim@noekeon.org>
+" Last Changed: 26 Oct 2017
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+setlocal commentstring=#%s
+
+" Undo the stuff we changed.
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal cms<"

runtime/ftplugin/man.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	man
 " Maintainer:	SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 	2017 Jan 18
+" Last Change: 	2017 Nov 11
 
 " To make the ":Man" command available before editing a manual page, source
 " this script from your startup vimrc file.
@@ -15,12 +15,6 @@ if &filetype == "man"
   endif
   let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
-  " Ensure Vim is not recursively invoked (man-db does this)
-  " when doing ctrl-[ on a man page reference.
-  if exists("$MANPAGER")
-    let $MANPAGER = ""
-  endif
-
   " allow dot and dash in manual page name.
   setlocal iskeyword+=\.,-
 
@@ -176,7 +170,11 @@ func <SID>GetPage(...)
     let $MANWIDTH = winwidth(0)
     let unsetwidth = 1
   endif
-  silent exec "r !man ".s:GetCmdArg(sect, page)." | col -b"
+
+  " Ensure Vim is not recursively invoked (man-db does this) when doing ctrl-[
+  " on a man page reference by unsetting MANPAGER.
+  silent exec "r !env -u MANPAGER man ".s:GetCmdArg(sect, page)." | col -b"
+
   if unsetwidth
     let $MANWIDTH = ''
   endif

runtime/ftplugin/neomuttrc.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:             NeoMutt RC File
+" Previous Maintainer:  Guillaume Brogi <gui-gui@netcourrier.com>
+" Latest Revision:      2017-09-17
+" Original version copied from ftplugin/muttrc.vim
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl com< cms< inc< fo<"
+
+setlocal comments=:# commentstring=#\ %s
+setlocal formatoptions-=t formatoptions+=croql
+
+let &l:include = '^\s*source\>'
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/ftplugin/perl.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:    vim-perl <vim-perl@googlegroups.com>
 " Homepage:      http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl
 " Bugs/requests: http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl/issues
-" Last Change:   2013-07-21
+" Last Change:   2015-02-09
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
@@ -33,14 +33,14 @@ endif
 setlocal include=\\<\\(use\\\|require\\)\\>
 setlocal includeexpr=substitute(substitute(substitute(v:fname,'::','/','g'),'->\*','',''),'$','.pm','')
 setlocal define=[^A-Za-z_]
+setlocal iskeyword+=:
 
 " The following line changes a global variable but is necessary to make
-" gf and similar commands work.  The change to iskeyword was incorrect.
-" Thanks to Andrew Pimlott for pointing out the problem. If this causes a
-" problem for you, add an after/ftplugin/perl.vim file that contains
+" gf and similar commands work. Thanks to Andrew Pimlott for pointing
+" out the problem. If this causes a problem for you, add an
+" after/ftplugin/perl.vim file that contains
 "       set isfname-=:
 set isfname+=:
-set iskeyword+=:
 
 " Set this once, globally.
 if !exists("perlpath")
@@ -77,11 +77,12 @@ endif
 "---------------------------------------------
 
 " Undo the stuff we changed.
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal fo< com< cms< inc< inex< def< isf< kp< path<" .
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal fo< com< cms< inc< inex< def< isk< isf< kp< path<" .
 	    \	      " | unlet! b:browsefilter"
 
 " proper matching for matchit plugin
 let b:match_skip = 's:comment\|string\|perlQQ\|perlShellCommand\|perlHereDoc\|perlSubstitution\|perlTranslation\|perlMatch\|perlFormatField'
+let b:match_words = '\<if\>:\<elsif\>:\<else\>'
 
 " Restore the saved compatibility options.
 let &cpo = s:save_cpo

runtime/ftplugin/python.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	python
-" Maintainer:	James Sully <sullyj3@gmail.com>
+" Maintainer:	Tom Picton <tom@tompicton.co.uk>
+" Previous Maintainer: James Sully <sullyj3@gmail.com>
 " Previous Maintainer: Johannes Zellner <johannes@zellner.org>
-" Last Change:	Tue, 09 October 2016
-" https://github.com/sullyj3/vim-ftplugin-python
+" Last Change:	Thur, 09 November 2017
+" https://github.com/tpict/vim-ftplugin-python
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
@@ -24,31 +25,51 @@ set wildignore+=*.pyc
 
 let b:next_toplevel='\v%$\|^(class\|def\|async def)>'
 let b:prev_toplevel='\v^(class\|def\|async def)>'
+let b:next_endtoplevel='\v%$\|\S.*\n+(def\|class)'
+let b:prev_endtoplevel='\v\S.*\n+(def\|class)'
 let b:next='\v%$\|^\s*(class\|def\|async def)>'
 let b:prev='\v^\s*(class\|def\|async def)>'
+let b:next_end='\v\S\n*(%$\|^(\s*\n*)*(class\|def\|async def)\|^\S)'
+let b:prev_end='\v\S\n*(^(\s*\n*)*(class\|def\|async def)\|^\S)'
 
 execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:next_toplevel."', 'W')<cr>"
 execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:prev_toplevel."', 'Wb')<cr>"
+execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ][ :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:next_endtoplevel."', 'W', 0)<cr>"
+execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [] :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:prev_endtoplevel."', 'Wb', 0)<cr>"
 execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:next."', 'W')<cr>"
 execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:prev."', 'Wb')<cr>"
+execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]M :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:next_end."', 'W', 0)<cr>"
+execute "nnoremap <silent> <buffer> [M :call <SID>Python_jump('n', '". b:prev_end."', 'Wb', 0)<cr>"
 
 execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:next_toplevel."', 'W')<cr>"
 execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:prev_toplevel."', 'Wb')<cr>"
+execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> ][ :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:next_endtoplevel."', 'W', 0)<cr>"
+execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> [] :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:prev_endtoplevel."', 'Wb', 0)<cr>"
 execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:next."', 'W')<cr>"
 execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:prev."', 'Wb')<cr>"
+execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> ]M :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:next_end."', 'W', 0)<cr>"
+execute "onoremap <silent> <buffer> [M :call <SID>Python_jump('o', '". b:prev_end."', 'Wb', 0)<cr>"
 
 execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]] :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:next_toplevel."', 'W')<cr>"
 execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [[ :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:prev_toplevel."', 'Wb')<cr>"
+execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ][ :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:next_endtoplevel."', 'W', 0)<cr>"
+execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [] :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:prev_endtoplevel."', 'Wb', 0)<cr>"
 execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]m :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:next."', 'W')<cr>"
 execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [m :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:prev."', 'Wb')<cr>"
+execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> ]M :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:next_end."', 'W', 0)<cr>"
+execute "xnoremap <silent> <buffer> [M :call <SID>Python_jump('x', '". b:prev_end."', 'Wb', 0)<cr>"
 
 if !exists('*<SID>Python_jump')
-  fun! <SID>Python_jump(mode, motion, flags) range
+  fun! <SID>Python_jump(mode, motion, flags, ...) range
+      let l:startofline = (a:0 >= 1) ? a:1 : 1
+
       if a:mode == 'x'
           normal! gv
       endif
 
-      normal! 0
+      if l:startofline == 1
+          normal! 0
+      endif
 
       let cnt = v:count1
       mark '
@@ -57,7 +78,9 @@ if !exists('*<SID>Python_jump')
           let cnt = cnt - 1
       endwhile
 
-      normal! ^
+      if l:startofline == 1
+          normal! ^
+      endif
   endfun
 endif
 

runtime/ftplugin/verilog.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,12 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	Verilog HDL
-" Maintainer:	Chih-Tsun Huang <cthuang@larc.ee.nthu.edu.tw>
-" Last Change:	Wed Sep  3 15:24:49 CST 2008
-" URL:		http://larc.ee.nthu.edu.tw/~cthuang/vim/ftplugin/verilog.vim
+" Maintainer:	Chih-Tsun Huang <cthuang@cs.nthu.edu.tw>
+" Last Change:	2017 Aug 25 by Chih-Tsun Huang
+" URL:	    	http://www.cs.nthu.edu.tw/~cthuang/vim/ftplugin/verilog.vim
+"
+" Credits:
+"   Suggestions for improvement, bug reports by
+"     Shao <shaominghai2005@163.com>
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -45,11 +49,16 @@ if exists("loaded_matchit")
     \ '\<begin\>:\<end\>,' .
     \ '\<case\>\|\<casex\>\|\<casez\>:\<endcase\>,' .
     \ '\<module\>:\<endmodule\>,' .
-    \ '\<if\>:\<else\>,' .
+    \ '\<if\>:`\@<!\<else\>,' .
     \ '\<function\>:\<endfunction\>,' .
-    \ '`ifdef\>:`else\>:`endif\>,' .
+    \ '`ifn\?def\>:`elsif\>:`else\>:`endif\>,' .
     \ '\<task\>:\<endtask\>,' .
-    \ '\<specify\>:\<endspecify\>'
+    \ '\<specify\>:\<endspecify\>,' .
+    \ '\<config\>:\<endconfig\>,' .
+    \ '\<generate\>:\<endgenerate\>,' .
+    \ '\<fork\>:\<join\>,' .
+    \ '\<primitive\>:\<endprimitive\>,' .
+    \ '\<table\>:\<endtable\>'
 endif
 
 " Reset 'cpoptions' back to the user's setting

runtime/ftplugin/vim.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin
 " Language:	Vim
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2014 Sep 07
+" Last Change:	2017 Nov 06
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
@@ -25,6 +25,9 @@ setlocal fo-=t fo+=croql
 " keyword character.  E.g., for netrw#Nread().
 setlocal isk+=#
 
+" Use :help to lookup the keyword under the cursor with K.
+setlocal keywordprg=:help
+
 " Set 'comments' to format dashed lists in comments
 setlocal com=sO:\"\ -,mO:\"\ \ ,eO:\"\",:\"
 

runtime/indent/cmake.vim

@@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
 " Vim indent file
-" Program:      CMake - Cross-Platform Makefile Generator
-" Module:       $RCSfile: cmake-indent.vim,v $
 " Language:     CMake (ft=cmake)
 " Author:       Andy Cedilnik <andy.cedilnik@kitware.com>
-" Maintainer:   Karthik Krishnan <karthik.krishnan@kitware.com>
-" Last Change:  $Date: 2008-01-16 16:53:53 $
-" Version:      $Revision: 1.9 $
+" Maintainer:   Dimitri Merejkowsky <d.merej@gmail.com>
+" Former Maintainer: Karthik Krishnan <karthik.krishnan@kitware.com>
+" Last Change:  2017 Sep 24
 "
 " Licence:      The CMake license applies to this file. See
-"               http://www.cmake.org/HTML/Copyright.html
+"               https://cmake.org/licensing
 "               This implies that distribution with Vim is allowed
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")

runtime/indent/gitolite.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	gitolite configuration
-" URL:		https://github.com/tmatilai/gitolite.vim
-" Maintainer:	Teemu Matilainen <teemu.matilainen@iki.fi>
-" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
+" URL:		https://github.com/sitaramc/gitolite/blob/master/contrib/vim/indent/gitolite.vim
+"	(https://raw.githubusercontent.com/sitaramc/gitolite/master/contrib/vim/indent/gitolite.vim)
+" Maintainer:	Sitaram Chamarty <sitaramc@gmail.com>
+" (former Maintainer:	Teemu Matilainen <teemu.matilainen@iki.fi>)
+" Last Change:	2017 Oct 05
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish
@@ -30,6 +32,8 @@ function! GetGitoliteIndent()
     return shiftwidth()
   elseif cline =~ '^\s*config\s'
     return shiftwidth()
+  elseif cline =~ '^\s*option\s'
+    return shiftwidth()
   elseif pline =~ '^\s*repo\s' && cline =~ '^\s*\(#.*\)\?$'
     return shiftwidth()
   elseif cline =~ '^\s*#'

runtime/indent/javascript.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language: Javascript
 " Maintainer: Chris Paul ( https://github.com/bounceme )
 " URL: https://github.com/pangloss/vim-javascript
-" Last Change: March 21, 2017
+" Last Change: September 18, 2017
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists('b:did_indent')
@@ -10,6 +10,10 @@ if exists('b:did_indent')
 endif
 let b:did_indent = 1
 
+" indent correctly if inside <script>
+" vim/vim@690afe1 for the switch from cindent
+let b:html_indent_script1 = 'inc'
+
 " Now, set up our indentation expression and keys that trigger it.
 setlocal indentexpr=GetJavascriptIndent()
 setlocal autoindent nolisp nosmartindent
@@ -21,6 +25,13 @@ setlocal indentkeys+=0],0)
 
 let b:undo_indent = 'setlocal indentexpr< smartindent< autoindent< indentkeys<'
 
+" Regex of syntax group names that are or delimit string or are comments.
+let b:syng_strcom = get(b:,'syng_strcom','string\|comment\|regex\|special\|doc\|template\%(braces\)\@!')
+let b:syng_str = get(b:,'syng_str','string\|template\|special')
+" template strings may want to be excluded when editing graphql:
+" au! Filetype javascript let b:syng_str = '^\%(.*template\)\@!.*string\|special'
+" au! Filetype javascript let b:syng_strcom = '^\%(.*template\)\@!.*string\|comment\|regex\|special\|doc'
+
 " Only define the function once.
 if exists('*GetJavascriptIndent')
   finish
@@ -36,7 +47,7 @@ if exists('*shiftwidth')
   endfunction
 else
   function s:sw()
-    return &l:shiftwidth == 0 ? &l:tabstop : &l:shiftwidth
+    return &l:shiftwidth ? &l:shiftwidth : &l:tabstop
   endfunction
 endif
 
@@ -44,272 +55,301 @@ endif
 " matches before pos.
 let s:z = has('patch-7.4.984') ? 'z' : ''
 
+" Expression used to check whether we should skip a match with searchpair().
+let s:skip_expr = "s:SynAt(line('.'),col('.')) =~? b:syng_strcom"
+let s:in_comm = s:skip_expr[:-14] . "'comment\\|doc'"
+
+let s:rel = has('reltime')
 " searchpair() wrapper
-if has('reltime')
-  function s:GetPair(start,end,flags,skip,time,...)
-    return searchpair('\m'.a:start,'','\m'.a:end,a:flags,a:skip,max([prevnonblank(v:lnum) - 2000,0] + a:000),a:time)
+if s:rel
+  function s:GetPair(start,end,flags,skip)
+    return searchpair('\m'.a:start,'','\m'.a:end,a:flags,a:skip,s:l1,a:skip ==# 's:SkipFunc()' ? 2000 : 200)
   endfunction
 else
-  function s:GetPair(start,end,flags,skip,...)
-    return searchpair('\m'.a:start,'','\m'.a:end,a:flags,a:skip,max([prevnonblank(v:lnum) - 1000,get(a:000,1)]))
+  function s:GetPair(start,end,flags,skip)
+    return searchpair('\m'.a:start,'','\m'.a:end,a:flags,a:skip,s:l1)
   endfunction
 endif
 
-" Regex of syntax group names that are or delimit string or are comments.
-let s:syng_strcom = 'string\|comment\|regex\|special\|doc\|template\%(braces\)\@!'
-let s:syng_str = 'string\|template\|special'
-let s:syng_com = 'comment\|doc'
-" Expression used to check whether we should skip a match with searchpair().
-let s:skip_expr = "synIDattr(synID(line('.'),col('.'),0),'name') =~? '".s:syng_strcom."'"
-
-function s:parse_cino(f) abort
-  return float2nr(eval(substitute(substitute(join(split(
-        \ matchstr(&cino,'.*'.a:f.'\zs[^,]*'), 's',1), '*'.s:W)
-        \ , '^-\=\zs\*','',''), '^-\=\zs\.','0.','')))
-endfunction
-
-function s:skip_func()
-  if getline('.') =~ '\%<'.col('.').'c\/.\{-}\/\|\%>'.col('.').'c[''"]\|\\$'
-    return eval(s:skip_expr)
-  elseif s:checkIn || search('\m`\|\${\|\*\/','nW'.s:z,s:looksyn)
-    let s:checkIn = eval(s:skip_expr)
+function s:SynAt(l,c)
+  let byte = line2byte(a:l) + a:c - 1
+  let pos = index(s:synid_cache[0], byte)
+  if pos == -1
+    let s:synid_cache[:] += [[byte], [synIDattr(synID(a:l, a:c, 0), 'name')]]
   endif
-  let s:looksyn = line('.')
-  return s:checkIn
+  return s:synid_cache[1][pos]
 endfunction
 
-function s:alternatePair(stop)
-  let pos = getpos('.')[1:2]
-  let pat = '[][(){};]'
-  while search('\m'.pat,'bW',a:stop)
-    if s:skip_func() | continue | endif
-    let idx = stridx('])};',s:looking_at())
-    if idx is 3 | let pat = '[{}()]' | continue | endif
-    if idx + 1
-      if s:GetPair(['\[','(','{'][idx], '])}'[idx],'bW','s:skip_func()',2000,a:stop) <= 0
+function s:ParseCino(f)
+  let [divider, n, cstr] = [0] + matchlist(&cino,
+        \ '\%(.*,\)\=\%(\%d'.char2nr(a:f).'\(-\)\=\([.s0-9]*\)\)\=')[1:2]
+  for c in split(cstr,'\zs')
+    if c == '.' && !divider
+      let divider = 1
+    elseif c ==# 's'
+      if n !~ '\d'
+        return n . s:sw() + 0
+      endif
+      let n = str2nr(n) * s:sw()
+      break
+    else
+      let [n, divider] .= [c, 0]
+    endif
+  endfor
+  return str2nr(n) / max([str2nr(divider),1])
+endfunction
+
+" Optimized {skip} expr, only callable from the search loop which
+" GetJavascriptIndent does to find the containing [[{(] (side-effects)
+function s:SkipFunc()
+  if s:top_col == 1
+    throw 'out of bounds'
+  endif
+  let s:top_col = 0
+  if s:check_in
+    if eval(s:skip_expr)
+      return 1
+    endif
+    let s:check_in = 0
+  elseif getline('.') =~ '\%<'.col('.').'c\/.\{-}\/\|\%>'.col('.').'c[''"]\|\\$'
+    if eval(s:skip_expr)
+      let s:looksyn = a:firstline
+      return 1
+    endif
+  elseif search('\m`\|\${\|\*\/','nW'.s:z,s:looksyn) && eval(s:skip_expr)
+    let s:check_in = 1
+    return 1
+  endif
+  let [s:looksyn, s:top_col] = getpos('.')[1:2]
+endfunction
+
+function s:AlternatePair()
+  let [pat, l:for] = ['[][(){};]', 2]
+  while s:SearchLoop(pat,'bW','s:SkipFunc()')
+    if s:LookingAt() == ';'
+      if !l:for
+        if s:GetPair('{','}','bW','s:SkipFunc()')
+          return
+        endif
         break
+      else
+        let [pat, l:for] = ['[{}();]', l:for - 1]
       endif
     else
-      return
+      let idx = stridx('])}',s:LookingAt())
+      if idx == -1
+        return
+      elseif !s:GetPair(['\[','(','{'][idx],'])}'[idx],'bW','s:SkipFunc()')
+        break
+      endif
     endif
   endwhile
-  call call('cursor',pos)
+  throw 'out of bounds'
 endfunction
 
-function s:save_pos(f,...)
-  let l:pos = getpos('.')[1:2]
-  let ret = call(a:f,a:000)
-  call call('cursor',l:pos)
-  return ret
+function s:Nat(int)
+  return a:int * (a:int > 0)
 endfunction
 
-function s:syn_at(l,c)
-  return synIDattr(synID(a:l,a:c,0),'name')
-endfunction
-
-function s:looking_at()
+function s:LookingAt()
   return getline('.')[col('.')-1]
 endfunction
 
-function s:token()
-  return s:looking_at() =~ '\k' ? expand('<cword>') : s:looking_at()
+function s:Token()
+  return s:LookingAt() =~ '\k' ? expand('<cword>') : s:LookingAt()
 endfunction
 
-function s:previous_token()
-  let l:pos = getpos('.')[1:2]
-  if search('\m\k\{1,}\zs\k\|\S','bW')
-    if (getline('.')[col('.')-2:col('.')-1] == '*/' || line('.') != l:pos[0] &&
-          \ getline('.') =~ '\%<'.col('.').'c\/\/') && s:syn_at(line('.'),col('.')) =~? s:syng_com
-      while search('\m\S\ze\_s*\/[/*]','bW')
-        if s:syn_at(line('.'),col('.')) !~? s:syng_com
-          return s:token()
-        endif
-      endwhile
+function s:PreviousToken()
+  let l:col = col('.')
+  if search('\m\k\{1,}\|\S','ebW')
+    if search('\m\*\%#\/\|\/\/\%<'.a:firstline.'l','nbW',line('.')) && eval(s:in_comm)
+      if s:SearchLoop('\S\ze\_s*\/[/*]','bW',s:in_comm)
+        return s:Token()
+      endif
+      call cursor(a:firstline, l:col)
     else
-      return s:token()
+      return s:Token()
     endif
   endif
-  call call('cursor',l:pos)
   return ''
 endfunction
 
-function s:expr_col()
-  if getline('.')[col('.')-2] == ':'
-    return 1
-  endif
+function s:Pure(f,...)
+  return eval("[call(a:f,a:000),cursor(a:firstline,".col('.').")][0]")
+endfunction
+
+function s:SearchLoop(pat,flags,expr)
+  return s:GetPair(a:pat,'\_$.',a:flags,a:expr)
+endfunction
+
+function s:ExprCol()
   let bal = 0
-  while search('\m[{}?:;]','bW')
-    if eval(s:skip_expr) | continue | endif
-    " switch (looking_at())
-    exe {   '}': "if s:GetPair('{','}','bW',s:skip_expr,200) <= 0 | return | endif",
-          \ ';': "return",
-          \ '{': "return getpos('.')[1:2] != b:js_cache[1:] && !s:IsBlock()",
-          \ ':': "let bal -= getline('.')[max([col('.')-2,0]):col('.')] !~ '::'",
-          \ '?': "let bal += 1 | if bal > 0 | return 1 | endif" }[s:looking_at()]
+  while s:SearchLoop('[{}?]\|\_[^:]\zs::\@!','bW',s:skip_expr)
+    if s:LookingAt() == ':'
+      let bal -= 1
+    elseif s:LookingAt() == '?'
+      let bal += 1
+      if bal == 1
+        break
+      endif
+    elseif s:LookingAt() == '{'
+      let bal = !s:IsBlock()
+      break
+    elseif !s:GetPair('{','}','bW',s:skip_expr)
+      break
+    endif
   endwhile
+  return s:Nat(bal)
 endfunction
 
 " configurable regexes that define continuation lines, not including (, {, or [.
 let s:opfirst = '^' . get(g:,'javascript_opfirst',
-      \ '\C\%([<>=,?^%|*/&]\|\([-.:+]\)\1\@!\|!=\|in\%(stanceof\)\=\>\)')
+      \ '\C\%([<>=,.?^%|/&]\|\([-:+]\)\1\@!\|\*\+\|!=\|in\%(stanceof\)\=\>\)')
 let s:continuation = get(g:,'javascript_continuation',
-      \ '\C\%([-+<>=,.~!?/*^%|&:]\|\<\%(typeof\|new\|delete\|void\|in\|instanceof\|await\)\)') . '$'
+      \ '\C\%([<=,.~!?/*^%|&:]\|+\@<!+\|-\@<!-\|=\@<!>\|\<\%(typeof\|new\|delete\|void\|in\|instanceof\|await\)\)') . '$'
 
-function s:continues(ln,con)
-  if !cursor(a:ln, match(' '.a:con,s:continuation))
-    let teol = s:looking_at()
-    if teol == '/'
-      return s:syn_at(line('.'),col('.')) !~? 'regex'
-    elseif teol =~ '[-+>]'
-      return getline('.')[col('.')-2] != tr(teol,'>','=')
-    elseif teol =~ '\l'
-      return s:previous_token() != '.'
-    elseif teol == ':'
-      return s:expr_col()
-    endif
-    return 1
+function s:Continues(ln,con)
+  let tok = matchstr(a:con[-15:],s:continuation)
+  if tok =~ '[a-z:]'
+    call cursor(a:ln, len(a:con))
+    return tok == ':' ? s:ExprCol() : s:PreviousToken() != '.'
+  elseif tok !~ '[/>]'
+    return tok isnot ''
   endif
-endfunction
-
-" get the line of code stripped of comments and move cursor to the last
-" non-comment char.
-function s:Trim(ln)
-  let pline = substitute(getline(a:ln),'\s*$','','')
-  let l:max = max([strridx(pline,'//'), strridx(pline,'/*')])
-  while l:max != -1 && s:syn_at(a:ln, strlen(pline)) =~? s:syng_com
-    let pline = pline[: l:max]
-    let l:max = max([strridx(pline,'//'), strridx(pline,'/*')])
-    let pline = substitute(pline[:-2],'\s*$','','')
-  endwhile
-  return pline is '' || cursor(a:ln,strlen(pline)) ? pline : pline
-endfunction
-
-" Find line above 'lnum' that isn't empty or in a comment
-function s:PrevCodeLine(lnum)
-  let [l:pos, l:n] = [getpos('.')[1:2], prevnonblank(a:lnum)]
-  while l:n
-    if getline(l:n) =~ '^\s*\/[/*]'
-      let l:n = prevnonblank(l:n-1)
-    elseif stridx(getline(l:n), '*/') + 1 && s:syn_at(l:n,1) =~? s:syng_com
-      call cursor(l:n,1)
-      keepjumps norm! [*
-      let l:n = search('\m\S','nbW')
-    else
-      break
-    endif
-  endwhile
-  call call('cursor',l:pos)
-  return l:n
+  return s:SynAt(a:ln, len(a:con)) !~? (tok == '>' ? 'jsflow\|^html' : 'regex')
 endfunction
 
 " Check if line 'lnum' has a balanced amount of parentheses.
 function s:Balanced(lnum)
-  let l:open = 0
-  let l:line = getline(a:lnum)
-  let pos = match(l:line, '[][(){}]', 0)
+  let [l:open, l:line] = [0, getline(a:lnum)]
+  let pos = match(l:line, '[][(){}]')
   while pos != -1
-    if s:syn_at(a:lnum,pos + 1) !~? s:syng_strcom
+    if s:SynAt(a:lnum,pos + 1) !~? b:syng_strcom
       let l:open += match(' ' . l:line[pos],'[[({]')
       if l:open < 0
         return
       endif
     endif
-    let pos = match(l:line, (l:open ?
-          \ '['.escape(tr(l:line[pos],'({[]})',')}][{(').l:line[pos],']').']' :
-          \ '[][(){}]'), pos + 1)
+    let pos = match(l:line, !l:open ? '[][(){}]' : '()' =~ l:line[pos] ?
+          \ '[()]' : '{}' =~ l:line[pos] ? '[{}]' : '[][]', pos + 1)
   endwhile
   return !l:open
 endfunction
 
-function s:OneScope(lnum)
-  let pline = s:Trim(a:lnum)
-  let kw = 'else do'
-  if pline[-1:] == ')' && s:GetPair('(', ')', 'bW', s:skip_expr, 100) > 0
-    if s:previous_token() =~# '^\%(await\|each\)$'
-      call s:previous_token()
-      let kw = 'for'
-    else
-      let kw = 'for if let while with'
-    endif
+function s:OneScope()
+  if s:LookingAt() == ')' && s:GetPair('(', ')', 'bW', s:skip_expr)
+    let tok = s:PreviousToken()
+    return (count(split('for if let while with'),tok) ||
+          \ tok =~# '^await$\|^each$' && s:PreviousToken() ==# 'for') &&
+          \ s:Pure('s:PreviousToken') != '.' && !(tok == 'while' && s:DoWhile())
+  elseif s:Token() =~# '^else$\|^do$'
+    return s:Pure('s:PreviousToken') != '.'
   endif
-  return pline[-2:] == '=>' || index(split(kw),s:token()) + 1 &&
-        \ s:save_pos('s:previous_token') != '.'
+  return strpart(getline('.'),col('.')-2,2) == '=>'
 endfunction
 
-" returns braceless levels started by 'i' and above lines * shiftwidth().
-" 'num' is the lineNr which encloses the entire context, 'cont' if whether
-" line 'i' + 1 is a continued expression, which could have started in a
-" braceless context
-function s:iscontOne(i,num,cont)
-  let [l:i, l:num, bL] = [a:i, a:num + !a:num, 0]
-  let pind = a:num ? indent(l:num) + s:W : 0
-  let ind = indent(l:i) + (a:cont ? 0 : s:W)
-  while l:i >= l:num && (ind > pind || l:i == l:num)
-    if indent(l:i) < ind && s:OneScope(l:i)
-      let bL += s:W
-      let l:i = line('.')
-    elseif !a:cont || bL || ind < indent(a:i)
+function s:DoWhile()
+  let cpos = searchpos('\m\<','cbW')
+  if s:SearchLoop('\C[{}]\|\<\%(do\|while\)\>','bW',s:skip_expr)
+    if s:{s:LookingAt() == '}' && s:GetPair('{','}','bW',s:skip_expr) ?
+          \ 'Previous' : ''}Token() ==# 'do' && s:IsBlock()
+      return 1
+    endif
+    call call('cursor',cpos)
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+" returns total offset from braceless contexts. 'num' is the lineNr which
+" encloses the entire context, 'cont' if whether a:firstline is a continued
+" expression, which could have started in a braceless context
+function s:IsContOne(num,cont)
+  let [l:num, b_l] = [a:num + !a:num, 0]
+  let pind = a:num ? indent(a:num) + s:sw() : 0
+  let ind = indent('.') + !a:cont
+  while line('.') > l:num && ind > pind || line('.') == l:num
+    if indent('.') < ind && s:OneScope()
+      let b_l += 1
+    elseif !a:cont || b_l || ind < indent(a:firstline)
+      break
+    else
+      call cursor(0,1)
+    endif
+    let ind = min([ind, indent('.')])
+    if s:PreviousToken() is ''
       break
     endif
-    let ind = min([ind, indent(l:i)])
-    let l:i = s:PrevCodeLine(l:i - 1)
   endwhile
-  return bL
+  return b_l
+endfunction
+
+function s:Class()
+  return (s:Token() ==# 'class' || s:PreviousToken() =~# '^class$\|^extends$') &&
+        \ s:PreviousToken() != '.'
+endfunction
+
+function s:IsSwitch()
+  return s:PreviousToken() !~ '[.*]' &&
+        \ (!s:GetPair('{','}','cbW',s:skip_expr) || s:IsBlock() && !s:Class())
 endfunction
 
 " https://github.com/sweet-js/sweet.js/wiki/design#give-lookbehind-to-the-reader
 function s:IsBlock()
-  if s:looking_at() == '{'
-    let l:n = line('.')
-    let char = s:previous_token()
-    if match(s:stack,'\cxml\|jsx') + 1 && s:syn_at(line('.'),col('.')-1) =~? 'xml\|jsx'
-      return char != '{'
-    elseif char =~ '\k'
-      if char ==# 'type'
-        return s:previous_token() !~# '^\%(im\|ex\)port$'
-      endif
-      return index(split('return const let import export extends yield default delete var await void typeof throw case new of in instanceof')
-            \ ,char) < (line('.') != l:n) || s:save_pos('s:previous_token') == '.'
-    elseif char == '>'
-      return getline('.')[col('.')-2] == '=' || s:syn_at(line('.'),col('.')) =~? '^jsflow'
-    elseif char == ':'
-      return !s:save_pos('s:expr_col')
-    elseif char == '/'
-      return s:syn_at(line('.'),col('.')) =~? 'regex'
+  let tok = s:PreviousToken()
+  if join(s:stack) =~? 'xml\|jsx' && s:SynAt(line('.'),col('.')-1) =~? 'xml\|jsx'
+    return tok != '{'
+  elseif tok =~ '\k'
+    if tok ==# 'type'
+      return s:Pure('eval',"s:PreviousToken() !~# '^\\%(im\\|ex\\)port$' || s:PreviousToken() == '.'")
+    elseif tok ==# 'of'
+      return s:Pure('eval',"!s:GetPair('[[({]','[])}]','bW',s:skip_expr) || s:LookingAt() != '(' ||"
+            \ ."s:{s:PreviousToken() ==# 'await' ? 'Previous' : ''}Token() !=# 'for' || s:PreviousToken() == '.'")
     endif
-    return char !~ '[=~!<*,?^%|&([]' &&
-          \ (char !~ '[-+]' || l:n != line('.') && getline('.')[col('.')-2] == char)
+    return index(split('return const let import export extends yield default delete var await void typeof throw case new in instanceof')
+          \ ,tok) < (line('.') != a:firstline) || s:Pure('s:PreviousToken') == '.'
+  elseif tok == '>'
+    return getline('.')[col('.')-2] == '=' || s:SynAt(line('.'),col('.')) =~? 'jsflow\|^html'
+  elseif tok == '*'
+    return s:Pure('s:PreviousToken') == ':'
+  elseif tok == ':'
+    return s:Pure('eval',"s:PreviousToken() =~ '^\\K\\k*$' && !s:ExprCol()")
+  elseif tok == '/'
+    return s:SynAt(line('.'),col('.')) =~? 'regex'
+  elseif tok !~ '[=~!<,.?^%|&([]'
+    return tok !~ '[-+]' || line('.') != a:firstline && getline('.')[col('.')-2] == tok
   endif
 endfunction
 
 function GetJavascriptIndent()
   let b:js_cache = get(b:,'js_cache',[0,0,0])
-  " Get the current line.
-  call cursor(v:lnum,1)
-  let l:line = getline('.')
+  let s:synid_cache = [[],[]]
+  let l:line = getline(v:lnum)
   " use synstack as it validates syn state and works in an empty line
-  let s:stack = map(synstack(v:lnum,1),"synIDattr(v:val,'name')")
-  let syns = get(s:stack,-1,'')
+  let s:stack = [''] + map(synstack(v:lnum,1),"synIDattr(v:val,'name')")
 
   " start with strings,comments,etc.
-  if syns =~? s:syng_com
+  if s:stack[-1] =~? 'comment\|doc'
     if l:line =~ '^\s*\*'
       return cindent(v:lnum)
     elseif l:line !~ '^\s*\/[/*]'
       return -1
     endif
-  elseif syns =~? s:syng_str
+  elseif s:stack[-1] =~? b:syng_str
     if b:js_cache[0] == v:lnum - 1 && s:Balanced(v:lnum-1)
       let b:js_cache[0] = v:lnum
     endif
     return -1
   endif
-  let l:lnum = s:PrevCodeLine(v:lnum - 1)
-  if !l:lnum
+
+  let s:l1 = max([0,prevnonblank(v:lnum) - (s:rel ? 2000 : 1000),
+        \ get(get(b:,'hi_indent',{}),'blocklnr')])
+  call cursor(v:lnum,1)
+  if s:PreviousToken() is ''
     return
   endif
+  let [l:lnum, pline] = [line('.'), getline('.')[:col('.')-1]]
 
   let l:line = substitute(l:line,'^\s*','','')
+  let l:line_raw = l:line
   if l:line[:1] == '/*'
     let l:line = substitute(l:line,'^\%(\/\*.\{-}\*\/\s*\)*','','')
   endif
@@ -318,60 +358,91 @@ function GetJavascriptIndent()
   endif
 
   " the containing paren, bracket, or curly. Many hacks for performance
+  call cursor(v:lnum,1)
   let idx = index([']',')','}'],l:line[0])
-  if b:js_cache[0] >= l:lnum && b:js_cache[0] < v:lnum &&
-        \ (b:js_cache[0] > l:lnum || s:Balanced(l:lnum))
+  if b:js_cache[0] > l:lnum && b:js_cache[0] < v:lnum ||
+        \ b:js_cache[0] == l:lnum && s:Balanced(l:lnum)
     call call('cursor',b:js_cache[1:])
   else
-    let [s:looksyn, s:checkIn, top] = [v:lnum - 1, 0, (!indent(l:lnum) &&
-          \ s:syn_at(l:lnum,1) !~? s:syng_str) * l:lnum]
-    if idx + 1
-      call s:GetPair(['\[','(','{'][idx],'])}'[idx],'bW','s:skip_func()',2000,top)
-    elseif getline(v:lnum) !~ '^\S' && syns =~? 'block'
-      call s:GetPair('{','}','bW','s:skip_func()',2000,top)
-    else
-      call s:alternatePair(top)
-    endif
+    let [s:looksyn, s:top_col, s:check_in, s:l1] = [v:lnum - 1,0,0,
+          \ max([s:l1, &smc ? search('\m^.\{'.&smc.',}','nbW',s:l1 + 1) + 1 : 0])]
+    try
+      if idx != -1
+        call s:GetPair(['\[','(','{'][idx],'])}'[idx],'bW','s:SkipFunc()')
+      elseif getline(v:lnum) !~ '^\S' && s:stack[-1] =~? 'block\|^jsobject$'
+        call s:GetPair('{','}','bW','s:SkipFunc()')
+      else
+        call s:AlternatePair()
+      endif
+    catch /^\Cout of bounds$/
+      call cursor(v:lnum,1)
+    endtry
+    let b:js_cache[1:] = line('.') == v:lnum ? [0,0] : getpos('.')[1:2]
   endif
 
-  let b:js_cache = [v:lnum] + (line('.') == v:lnum ? [0,0] : getpos('.')[1:2])
-  let num = b:js_cache[1]
+  let [b:js_cache[0], num] = [v:lnum, b:js_cache[1]]
 
-  let [s:W, isOp, bL, switch_offset] = [s:sw(),0,0,0]
-  if !num || s:IsBlock()
+  let [num_ind, is_op, b_l, l:switch_offset] = [s:Nat(indent(num)),0,0,0]
+  if !num || s:LookingAt() == '{' && s:IsBlock()
     let ilnum = line('.')
-    let pline = s:save_pos('s:Trim',l:lnum)
-    if num && s:looking_at() == ')' && s:GetPair('(', ')', 'bW', s:skip_expr, 100) > 0
-      let num = ilnum == num ? line('.') : num
-      if idx < 0 && s:previous_token() ==# 'switch' && s:previous_token() != '.'
-        if &cino !~ ':'
-          let switch_offset = s:W
-        else
-          let switch_offset = max([-indent(num),s:parse_cino(':')])
-        endif
+    if num && s:LookingAt() == ')' && s:GetPair('(',')','bW',s:skip_expr)
+      if ilnum == num
+        let [num, num_ind] = [line('.'), indent('.')]
+      endif
+      if idx == -1 && s:PreviousToken() ==# 'switch' && s:IsSwitch()
+        let l:switch_offset = &cino !~ ':' ? s:sw() : s:ParseCino(':')
         if pline[-1:] != '.' && l:line =~# '^\%(default\|case\)\>'
-          return indent(num) + switch_offset
+          return s:Nat(num_ind + l:switch_offset)
+        elseif &cino =~ '='
+          let l:case_offset = s:ParseCino('=')
         endif
       endif
     endif
-    if idx < 0 && pline[-1:] !~ '[{;]'
-      let isOp = (l:line =~# s:opfirst || s:continues(l:lnum,pline)) * s:W
-      let bL = s:iscontOne(l:lnum,b:js_cache[1],isOp)
-      let bL -= (bL && l:line[0] == '{') * s:W
+    if idx == -1 && pline[-1:] !~ '[{;]'
+      let sol = matchstr(l:line,s:opfirst)
+      if sol is '' || sol == '/' && s:SynAt(v:lnum,
+            \ 1 + len(getline(v:lnum)) - len(l:line)) =~? 'regex'
+        if s:Continues(l:lnum,pline)
+          let is_op = s:sw()
+        endif
+      elseif num && sol =~# '^\%(in\%(stanceof\)\=\|\*\)$'
+        call call('cursor',b:js_cache[1:])
+        if s:PreviousToken() =~ '\k' && s:Class()
+          return num_ind + s:sw()
+        endif
+        let is_op = s:sw()
+      else
+        let is_op = s:sw()
+      endif
+      call cursor(l:lnum, len(pline))
+      let b_l = s:Nat(s:IsContOne(b:js_cache[1],is_op) - (!is_op && l:line =~ '^{')) * s:sw()
     endif
-  elseif idx < 0 && getline(b:js_cache[1])[b:js_cache[2]-1] == '(' && &cino =~ '('
-    let pval = s:parse_cino('(')
-    return !pval ? (s:parse_cino('w') ? 0 : -(!!search('\m\S','W'.s:z,num))) + virtcol('.') :
-          \ max([indent('.') + pval + (s:GetPair('(',')','nbrmW',s:skip_expr,100,num) * s:W),0])
+  elseif idx.s:LookingAt().&cino =~ '^-1(.*(' && (search('\m\S','nbW',num) || s:ParseCino('U'))
+    let pval = s:ParseCino('(')
+    if !pval
+      let [Wval, vcol] = [s:ParseCino('W'), virtcol('.')]
+      if search('\m\S','W',num)
+        return s:ParseCino('w') ? vcol : virtcol('.')-1
+      endif
+      return Wval ? s:Nat(num_ind + Wval) : vcol
+    endif
+    return s:Nat(num_ind + pval + searchpair('\m(','','\m)','nbrmW',s:skip_expr,num) * s:sw())
   endif
 
   " main return
-  if l:line =~ '^\%([])}]\||}\)'
-    return max([indent(num),0])
+  if l:line =~ '^[])}]\|^|}'
+    if l:line_raw[0] == ')' && getline(num)[b:js_cache[2]-1] == '('
+      if s:ParseCino('M')
+        return indent(l:lnum)
+      elseif &cino =~# 'm' && !s:ParseCino('m')
+        return virtcol('.') - 1
+      endif
+    endif
+    return num_ind
   elseif num
-    return indent(num) + s:W + switch_offset + bL + isOp
+    return s:Nat(num_ind + get(l:,'case_offset',s:sw()) + l:switch_offset + b_l + is_op)
   endif
-  return bL + isOp
+  return b_l + is_op
 endfunction
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save

runtime/indent/perl.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:    vim-perl <vim-perl@googlegroups.com>
 " Homepage:      http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl
 " Bugs/requests: http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl/issues
-" Last Change:   2017 Jun 13
+" Last Change:   2017-01-04
 
 " Suggestions and improvements by :
 "   Aaron J. Sherman (use syntax for hints)
@@ -48,11 +48,6 @@ function! GetPerlIndent()
         return 0
     endif
 
-    " Don't reindent comments on first column
-    if cline =~ '^#.'
-        return 0
-    endif
-
     " Get current syntax item at the line's first char
     let csynid = ''
     if b:indent_use_syntax
@@ -134,6 +129,7 @@ function! GetPerlIndent()
                         \ || synid == "perlMatchStartEnd"
                         \ || synid == "perlHereDoc"
                         \ || synid == "perlBraces"
+                        \ || synid == "perlStatementIndirObj"
                         \ || synid =~ "^perlFiledescStatement"
                         \ || synid =~ '^perl\(Sub\|Block\|Package\)Fold'
                 let brace = strpart(line, bracepos, 1)
@@ -151,6 +147,7 @@ function! GetPerlIndent()
             if synid == ""
                         \ || synid == "perlMatchStartEnd"
                         \ || synid == "perlBraces"
+                        \ || synid == "perlStatementIndirObj"
                         \ || synid =~ '^perl\(Sub\|Block\|Package\)Fold'
                 let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
             endif

runtime/indent/sh.vim

@@ -3,10 +3,11 @@
 " Maintainer:          Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
 " Previous Maintainer: Peter Aronoff <telemachus@arpinum.org>
 " Original Author:     Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
-" Latest Revision:     2017-05-02
+" Latest Revision:     2017-08-08
 " License:             Vim (see :h license)
 " Repository:          https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-sh-indent
 " Changelog:
+"          20170808: - better indent of line continuation
 "          20170502: - get rid of buffer-shiftwidth function
 "          20160912: - preserve indentation of here-doc blocks
 "          20160627: - detect heredocs correctly
@@ -117,7 +118,8 @@ function! GetShIndent()
 endfunction
 
 function! s:is_continuation_line(line)
-  return a:line =~ '\%(\%(^\|[^\\]\)\\\|&&\|||\)$'
+  return a:line =~ '\%(\%(^\|[^\\]\)\\\|&&\|||\||\)' .
+                 \ '\s*\({\s*\)\=\(#.*\)\=$'
 endfunction
 
 function! s:find_continued_lnum(lnum)

runtime/indent/verilog.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Language:     Verilog HDL
 " Maintainer:	Chih-Tsun Huang <cthuang@cs.nthu.edu.tw>
-" Last Change:	2017 Feb 24 by Chih-Tsun Huang
+" Last Change:	2017 Aug 25 by Chih-Tsun Huang
 " URL:		    http://www.cs.nthu.edu.tw/~cthuang/vim/indent/verilog.vim
 "
 " Credits:
@@ -25,7 +25,8 @@ let b:did_indent = 1
 setlocal indentexpr=GetVerilogIndent()
 setlocal indentkeys=!^F,o,O,0),=begin,=end,=join,=endcase
 setlocal indentkeys+==endmodule,=endfunction,=endtask,=endspecify
-setlocal indentkeys+==`else,=`endif
+setlocal indentkeys+==endconfig,=endgenerate,=endprimitive,=endtable
+setlocal indentkeys+==`else,=`elsif,=`endif
 
 " Only define the function once.
 if exists("*GetVerilogIndent")
@@ -84,7 +85,9 @@ function GetVerilogIndent()
     endif
 
   " Indent after if/else/for/case/always/initial/specify/fork blocks
-  elseif last_line =~ '`\@<!\<\(if\|else\)\>' ||
+  " Note: We exclude '`if' or '`else' and consider 'end else' 
+  "       'end if' is redundant here
+  elseif last_line =~ '^\s*\(end\)\=\s*`\@<!\<\(if\|else\)\>' ||
     \ last_line =~ '^\s*\<\(for\|case\%[[zx]]\)\>' ||
     \ last_line =~ '^\s*\<\(always\|initial\)\>' ||
     \ last_line =~ '^\s*\<\(specify\|fork\)\>'
@@ -93,8 +96,8 @@ function GetVerilogIndent()
       let ind = ind + offset
       if vverb | echo vverb_str "Indent after a block statement." | endif
     endif
-  " Indent after function/task blocks
-  elseif last_line =~ '^\s*\<\(function\|task\)\>'
+  " Indent after function/task/config/generate/primitive/table blocks
+  elseif last_line =~ '^\s*\<\(function\|task\|config\|generate\|primitive\|table\)\>'
     if last_line !~ '\<end\>\s*' . vlog_comment . '*$' ||
       \ last_line =~ '\(//\|/\*\).*\(;\|\<end\>\)\s*' . vlog_comment . '*$'
       let ind = ind + offset
@@ -161,11 +164,11 @@ function GetVerilogIndent()
       let ind = ind - offset
       if vverb | echo vverb_str "De-indent after a close statement." | endif
 
-  " `ifdef and `else
-  elseif last_line =~ '^\s*`\<\(ifdef\|else\)\>'
+  " `ifdef or `ifndef or `elsif or `else
+  elseif last_line =~ '^\s*`\<\(ifn\?def\|elsif\|else\)\>'
     let ind = ind + offset
     if vverb
-      echo vverb_str "Indent after a `ifdef or `else statement."
+      echo vverb_str "Indent after a `ifdef or `ifndef or `elsif or `else statement."
     endif
 
   endif
@@ -175,7 +178,8 @@ function GetVerilogIndent()
   " De-indent on the end of the block
   " join/end/endcase/endfunction/endtask/endspecify
   if curr_line =~ '^\s*\<\(join\|end\|endcase\)\>' ||
-    \ curr_line =~ '^\s*\<\(endfunction\|endtask\|endspecify\)\>'
+    \ curr_line =~ '^\s*\<\(endfunction\|endtask\|endspecify\)\>' ||
+    \ curr_line =~ '^\s*\<\(endconfig\|endgenerate\|endprimitive\|endtable\)\>'
     let ind = ind - offset
     if vverb | echo vverb_str "De-indent the end of a block." | endif
   elseif curr_line =~ '^\s*\<endmodule\>'
@@ -186,7 +190,7 @@ function GetVerilogIndent()
 
   " De-indent on a stand-alone 'begin'
   elseif curr_line =~ '^\s*\<begin\>'
-    if last_line !~ '^\s*\<\(function\|task\|specify\|module\)\>' &&
+    if last_line !~ '^\s*\<\(function\|task\|specify\|module\|config\|generate\|primitive\|table\)\>' &&
       \ last_line !~ '^\s*\()*\s*;\|)\+\)\s*' . vlog_comment . '*$' &&
       \ ( last_line =~
 	\ '\<\(`\@<!if\|`\@<!else\|for\|case\%[[zx]]\|always\|initial\)\>' ||
@@ -208,10 +212,10 @@ function GetVerilogIndent()
       echo vverb_str "De-indent the end of a multiple statement."
     endif
 
-  " De-indent `else and `endif
-  elseif curr_line =~ '^\s*`\<\(else\|endif\)\>'
+  " De-indent `elsif or `else or `endif
+  elseif curr_line =~ '^\s*`\<\(elsif\|else\|endif\)\>'
     let ind = ind - offset
-    if vverb | echo vverb_str "De-indent `else and `endif statement." | endif
+    if vverb | echo vverb_str "De-indent `elsif or `else or `endif statement." | endif
 
   endif
 

runtime/indent/vhdl.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " VHDL indent ('93 syntax)
 " Language:    VHDL
 " Maintainer:  Gerald Lai <laigera+vim?gmail.com>
-" Version:     1.60
-" Last Change: 2017 Jun 13
+" Version:     1.62
+" Last Change: 2017 Oct 17
 " URL:         http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1450
 
 " only load this indent file when no other was loaded
@@ -412,11 +412,12 @@ function GetVHDLindent()
 
   " ****************************************************************************************
   " indent:   maintain indent of previous opening statement
-  " keywords: without "procedure", "generic", "map", "port" + ":" but not ":=" + eventually ;$
+  " keywords: without "procedure", "generic", "map", "port" + ":" but not ":=" + "in", "out", "inout", "buffer", "linkage", variable & ":="
   " where:    start of current line
-  if curs =~? '^\s*\%(\<\%(procedure\|generic\|map\|port\)\>.*\)\@<!\w\+\s*\w*\s*:[^=].*;.*$'
+  if curs =~? '^\s*\%(\<\%(procedure\|generic\|map\|port\)\>.*\)\@<!\w\+\s*\w*\s*:[^=]\@=\s*\%(\%(in\|out\|inout\|buffer\|linkage\)\>\|\w\+\s\+:=\)'
     return ind2
   endif
+
   " ****************************************************************************************
   " indent:     maintain indent of previous opening statement, corner case which
   "             does not end in ;, but is part of a mapping
@@ -424,10 +425,10 @@ function GetVHDLindent()
   "             prevline without "procedure", "generic", "map", "port" + ":" but not ":=" + eventually ;$
   " where:      start of current line
   if curs =~? '^\s*\%(\<\%(procedure\|generic\|map\|port\)\>.*\)\@<!\w\+\s*\w*\s*:[^=].*[^;].*$'
-      if prevs =~? '^\s*\%(\<\%(procedure\|generic\|map\|port\)\>.*\)\@<!\w\+\s*\w*\s*:[^=].*;.*$'
-         return ind2
-     endif
- endif
+    if prevs =~? '^\s*\%(\<\%(procedure\|generic\|map\|port\)\>.*\)\@<!\w\+\s*\w*\s*:[^=].*;.*$'
+      return ind2
+    endif
+  endif
 
   " return leftover filtered indent
   return ind

runtime/menu.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " You can also use this as a start for your own set of menus.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2017 Mar 04
+" Last Change:	2017 Nov 09
 
 " Note that ":an" (short for ":anoremenu") is often used to make a menu work
 " in all modes and avoid side effects from mappings defined by the user.
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ nnoremenu 20.370 &Edit.Put\ &Before<Tab>[p	[p
 inoremenu	 &Edit.Put\ &Before<Tab>[p	<C-O>[p
 nnoremenu 20.380 &Edit.Put\ &After<Tab>]p	]p
 inoremenu	 &Edit.Put\ &After<Tab>]p	<C-O>]p
-if has("win32") || has("win16")
+if has("win32")
   vnoremenu 20.390 &Edit.&Delete<Tab>x		x
 endif
 noremenu  <script> <silent> 20.400 &Edit.&Select\ All<Tab>ggVG	:<C-U>call <SID>SelectAll()<CR>
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ inoremenu <script> <silent> 20.400 &Edit.&Select\ All<Tab>ggVG	<C-O>:call <SID>S
 cnoremenu <script> <silent> 20.400 &Edit.&Select\ All<Tab>ggVG	<C-U>call <SID>SelectAll()<CR>
 
 an 20.405	 &Edit.-SEP2-				<Nop>
-if has("win32")  || has("win16") || has("gui_gtk") || has("gui_kde") || has("gui_motif")
+if has("win32") || has("gui_gtk") || has("gui_kde") || has("gui_motif")
   an 20.410	 &Edit.&Find\.\.\.			:promptfind<CR>
   vunmenu	 &Edit.&Find\.\.\.
   vnoremenu <silent>	 &Edit.&Find\.\.\.		y:promptfind <C-R>=<SID>FixFText()<CR><CR>
@@ -339,51 +339,65 @@ fun! s:FileFormat()
   endif
 endfun
 
+let s:did_setup_color_schemes = 0
 
 " Setup the Edit.Color Scheme submenu
+func! s:SetupColorSchemes() abort
+  if s:did_setup_color_schemes
+    return
+  endif
+  let s:did_setup_color_schemes = 1
 
-" get NL separated string with file names
-let s:n = globpath(&runtimepath, "colors/*.vim")
+  let n = globpath(&runtimepath, "colors/*.vim", 1, 1)
 
-" split at NL, Ignore case for VMS and windows, sort on name
-let s:names = sort(map(split(s:n, "\n"), 'substitute(v:val, "\\c.*[/\\\\:\\]]\\([^/\\\\:]*\\)\\.vim", "\\1", "")'), 1)
+  " Ignore case for VMS and windows, sort on name
+  let names = sort(map(n, 'substitute(v:val, "\\c.*[/\\\\:\\]]\\([^/\\\\:]*\\)\\.vim", "\\1", "")'), 1)
 
-" define all the submenu entries
-let s:idx = 100
-for s:name in s:names
-  exe "an 20.450." . s:idx . ' &Edit.C&olor\ Scheme.' . s:name . " :colors " . s:name . "<CR>"
-  let s:idx = s:idx + 10
-endfor
-unlet s:name s:names s:n s:idx
+  " define all the submenu entries
+  let idx = 100
+  for name in names
+    exe "an 20.450." . idx . ' &Edit.C&olor\ Scheme.' . name . " :colors " . name . "<CR>"
+    let idx = idx + 10
+  endfor
+  silent! aunmenu &Edit.Show\ C&olor\ Schemes\ in\ Menu
+endfun
+if exists("do_no_lazyload_menus")
+  call s:SetupColorSchemes()
+else
+  an <silent> 20.450 &Edit.Show\ C&olor\ Schemes\ in\ Menu :call <SID>SetupColorSchemes()<CR>
+endif
 
 
 " Setup the Edit.Keymap submenu
 if has("keymap")
-  let s:n = globpath(&runtimepath, "keymap/*.vim")
-  if s:n != ""
-    let s:idx = 100
-    an 20.460.90 &Edit.&Keymap.None :set keymap=<CR>
-    while strlen(s:n) > 0
-      let s:i = stridx(s:n, "\n")
-      if s:i < 0
-	let s:name = s:n
-	let s:n = ""
-      else
-	let s:name = strpart(s:n, 0, s:i)
-	let s:n = strpart(s:n, s:i + 1, 19999)
-      endif
-      " Ignore case for VMS and windows
-      let s:name = substitute(s:name, '\c.*[/\\:\]]\([^/\\:_]*\)\(_[0-9a-zA-Z-]*\)\=\.vim', '\1', '')
-      exe "an 20.460." . s:idx . ' &Edit.&Keymap.' . s:name . " :set keymap=" . s:name . "<CR>"
-      unlet s:name
-      unlet s:i
-      let s:idx = s:idx + 10
-    endwhile
-    unlet s:idx
+  let s:did_setup_keymaps = 0
+
+  func! s:SetupKeymaps() abort
+    if s:did_setup_keymaps
+      return
+    endif
+    let s:did_setup_keymaps = 1
+
+    let n = globpath(&runtimepath, "keymap/*.vim", 1, 1)
+    if !empty(n)
+      let idx = 100
+      an 20.460.90 &Edit.&Keymap.None :set keymap=<CR>
+      for name in n
+	" Ignore case for VMS and windows
+	let name = substitute(name, '\c.*[/\\:\]]\([^/\\:_]*\)\(_[0-9a-zA-Z-]*\)\=\.vim', '\1', '')
+	exe "an 20.460." . idx . ' &Edit.&Keymap.' . name . " :set keymap=" . name . "<CR>"
+	let idx = idx + 10
+      endfor
+    endif
+    silent! aunmenu &Edit.Show\ &Keymaps\ in\ Menu
+  endfun
+  if exists("do_no_lazyload_menus")
+    call s:SetupKeymaps()
+  else
+    an <silent> 20.460 &Edit.Show\ &Keymaps\ in\ Menu :call <SID>SetupKeymaps()<CR>
   endif
-  unlet s:n
 endif
-if has("win32") || has("win16") || has("gui_motif") || has("gui_gtk") || has("gui_kde") || has("gui_photon") || has("gui_mac")
+if has("win32") || has("gui_motif") || has("gui_gtk") || has("gui_kde") || has("gui_photon") || has("gui_mac")
   an 20.470 &Edit.Select\ Fo&nt\.\.\.	:set guifont=*<CR>
 endif
 
@@ -441,10 +455,10 @@ if has("spell")
     endif
 
     let found = 0
-    let s = globpath(&rtp, "spell/*." . enc . ".spl")
-    if s != ""
+    let s = globpath(&runtimepath, "spell/*." . enc . ".spl", 1, 1)
+    if !empty(s)
       let n = 300
-      for f in split(s, "\n")
+      for f in s
 	let nm = substitute(f, '.*spell[/\\]\(..\)\.[^/\\]*\.spl', '\1', "")
 	if nm != "en" && nm !~ '/'
           let _nm = nm
@@ -574,27 +588,46 @@ func! s:XxdFind()
   endif
 endfun
 
+let s:did_setup_compilers = 0
+
 " Setup the Tools.Compiler submenu
-let s:n = globpath(&runtimepath, "compiler/*.vim")
-let s:idx = 100
-while strlen(s:n) > 0
-  let s:i = stridx(s:n, "\n")
-  if s:i < 0
-    let s:name = s:n
-    let s:n = ""
-  else
-    let s:name = strpart(s:n, 0, s:i)
-    let s:n = strpart(s:n, s:i + 1, 19999)
+func! s:SetupCompilers() abort
+  if s:did_setup_compilers
+    return
   endif
-  " Ignore case for VMS and windows
-  let s:name = substitute(s:name, '\c.*[/\\:\]]\([^/\\:]*\)\.vim', '\1', '')
-  exe "an 30.440." . s:idx . ' &Tools.Se&t\ Compiler.' . s:name . " :compiler " . s:name . "<CR>"
-  unlet s:name
-  unlet s:i
-  let s:idx = s:idx + 10
-endwhile
-unlet s:n
-unlet s:idx
+  let s:did_setup_compilers = 1
+
+  let n = globpath(&runtimepath, "compiler/*.vim", 1, 1)
+  let idx = 100
+  for name in n
+    " Ignore case for VMS and windows
+    let name = substitute(name, '\c.*[/\\:\]]\([^/\\:]*\)\.vim', '\1', '')
+    exe "an 30.440." . idx . ' &Tools.Se&t\ Compiler.' . name . " :compiler " . name . "<CR>"
+    let idx = idx + 10
+  endfor
+  silent! aunmenu &Tools.Show\ Compiler\ Se&ttings\ in\ Menu
+endfun
+if exists("do_no_lazyload_menus")
+  call s:SetupCompilers()
+else
+  an <silent> 30.440 &Tools.Show\ Compiler\ Se&ttings\ in\ Menu :call <SID>SetupCompilers()<CR>
+endif
+
+" Load ColorScheme, Compiler Setting and Keymap menus when idle.
+if !exists("do_no_lazyload_menus")
+  func! s:SetupLazyloadMenus()
+    call s:SetupColorSchemes()
+    call s:SetupCompilers()
+    if has("keymap")
+      call s:SetupKeymaps()
+    endif
+  endfunc
+  augroup SetupLazyloadMenus
+    au!
+    au CursorHold,CursorHoldI * call <SID>SetupLazyloadMenus() | au! SetupLazyloadMenus
+  augroup END
+endif
+
 
 if !exists("no_buffers_menu")
 
@@ -1095,7 +1128,7 @@ if (exists("did_load_filetypes") || exists("syntax_on"))
 if exists("do_syntax_sel_menu")
   runtime! synmenu.vim
 else
-  an 50.10 &Syntax.&Show\ File\ Types\ in\ Menu	:let do_syntax_sel_menu = 1<Bar>runtime! synmenu.vim<Bar>aunmenu &Syntax.&Show\ File\ Types\ in\ Menu<CR>
+  an <silent> 50.10 &Syntax.&Show\ File\ Types\ in\ Menu	:let do_syntax_sel_menu = 1<Bar>runtime! synmenu.vim<Bar>aunmenu &Syntax.&Show\ File\ Types\ in\ Menu<CR>
   an 50.195 &Syntax.-SEP1-		<Nop>
 endif
 

runtime/mswin.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Set options and add mapping such that Vim behaves a lot like MS-Windows
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2017 Feb 09
+" Last change:	2017 Oct 28
 
 " bail out if this isn't wanted (mrsvim.vim uses this).
 if exists("g:skip_loading_mswin") && g:skip_loading_mswin
@@ -105,14 +105,15 @@ onoremap <C-F4> <C-C><C-W>c
 
 if has("gui")
   " CTRL-F is the search dialog
-  noremap <C-F> :promptfind<CR>
-  inoremap <C-F> <C-\><C-O>:promptfind<CR>
-  cnoremap <C-F> <C-\><C-C>:promptfind<CR>
+  noremap  <expr> <C-F> has("gui_running") ? ":promptfind\<CR>" : "/"
+  inoremap <expr> <C-F> has("gui_running") ? "\<C-\>\<C-O>:promptfind\<CR>" : "\<C-\>\<C-O>/"
+  cnoremap <expr> <C-F> has("gui_running") ? "\<C-\>\<C-C>:promptfind\<CR>" : "\<C-\>\<C-O>/"
 
-  " CTRL-H is the replace dialog
-  noremap <C-H> :promptrepl<CR>
-  inoremap <C-H> <C-\><C-O>:promptrepl<CR>
-  cnoremap <C-H> <C-\><C-C>:promptrepl<CR>
+  " CTRL-H is the replace dialog,
+  " but in console, it might be backspace, so don't map it there
+  nnoremap <expr> <C-H> has("gui_running") ? ":promptrepl\<CR>" : "\<C-H>"
+  inoremap <expr> <C-H> has("gui_running") ? "\<C-\>\<C-O>:promptrepl\<CR>" : "\<C-H>"
+  cnoremap <expr> <C-H> has("gui_running") ? "\<C-\>\<C-C>:promptrepl\<CR>" : "\<C-H>"
 endif
 
 " restore 'cpoptions'

runtime/optwin.vim

@@ -1,20 +1,17 @@
 " These commands create the option window.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2017 Aug 01
+" Last Change:	2017 Oct 19
 
 " If there already is an option window, jump to that one.
-if bufwinnr("option-window") > 0
-  let s:thiswin = winnr()
-  while 1
-    if @% == "option-window"
+let buf = bufnr('option-window')
+if buf >= 0
+  let winids = win_findbuf(buf)
+  if len(winids) > 0
+    if win_gotoid(winids[0]) == 1
       finish
     endif
-    wincmd w
-    if s:thiswin == winnr()
-      break
-    endif
-  endwhile
+  endif
 endif
 
 " Make sure the '<' flag is not included in 'cpoptions', otherwise <CR> would
@@ -141,8 +138,8 @@ while exists("b:current_syntax") && b:current_syntax == "help"
   endif
 endwhile
 
-" Open the window
-new option-window
+" Open the window.  $OPTWIN_CMD is set to "tab" for ":tab options".
+exe $OPTWIN_CMD . ' new option-window'
 setlocal ts=15 tw=0 noro buftype=nofile
 
 " Insert help and a "set" command for each option.
@@ -513,6 +510,10 @@ if has("terminal")
   call append("$", "termkey\tkey that precedes Vim commands in a terminal window")
   call append("$", "\t(local to window)")
   call <SID>OptionL("tk")
+  if exists("&winptydll")
+    call append("$", "winptydll\tname of the winpty dynamic library")
+    call <SID>OptionG("winptydll", &winptydll)
+  endif
 endif
 
 
@@ -1224,6 +1225,8 @@ endif
 call append("$", "iminsert\tin Insert mode: 1: use :lmap; 2: use IM; 0: neither")
 call append("$", "\t(local to window)")
 call <SID>OptionL("imi")
+call append("$", "imstyle\tinput method style, 0: on-the-spot, 1: over-the-spot")
+call <SID>OptionG("imst", &imst)
 call append("$", "imsearch\tentering a search pattern: 1: use :lmap; 2: use IM; 0: neither")
 call append("$", "\t(local to window)")
 call <SID>OptionL("ims")
@@ -1357,6 +1360,12 @@ if exists("&tcldll")
   call append("$", "tcldll\tname of the Tcl dynamic library")
   call <SID>OptionG("tcldll", &tcldll)
 endif
+if exists("&mzschemedll")
+  call append("$", "mzschemedll\tname of the Tcl dynamic library")
+  call <SID>OptionG("mzschemedll", &mzschemedll)
+  call append("$", "mzschemegcdll\tname of the Tcl GC dynamic library")
+  call <SID>OptionG("mzschemegcdll", &mzschemegcdll)
+endif
 
 set cpo&vim
 

runtime/pack/dist/opt/matchit/plugin/matchit.vim

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 "  matchit.vim: (global plugin) Extended "%" matching
-"  Last Change: 2017 March 26
+"  Last Change: 2017 Sep 15
 "  Maintainer:  Benji Fisher PhD   <benji@member.AMS.org>
 "  Version:     1.13.3, for Vim 6.3+
 "		Fix from Fernando Torres included.
@@ -704,9 +704,8 @@ fun! s:MultiMatch(spflag, mode)
     let skip = 's:comment\|string'
   endif
   let skip = s:ParseSkip(skip)
-  " let restore_cursor = line(".") . "G" . virtcol(".") . "|"
-  " normal! H
-  " let restore_cursor = "normal!" . line(".") . "Gzt" . restore_cursor
+  " save v:count1 variable, might be reset from the restore_cursor command
+  let level = v:count1
   let restore_cursor = virtcol(".") . "|"
   normal! g0
   let restore_cursor = line(".") . "G" .  virtcol(".") . "|zs" . restore_cursor
@@ -726,7 +725,6 @@ fun! s:MultiMatch(spflag, mode)
     execute "if " . skip . "| let skip = '0' | endif"
   endif
   mark '
-  let level = v:count1
   while level
     if searchpair(openpat, '', closepat, a:spflag, skip) < 1
       call s:CleanUp(restore_options, a:mode, startline, startcol)

runtime/pack/dist/opt/termdebug/plugin/termdebug.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,484 @@
+" Debugger plugin using gdb.
+"
+" WORK IN PROGRESS - much doesn't work yet
+"
+" Open two visible terminal windows:
+" 1. run a pty, as with ":term NONE"
+" 2. run gdb, passing the pty
+" The current window is used to view source code and follows gdb.
+"
+" A third terminal window is hidden, it is used for communication with gdb.
+"
+" The communication with gdb uses GDB/MI.  See:
+" https://sourceware.org/gdb/current/onlinedocs/gdb/GDB_002fMI.html
+"
+" Author: Bram Moolenaar
+" Copyright: Vim license applies, see ":help license"
+
+" In case this gets loaded twice.
+if exists(':Termdebug')
+  finish
+endif
+
+" Uncomment this line to write logging in "debuglog".
+" call ch_logfile('debuglog', 'w')
+
+" The command that starts debugging, e.g. ":Termdebug vim".
+" To end type "quit" in the gdb window.
+command -nargs=* -complete=file Termdebug call s:StartDebug(<q-args>)
+
+" Name of the gdb command, defaults to "gdb".
+if !exists('termdebugger')
+  let termdebugger = 'gdb'
+endif
+
+let s:pc_id = 12
+let s:break_id = 13
+let s:stopped = 1
+
+if &background == 'light'
+  hi default debugPC term=reverse ctermbg=lightblue guibg=lightblue
+else
+  hi default debugPC term=reverse ctermbg=darkblue guibg=darkblue
+endif
+hi default debugBreakpoint term=reverse ctermbg=red guibg=red
+
+func s:StartDebug(cmd)
+  let s:startwin = win_getid(winnr())
+  let s:startsigncolumn = &signcolumn
+
+  let s:save_columns = 0
+  if exists('g:termdebug_wide')
+    if &columns < g:termdebug_wide
+      let s:save_columns = &columns
+      let &columns = g:termdebug_wide
+    endif
+    let vertical = 1
+  else
+    let vertical = 0
+  endif
+
+  " Open a terminal window without a job, to run the debugged program
+  let s:ptybuf = term_start('NONE', {
+	\ 'term_name': 'gdb program',
+	\ 'vertical': vertical,
+	\ })
+  if s:ptybuf == 0
+    echoerr 'Failed to open the program terminal window'
+    return
+  endif
+  let pty = job_info(term_getjob(s:ptybuf))['tty_out']
+  let s:ptywin = win_getid(winnr())
+  if vertical
+    " Assuming the source code window will get a signcolumn, use two more
+    " columns for that, thus one less for the terminal window.
+    exe (&columns / 2 - 1) . "wincmd |"
+  endif
+
+  " Create a hidden terminal window to communicate with gdb
+  let s:commbuf = term_start('NONE', {
+	\ 'term_name': 'gdb communication',
+	\ 'out_cb': function('s:CommOutput'),
+	\ 'hidden': 1,
+	\ })
+  if s:commbuf == 0
+    echoerr 'Failed to open the communication terminal window'
+    exe 'bwipe! ' . s:ptybuf
+    return
+  endif
+  let commpty = job_info(term_getjob(s:commbuf))['tty_out']
+
+  " Open a terminal window to run the debugger.
+  " Add -quiet to avoid the intro message causing a hit-enter prompt.
+  let cmd = [g:termdebugger, '-quiet', '-tty', pty, a:cmd]
+  echomsg 'executing "' . join(cmd) . '"'
+  let s:gdbbuf = term_start(cmd, {
+	\ 'exit_cb': function('s:EndDebug'),
+	\ 'term_finish': 'close',
+	\ })
+  if s:gdbbuf == 0
+    echoerr 'Failed to open the gdb terminal window'
+    exe 'bwipe! ' . s:ptybuf
+    exe 'bwipe! ' . s:commbuf
+    return
+  endif
+  let s:gdbwin = win_getid(winnr())
+
+  " Connect gdb to the communication pty, using the GDB/MI interface
+  " If you get an error "undefined command" your GDB is too old.
+  call term_sendkeys(s:gdbbuf, 'new-ui mi ' . commpty . "\r")
+
+  " Interpret commands while the target is running.  This should usualy only be
+  " exec-interrupt, since many commands don't work properly while the target is
+  " running.
+  call s:SendCommand('-gdb-set mi-async on')
+
+  " Sign used to highlight the line where the program has stopped.
+  " There can be only one.
+  sign define debugPC linehl=debugPC
+
+  " Sign used to indicate a breakpoint.
+  " Can be used multiple times.
+  sign define debugBreakpoint text=>> texthl=debugBreakpoint
+
+  " Install debugger commands in the text window.
+  call win_gotoid(s:startwin)
+  call s:InstallCommands()
+  call win_gotoid(s:gdbwin)
+
+  " Enable showing a balloon with eval info
+  if has("balloon_eval") || has("balloon_eval_term")
+    set balloonexpr=TermDebugBalloonExpr()
+    if has("balloon_eval")
+      set ballooneval
+    endif
+    if has("balloon_eval_term")
+      set balloonevalterm
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  let s:breakpoints = {}
+
+  augroup TermDebug
+    au BufRead * call s:BufRead()
+    au BufUnload * call s:BufUnloaded()
+  augroup END
+endfunc
+
+func s:EndDebug(job, status)
+  exe 'bwipe! ' . s:ptybuf
+  exe 'bwipe! ' . s:commbuf
+
+  let curwinid = win_getid(winnr())
+
+  call win_gotoid(s:startwin)
+  let &signcolumn = s:startsigncolumn
+  call s:DeleteCommands()
+
+  call win_gotoid(curwinid)
+  if s:save_columns > 0
+    let &columns = s:save_columns
+  endif
+
+  if has("balloon_eval") || has("balloon_eval_term")
+    set balloonexpr=
+    if has("balloon_eval")
+      set noballooneval
+    endif
+    if has("balloon_eval_term")
+      set noballoonevalterm
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  au! TermDebug
+endfunc
+
+" Handle a message received from gdb on the GDB/MI interface.
+func s:CommOutput(chan, msg)
+  let msgs = split(a:msg, "\r")
+
+  for msg in msgs
+    " remove prefixed NL
+    if msg[0] == "\n"
+      let msg = msg[1:]
+    endif
+    if msg != ''
+      if msg =~ '^\(\*stopped\|\*running\|=thread-selected\)'
+	call s:HandleCursor(msg)
+      elseif msg =~ '^\^done,bkpt=' || msg =~ '^=breakpoint-created,'
+	call s:HandleNewBreakpoint(msg)
+      elseif msg =~ '^=breakpoint-deleted,'
+	call s:HandleBreakpointDelete(msg)
+      elseif msg =~ '^\^done,value='
+	call s:HandleEvaluate(msg)
+      elseif msg =~ '^\^error,msg='
+	call s:HandleError(msg)
+      endif
+    endif
+  endfor
+endfunc
+
+" Install commands in the current window to control the debugger.
+func s:InstallCommands()
+  command Break call s:SetBreakpoint()
+  command Delete call s:DeleteBreakpoint()
+  command Step call s:SendCommand('-exec-step')
+  command Over call s:SendCommand('-exec-next')
+  command Finish call s:SendCommand('-exec-finish')
+  command -nargs=* Run call s:Run(<q-args>)
+  command -nargs=* Arguments call s:SendCommand('-exec-arguments ' . <q-args>)
+  command Stop call s:SendCommand('-exec-interrupt')
+  command Continue call s:SendCommand('-exec-continue')
+  command -range -nargs=* Evaluate call s:Evaluate(<range>, <q-args>)
+  command Gdb call win_gotoid(s:gdbwin)
+  command Program call win_gotoid(s:ptywin)
+
+  " TODO: can the K mapping be restored?
+  nnoremap K :Evaluate<CR>
+
+  if has('menu')
+    nnoremenu WinBar.Step :Step<CR>
+    nnoremenu WinBar.Next :Over<CR>
+    nnoremenu WinBar.Finish :Finish<CR>
+    nnoremenu WinBar.Cont :Continue<CR>
+    nnoremenu WinBar.Stop :Stop<CR>
+    nnoremenu WinBar.Eval :Evaluate<CR>
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+" Delete installed debugger commands in the current window.
+func s:DeleteCommands()
+  delcommand Break
+  delcommand Delete
+  delcommand Step
+  delcommand Over
+  delcommand Finish
+  delcommand Run
+  delcommand Arguments
+  delcommand Stop
+  delcommand Continue
+  delcommand Evaluate
+  delcommand Gdb
+  delcommand Program
+
+  nunmap K
+
+  if has('menu')
+    aunmenu WinBar.Step
+    aunmenu WinBar.Next
+    aunmenu WinBar.Finish
+    aunmenu WinBar.Cont
+    aunmenu WinBar.Stop
+    aunmenu WinBar.Eval
+  endif
+
+  exe 'sign unplace ' . s:pc_id
+  for key in keys(s:breakpoints)
+    exe 'sign unplace ' . (s:break_id + key)
+  endfor
+  sign undefine debugPC
+  sign undefine debugBreakpoint
+  unlet s:breakpoints
+endfunc
+
+" :Break - Set a breakpoint at the cursor position.
+func s:SetBreakpoint()
+  " Setting a breakpoint may not work while the program is running.
+  " Interrupt to make it work.
+  let do_continue = 0
+  if !s:stopped
+    let do_continue = 1
+    call s:SendCommand('-exec-interrupt')
+    sleep 10m
+  endif
+  call s:SendCommand('-break-insert --source '
+	\ . fnameescape(expand('%:p')) . ' --line ' . line('.'))
+  if do_continue
+    call s:SendCommand('-exec-continue')
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+" :Delete - Delete a breakpoint at the cursor position.
+func s:DeleteBreakpoint()
+  let fname = fnameescape(expand('%:p'))
+  let lnum = line('.')
+  for [key, val] in items(s:breakpoints)
+    if val['fname'] == fname && val['lnum'] == lnum
+      call term_sendkeys(s:commbuf, '-break-delete ' . key . "\r")
+      " Assume this always wors, the reply is simply "^done".
+      exe 'sign unplace ' . (s:break_id + key)
+      unlet s:breakpoints[key]
+      break
+    endif
+  endfor
+endfunc
+
+" :Next, :Continue, etc - send a command to gdb
+func s:SendCommand(cmd)
+  call term_sendkeys(s:commbuf, a:cmd . "\r")
+endfunc
+
+func s:Run(args)
+  if a:args != ''
+    call s:SendCommand('-exec-arguments ' . a:args)
+  endif
+  call s:SendCommand('-exec-run')
+endfunc
+
+func s:SendEval(expr)
+  call s:SendCommand('-data-evaluate-expression "' . a:expr . '"')
+  let s:evalexpr = a:expr
+endfunc
+
+" :Evaluate - evaluate what is under the cursor
+func s:Evaluate(range, arg)
+  if a:arg != ''
+    let expr = a:arg
+  elseif a:range == 2
+    let pos = getcurpos()
+    let reg = getreg('v', 1, 1)
+    let regt = getregtype('v')
+    normal! gv"vy
+    let expr = @v
+    call setpos('.', pos)
+    call setreg('v', reg, regt)
+  else
+    let expr = expand('<cexpr>')
+  endif
+  call s:SendEval(expr)
+endfunc
+
+let s:evalFromBalloonExpr = 0
+
+" Handle the result of data-evaluate-expression
+func s:HandleEvaluate(msg)
+  let value = substitute(a:msg, '.*value="\(.*\)"', '\1', '')
+  let value = substitute(value, '\\"', '"', 'g')
+  if s:evalFromBalloonExpr
+    if s:evalFromBalloonExprResult == ''
+      let s:evalFromBalloonExprResult = s:evalexpr . ': ' . value
+    else
+      let s:evalFromBalloonExprResult .= ' = ' . value
+    endif
+    call balloon_show(s:evalFromBalloonExprResult)
+  else
+    echomsg '"' . s:evalexpr . '": ' . value
+  endif
+
+  if s:evalexpr[0] != '*' && value =~ '^0x' && value != '0x0' && value !~ '"$'
+    " Looks like a pointer, also display what it points to.
+    call s:SendEval('*' . s:evalexpr)
+  else
+    let s:evalFromBalloonExpr = 0
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+" Show a balloon with information of the variable under the mouse pointer,
+" if there is any.
+func TermDebugBalloonExpr()
+  if v:beval_winid != s:startwin
+    return
+  endif
+  call s:SendEval(v:beval_text)
+  let s:evalFromBalloonExpr = 1
+  let s:evalFromBalloonExprResult = ''
+  return ''
+endfunc
+
+" Handle an error.
+func s:HandleError(msg)
+  if a:msg =~ 'No symbol .* in current context'
+	\ || a:msg =~ 'Cannot access memory at address '
+	\ || a:msg =~ 'Attempt to use a type name as an expression'
+	\ || a:msg =~ 'A syntax error in expression,'
+    " Result of s:SendEval() failed, ignore.
+    return
+  endif
+  echoerr substitute(a:msg, '.*msg="\(.*\)"', '\1', '')
+endfunc
+
+" Handle stopping and running message from gdb.
+" Will update the sign that shows the current position.
+func s:HandleCursor(msg)
+  let wid = win_getid(winnr())
+
+  if a:msg =~ '^\*stopped'
+    let s:stopped = 1
+  elseif a:msg =~ '^\*running'
+    let s:stopped = 0
+  endif
+
+  if win_gotoid(s:startwin)
+    let fname = substitute(a:msg, '.*fullname="\([^"]*\)".*', '\1', '')
+    if a:msg =~ '^\(\*stopped\|=thread-selected\)' && filereadable(fname)
+      let lnum = substitute(a:msg, '.*line="\([^"]*\)".*', '\1', '')
+      if lnum =~ '^[0-9]*$'
+	if expand('%:p') != fnamemodify(fname, ':p')
+	  if &modified
+	    " TODO: find existing window
+	    exe 'split ' . fnameescape(fname)
+	    let s:startwin = win_getid(winnr())
+	  else
+	    exe 'edit ' . fnameescape(fname)
+	  endif
+	endif
+	exe lnum
+	exe 'sign unplace ' . s:pc_id
+	exe 'sign place ' . s:pc_id . ' line=' . lnum . ' name=debugPC file=' . fname
+	setlocal signcolumn=yes
+      endif
+    else
+      exe 'sign unplace ' . s:pc_id
+    endif
+
+    call win_gotoid(wid)
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+" Handle setting a breakpoint
+" Will update the sign that shows the breakpoint
+func s:HandleNewBreakpoint(msg)
+  let nr = substitute(a:msg, '.*number="\([0-9]\)*\".*', '\1', '') + 0
+  if nr == 0
+    return
+  endif
+
+  if has_key(s:breakpoints, nr)
+    let entry = s:breakpoints[nr]
+  else
+    let entry = {}
+    let s:breakpoints[nr] = entry
+  endif
+
+  let fname = substitute(a:msg, '.*fullname="\([^"]*\)".*', '\1', '')
+  let lnum = substitute(a:msg, '.*line="\([^"]*\)".*', '\1', '')
+  let entry['fname'] = fname
+  let entry['lnum'] = lnum
+
+  if bufloaded(fname)
+    call s:PlaceSign(nr, entry)
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+func s:PlaceSign(nr, entry)
+  exe 'sign place ' . (s:break_id + a:nr) . ' line=' . a:entry['lnum'] . ' name=debugBreakpoint file=' . a:entry['fname']
+  let a:entry['placed'] = 1
+endfunc
+
+" Handle deleting a breakpoint
+" Will remove the sign that shows the breakpoint
+func s:HandleBreakpointDelete(msg)
+  let nr = substitute(a:msg, '.*id="\([0-9]*\)\".*', '\1', '') + 0
+  if nr == 0
+    return
+  endif
+  if has_key(s:breakpoints, nr)
+    let entry = s:breakpoints[nr]
+    if has_key(entry, 'placed')
+      exe 'sign unplace ' . (s:break_id + nr)
+      unlet entry['placed']
+    endif
+    unlet s:breakpoints[nr]
+  endif
+endfunc
+
+" Handle a BufRead autocommand event: place any signs.
+func s:BufRead()
+  let fname = expand('<afile>:p')
+  for [nr, entry] in items(s:breakpoints)
+    if entry['fname'] == fname
+      call s:PlaceSign(nr, entry)
+    endif
+  endfor
+endfunc
+
+" Handle a BufUnloaded autocommand event: unplace any signs.
+func s:BufUnloaded()
+  let fname = expand('<afile>:p')
+  for [nr, entry] in items(s:breakpoints)
+    if entry['fname'] == fname
+      let entry['placed'] = 0
+    endif
+  endfor
+endfunc
+

runtime/plugin/manpager.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim plugin for using Vim as manpager.
 " Maintainer: Enno Nagel <ennonagel+vim@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2016 May 20
+" Last Change: 2017 November 07
 
 " $MAN_PN is supposed to be set by MANPAGER, see ":help manpager.vim".
 if empty($MAN_PN)
@@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ endif
 command! -nargs=0 MANPAGER call s:MANPAGER() | delcommand MANPAGER
 
 function! s:MANPAGER()
-  let page_pattern = '\v\w+%([-_.]\w+)*'
+  let page_pattern = '\v\w[-_.:0-9A-Za-z]*'
   let sec_pattern = '\v\w+%(\+\w+)*'
   let pagesec_pattern = '\v(' . page_pattern . ')\((' . sec_pattern . ')\)'
 
   if $MAN_PN is '1'
-    let manpage = matchstr( getline(1), '^' . pagesec_pattern )
+    let manpage = tolower(matchstr( getline(nextnonblank(1)), '^' . pagesec_pattern ))
   else
-    let manpage = expand('$MAN_PN')
+    let manpage = expand($MAN_PN)
   endif
 
-  let page_sec = matchlist(tolower(manpage), '^' . pagesec_pattern  . '$')
+  let page_sec = matchlist(manpage, '^' . pagesec_pattern  . '$')
 
   bwipe!
 

runtime/plugin/matchparen.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim plugin for showing matching parens
 " Maintainer:  Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change: 2016 Feb 16
+" Last Change: 2017 Sep 30
 
 " Exit quickly when:
 " - this plugin was already loaded (or disabled)
@@ -186,9 +186,23 @@ function! s:Highlight_Matching_Pair()
 endfunction
 
 " Define commands that will disable and enable the plugin.
-command! NoMatchParen windo silent! call matchdelete(3) | unlet! g:loaded_matchparen |
-	  \ au! matchparen
-command! DoMatchParen runtime plugin/matchparen.vim | windo doau CursorMoved
+command! DoMatchParen call s:DoMatchParen()
+command! NoMatchParen call s:NoMatchParen()
+
+func! s:NoMatchParen()
+  let w = winnr()
+  noau windo silent! call matchdelete(3)
+  unlet! g:loaded_matchparen
+  exe "noau ". w . "wincmd w"
+  au! matchparen
+endfunc
+
+func! s:DoMatchParen()
+  runtime plugin/matchparen.vim
+  let w = winnr()
+  silent windo doau CursorMoved
+  exe "noau ". w . "wincmd w"
+endfunc
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim

@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_netrwPlugin")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwPlugin = "v156"
+let g:loaded_netrwPlugin = "v162"
 let s:keepcpo = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 "DechoRemOn
@@ -42,8 +42,8 @@ augroup END
 " Network Browsing Reading Writing: {{{2
 augroup Network
  au!
- au BufReadCmd   file://*											call netrw#FileUrlRead(expand("<amatch>"))
- au BufReadCmd   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,file://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "sil doau BufReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(2,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau BufReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au BufReadCmd   file://*											call netrw#FileUrlEdit(expand("<amatch>"))
+ au BufReadCmd   ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "sil doau BufReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(2,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau BufReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
  au FileReadCmd  ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,file://*,https://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*	exe "sil doau FileReadPre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|call netrw#Nread(1,expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau FileReadPost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
  au BufWriteCmd  ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,file://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*			exe "sil doau BufWritePre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe 'Nwrite '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau BufWritePost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
  au FileWriteCmd ftp://*,rcp://*,scp://*,http://*,file://*,dav://*,davs://*,rsync://*,sftp://*			exe "sil doau FileWritePre ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "'[,']".'Nwrite '.fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))|exe "sil doau FileWritePost ".fnameescape(expand("<amatch>"))
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ com! -count=1 -nargs=*	Nread		let s:svpos= winsaveview()<bar>call netrw#NetRead(
 com! -range=% -nargs=*	Nwrite		let s:svpos= winsaveview()<bar><line1>,<line2>call netrw#NetWrite(<f-args>)<bar>call winrestview(s:svpos)
 com! -nargs=*		NetUserPass	call NetUserPass(<f-args>)
 com! -nargs=*	        Nsource		let s:svpos= winsaveview()<bar>call netrw#NetSource(<f-args>)<bar>call winrestview(s:svpos)
-com! -nargs=?		Ntree		call netrw#SetTreetop(<q-args>)
+com! -nargs=?		Ntree		call netrw#SetTreetop(1,<q-args>)
 
 " Commands: :Explore, :Sexplore, Hexplore, Vexplore, Lexplore {{{2
 com! -nargs=* -bar -bang -count=0 -complete=dir	Explore		call netrw#Explore(<count>,0,0+<bang>0,<q-args>)
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ if !exists("g:netrw_nogx")
   if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBrowseX')
    nmap <unique> gx <Plug>NetrwBrowseX
   endif
-  nno <silent> <Plug>NetrwBrowseX :call netrw#BrowseX(expand((exists("g:netrw_gx")? g:netrw_gx : '<cfile>')),netrw#CheckIfRemote())<cr>
+  nno <silent> <Plug>NetrwBrowseX :call netrw#BrowseX(netrw#GX(),netrw#CheckIfRemote(netrw#GX()))<cr>
  endif
  if maparg('gx','v') == ""
   if !hasmapto('<Plug>NetrwBrowseXVis')
@@ -129,19 +129,15 @@ fun! s:LocalBrowse(dirname)
   elseif isdirectory(a:dirname)
 "   call Decho("(LocalBrowse) dirname<".a:dirname."> ft=".&ft."  (isdirectory, not amiga)")
 "   call Dredir("LocalBrowse ft last set: ","verbose set ft")
-"   call Decho("(s:LocalBrowse) COMBAK#23: buf#".bufnr("%")." file<".expand("%")."> line#".line(".")." col#".col("."))
    sil! call netrw#LocalBrowseCheck(a:dirname)
-"   call Decho("(s:LocalBrowse) COMBAK#24: buf#".bufnr("%")." file<".expand("%")."> line#".line(".")." col#".col("."))
    if exists("w:netrw_bannercnt") && line('.') < w:netrw_bannercnt
     exe w:netrw_bannercnt
-"    call Decho("(s:LocalBrowse) COMBAK#25: buf#".bufnr("%")." file<".expand("%")."> line#".line(".")." col#".col("."))
    endif
 
   else
    " not a directory, ignore it
 "   call Decho("(LocalBrowse) dirname<".a:dirname."> not a directory, ignoring...")
   endif
-"  call Decho("(s:LocalBrowse) COMBAK#26: buf#".bufnr("%")." file<".expand("%")."> line#".line(".")." col#".col("."))
 
 "  call Dret("s:LocalBrowse")
 endfun

runtime/scripts.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types in scripts
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2017 Jun 11
+" Last change:	2017 Nov 11
 
 " This file is called by an autocommand for every file that has just been
 " loaded into a buffer.  It checks if the type of file can be recognized by
@@ -66,19 +66,19 @@ if s:line1 =~# "^#!"
 
   " Bourne-like shell scripts: bash bash2 ksh ksh93 sh
   if s:name =~# '^\(bash\d*\|\|ksh\d*\|sh\)\>'
-    call SetFileTypeSH(s:line1)	" defined in filetype.vim
+    call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH(s:line1)	" defined in filetype.vim
 
     " csh scripts
   elseif s:name =~# '^csh\>'
     if exists("g:filetype_csh")
-      call SetFileTypeShell(g:filetype_csh)
+      call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell(g:filetype_csh)
     else
-      call SetFileTypeShell("csh")
+      call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell("csh")
     endif
 
     " tcsh scripts
   elseif s:name =~# '^tcsh\>'
-    call SetFileTypeShell("tcsh")
+    call dist#ft#SetFileTypeShell("tcsh")
 
     " Z shell scripts
   elseif s:name =~# '^zsh\>'
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ else
 
   " Bourne-like shell scripts: sh ksh bash bash2
   if s:line1 =~# '^:$'
-    call SetFileTypeSH(s:line1)	" defined in filetype.vim
+    call dist#ft#SetFileTypeSH(s:line1)	" defined in filetype.vim
 
     " Z shell scripts
   elseif s:line1 =~# '^#compdef\>' || s:line1 =~# '^#autoload\>' ||
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ else
     set ft=virata
 
     " Strace
-  elseif s:line1 =~# '^\(\[pid \d\+\] \)\=[0-9:.]* *execve(' || s:line1 =~# '^__libc_start_main'
+  elseif s:line1 =~# '[0-9:.]* *execve(' || s:line1 =~# '^__libc_start_main'
     set ft=strace
 
     " VSE JCL
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ else
     set ft=sindacmp
 
     " DNS zone files
-  elseif s:line1.s:line2.s:line3.s:line4 =~# '^; <<>> DiG [0-9.]\+ <<>>\|BIND.*named\|$ORIGIN\|$TTL\|IN\s\+SOA'
+  elseif s:line1.s:line2.s:line3.s:line4 =~# '^; <<>> DiG [0-9.]\+.* <<>>\|$ORIGIN\|$TTL\|IN\s\+SOA'
     set ft=bindzone
 
     " BAAN

runtime/synmenu.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " This file is normally sourced from menu.vim.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2014 Aug 13
+" Last Change:	2017 Oct 28
 
 " Define the SetSyn function, used for the Syntax menu entries.
 " Set 'filetype' and also 'syntax' if it is manually selected.
@@ -351,12 +351,13 @@ an 50.70.510 &Syntax.M.Muttrc :cal SetSyn("muttrc")<CR>
 an 50.80.100 &Syntax.NO.Nanorc :cal SetSyn("nanorc")<CR>
 an 50.80.110 &Syntax.NO.Nastran\ input/DMAP :cal SetSyn("nastran")<CR>
 an 50.80.120 &Syntax.NO.Natural :cal SetSyn("natural")<CR>
-an 50.80.130 &Syntax.NO.Netrc :cal SetSyn("netrc")<CR>
-an 50.80.140 &Syntax.NO.Ninja :cal SetSyn("ninja")<CR>
-an 50.80.150 &Syntax.NO.Novell\ NCF\ batch :cal SetSyn("ncf")<CR>
-an 50.80.160 &Syntax.NO.Not\ Quite\ C\ (LEGO) :cal SetSyn("nqc")<CR>
-an 50.80.170 &Syntax.NO.Nroff :cal SetSyn("nroff")<CR>
-an 50.80.180 &Syntax.NO.NSIS\ script :cal SetSyn("nsis")<CR>
+an 50.80.130 &Syntax.NO.Neomuttrc :cal SetSyn("neomuttrc")<CR>
+an 50.80.140 &Syntax.NO.Netrc :cal SetSyn("netrc")<CR>
+an 50.80.150 &Syntax.NO.Ninja :cal SetSyn("ninja")<CR>
+an 50.80.160 &Syntax.NO.Novell\ NCF\ batch :cal SetSyn("ncf")<CR>
+an 50.80.170 &Syntax.NO.Not\ Quite\ C\ (LEGO) :cal SetSyn("nqc")<CR>
+an 50.80.180 &Syntax.NO.Nroff :cal SetSyn("nroff")<CR>
+an 50.80.190 &Syntax.NO.NSIS\ script :cal SetSyn("nsis")<CR>
 an 50.80.200 &Syntax.NO.Obj\ 3D\ wavefront :cal SetSyn("obj")<CR>
 an 50.80.210 &Syntax.NO.Objective\ C :cal SetSyn("objc")<CR>
 an 50.80.220 &Syntax.NO.Objective\ C++ :cal SetSyn("objcpp")<CR>

runtime/syntax/bib.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	BibTeX (bibliographic database format for (La)TeX)
 " Maintainer:	Bernd Feige <Bernd.Feige@gmx.net>
 " Filenames:	*.bib
-" Last Change:	2016 Sep 12
+" Last Change:	2017 Sep 29
 
 " Thanks to those who pointed out problems with this file or supplied fixes!
 
@@ -81,16 +81,18 @@ syn match bibUnescapedSpecial contained /[^\\][%&]/hs=s+1
 syn match bibKey contained /\s*[^ \t}="]\+,/hs=s,he=e-1 nextgroup=bibField
 syn match bibVariable contained /[^{}," \t=]/
 syn region bibComment start=/./ end=/^\s*@/me=e-1 contains=@bibCommentContents nextgroup=bibEntry
-syn region bibMath contained start=/\$/ end=/\$/ skip=/\(\\\$\)/
+syn region bibMath contained start=/\(\\\)\@<!\$/ end=/\$/ skip=/\(\\\$\)/
 syn region bibQuote contained start=/"/ end=/"/ skip=/\(\\"\)/ contains=@bibVarContents
 syn region bibBrace contained start=/{/ end=/}/ skip=/\(\\[{}]\)/ contains=@bibVarContents
 syn region bibParen contained start=/(/ end=/)/ skip=/\(\\[()]\)/ contains=@bibVarContents
 syn region bibField contained start="\S\+\s*=\s*" end=/[}),]/me=e-1 contains=bibEntryKw,bibNSEntryKw,bibBrace,bibParen,bibQuote,bibVariable
-syn region bibEntryData contained start=/[{(]/ms=e+1 end=/[})]/me=e-1 contains=bibKey,bibField
+syn region bibEntryData contained start=/[{(]/ms=e+1 end=/[})]/me=e-1 contains=bibKey,bibField,bibComment3
 " Actually, 5.8 <= Vim < 6.0 would ignore the `fold' keyword anyway, but Vim<5.8 would produce
 " an error, so we explicitly distinguish versions with and without folding functionality:
 syn region bibEntry start=/@\S\+\s*[{(]/ end=/^\s*[})]/ transparent fold contains=bibType,bibEntryData nextgroup=bibComment
 syn region bibComment2 start=/@Comment\s*[{(]/ end=/^\s*[})]/me=e-1 contains=@bibCommentContents nextgroup=bibEntry
+" biblatex style comments inside a bibEntry
+syn match bibComment3 "%.*"
 
 " Synchronization
 " ===============
@@ -111,6 +113,7 @@ hi def link bibVariable	Constant
 hi def link bibUnescapedSpecial	Error
 hi def link bibComment	Comment
 hi def link bibComment2	Comment
+hi def link bibComment3	Comment
 
 let b:current_syntax = "bib"
 

runtime/syntax/clojure.vim

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ syntax match   clojureRegexpBoundary            "[$^]" contained display
 syntax match   clojureRegexpQuantifier          "[?*+][?+]\=" contained display
 syntax match   clojureRegexpQuantifier          "\v\{\d+%(,|,\d+)?}\??" contained display
 syntax match   clojureRegexpOr                  "|" contained display
-syntax match   clojureRegexpBackRef             "\v\\%([1-9]\d*|k\<[a-zA-z]+\>)" contained display
+syntax match   clojureRegexpBackRef             "\v\\%([1-9]\d*|k\<[a-zA-Z]+\>)" contained display
 
 " Mode modifiers, mode-modified spans, lookaround, regular and atomic
 " grouping, and named-capturing.

runtime/syntax/debcontrol.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:  Debian Vim Maintainers <pkg-vim-maintainers@lists.alioth.debian.org>
 " Former Maintainers: Gerfried Fuchs <alfie@ist.org>
 "                     Wichert Akkerman <wakkerma@debian.org>
-" Last Change: 2016 Aug 30
+" Last Change: 2017 Nov 04
 " URL: https://anonscm.debian.org/cgit/pkg-vim/vim.git/plain/runtime/syntax/debcontrol.vim
 
 " Standard syntax initialization
@@ -17,31 +17,59 @@ set cpo&vim
 " Should match case except for the keys of each field
 syn case match
 
+syn iskeyword @,48-57,-,/
+
 " Everything that is not explicitly matched by the rules below
 syn match debcontrolElse "^.*$"
 
 " Common seperators
-syn match debControlComma ", *"
-syn match debControlSpace " "
+syn match debControlComma ",[ \t]*"
+syn match debControlSpace "[ \t]"
 
-let s:kernels = '\%(linux\|hurd\|kfreebsd\|knetbsd\|kopensolaris\|netbsd\)'
-let s:archs = '\%(alpha\|amd64\|armeb\|armel\|armhf\|arm64\|avr32\|hppa\|i386'
-      \ . '\|ia64\|lpia\|m32r\|m68k\|mipsel\|mips64el\|mips\|powerpcspe\|powerpc\|ppc64el'
-      \ . '\|ppc64\|s390x\|s390\|sh3eb\|sh3\|sh4eb\|sh4\|sh\|sparc64\|sparc\|x32\)'
-let s:pairs = 'hurd-i386\|kfreebsd-i386\|kfreebsd-amd64\|knetbsd-i386\|kopensolaris-i386\|netbsd-alpha\|netbsd-i386'
+let s:kernels = ['linux', 'hurd', 'kfreebsd', 'knetbsd', 'kopensolaris', 'netbsd']
+let s:archs = [
+      \ 'alpha', 'amd64', 'armeb', 'armel', 'armhf', 'arm64', 'avr32', 'hppa'
+      \, 'i386', 'ia64', 'lpia', 'm32r', 'm68k', 'mipsel', 'mips64el', 'mips'
+      \, 'powerpcspe', 'powerpc', 'ppc64el', 'ppc64', 's390x', 's390', 'sh3eb'
+      \, 'sh3', 'sh4eb', 'sh4', 'sh', 'sparc64', 'sparc', 'x32'
+      \ ]
+let s:pairs = [
+      \ 'hurd-i386', 'kfreebsd-i386', 'kfreebsd-amd64', 'knetbsd-i386'
+      \, 'kopensolaris-i386', 'netbsd-alpha', 'netbsd-i386'
+      \ ]
 
 " Define some common expressions we can use later on
-exe 'syn match debcontrolArchitecture contained "\%(all\|'. s:kernels .'-any\|\%(any-\)\='. s:archs .'\|'. s:pairs .'\|any\)"'
+syn keyword debcontrolArchitecture contained all any
+exe 'syn keyword debcontrolArchitecture contained '. join(map(s:kernels, {k,v -> v .'-any'}))
+exe 'syn keyword debcontrolArchitecture contained '. join(map(s:archs, {k,v -> 'any-'.v}))
+exe 'syn keyword debcontrolArchitecture contained '. join(s:archs)
+exe 'syn keyword debcontrolArchitecture contained '. join(s:pairs)
 
 unlet s:kernels s:archs s:pairs
 
-syn match debcontrolMultiArch contained "\%(no\|foreign\|allowed\|same\)"
+let s:sections = [
+      \ 'admin', 'cli-mono', 'comm', 'database', 'debian-installer', 'debug'
+      \, 'devel', 'doc', 'editors', 'education', 'electronics', 'embedded'
+      \, 'fonts', 'games', 'gnome', 'gnustep', 'gnu-r', 'golang', 'graphics'
+      \, 'hamradio', 'haskell', 'httpd', 'interpreters', 'introspection'
+      \, 'java', 'javascript', 'kde', 'kernel', 'libs', 'libdevel', 'lisp'
+      \, 'localization', 'mail', 'math', 'metapackages', 'misc', 'net'
+      \, 'news', 'ocaml', 'oldlibs', 'otherosfs', 'perl', 'php', 'python'
+      \, 'ruby', 'rust', 'science', 'shells', 'sound', 'text', 'tex'
+      \, 'utils', 'vcs', 'video', 'web', 'x11', 'xfce', 'zope'
+      \ ]
+
+syn keyword debcontrolMultiArch contained no foreign allowed same
 syn match debcontrolName contained "[a-z0-9][a-z0-9+.-]\+"
-syn match debcontrolPriority contained "\(extra\|important\|optional\|required\|standard\)"
-syn match debcontrolSection contained "\v((contrib|non-free|non-US/main|non-US/contrib|non-US/non-free|restricted|universe|multiverse)/)?(admin|cli-mono|comm|database|debian-installer|debug|devel|doc|editors|education|electronics|embedded|fonts|games|gnome|gnustep|gnu-r|graphics|hamradio|haskell|httpd|interpreters|introspection|java|javascript|kde|kernel|libs|libdevel|lisp|localization|mail|math|metapackages|misc|net|news|ocaml|oldlibs|otherosfs|perl|php|python|ruby|rust|science|shells|sound|text|tex|utils|vcs|video|web|x11|xfce|zope)"
-syn match debcontrolPackageType contained "u\?deb"
+syn keyword debcontrolPriority contained extra important optional required standard
+exe 'syn match debcontrolSection contained "\%(\%(contrib\|non-free\|non-US/main\|non-US/contrib\|non-US/non-free\|restricted\|universe\|multiverse\)/\)\=\%('.join(s:sections, '\|').'\)"'
+syn keyword debcontrolPackageType contained udeb deb
 syn match debcontrolVariable contained "\${.\{-}}"
-syn match debcontrolDmUpload contained "\cyes"
+syn keyword debcontrolDmUpload contained yes
+syn keyword debcontrolYesNo contained yes no
+syn match debcontrolR3 contained "\<\%(no\|binary-targets\|[[:graph:]]\+/[[:graph:]]\+\%( \+[[:graph:]]\+/[[:graph:]]\+\)*\)\>"
+
+unlet s:sections
 
 " A URL (using the domain name definitions from RFC 1034 and 1738), right now
 " only enforce protocol and some sanity on the server/path part;
@@ -59,15 +87,28 @@ syn match debcontrolComment "^#.*$" contains=@Spell
 
 syn case ignore
 
-" List of all legal keys
-syn match debcontrolKey contained "^\%(Source\|Package\|Section\|Priority\|\%(XSBC-Original-\)\=Maintainer\|Uploaders\|Build-\%(Conflicts\|Depends\)\%(-Indep\)\=\|Standards-Version\|\%(Pre-\)\=Depends\|Recommends\|Suggests\|Provides\|Replaces\|Conflicts\|Enhances\|Breaks\|Essential\|Architecture\|Multi-Arch\|Description\|Bugs\|Origin\|X[SB]-Python-Version\|Homepage\|\(XS-\)\=Vcs-\(Browser\|Arch\|Bzr\|Cvs\|Darcs\|Git\|Hg\|Mtn\|Svn\)\|\%(XC-\)\=Package-Type\): *"
+" List of all legal keys, in order, from deb-src-control(5)
+" Source fields
+syn match debcontrolKey contained "^\%(Source\|Maintainer\|Uploaders\|Standards-Version\|Description\|Homepage\|Bugs\|Rules-Requires-Root\): *"
+syn match debcontrolKey contained "^\%(XS-\)\=Vcs-\%(Arch\|Bzr\|Cvs\|Darcs\|Git\|Hg\|Mtn\|Svn\|Browser\): *"
+syn match debcontrolKey contained "^\%(Origin\|Section\|Priority\): *"
+syn match debcontrolKey contained "^Build-\%(Depends\|Conflicts\)\%(-Arch\|-Indep\)\=: *"
+
+" Binary fields
+syn match debcontrolKey contained "^\%(Package\%(-Type\)\=\|Architecture\|Build-Profiles\): *"
+syn match debcontrolKey contained "^\%(\%(Build-\)\=Essential\|Multi-Arch\|Tag\): *"
+syn match debcontrolKey contained "^\%(\%(Pre-\)\=Depends\|Recommends\|Suggests\|Breaks\|Enhances\|Replaces\|Conflicts\|Provides\|Built-Using\): *"
+syn match debcontrolKey contained "^\%(Subarchitecture\|Kernel-Version\|Installer-Menu-Item\): *"
+
+" User-defined fields
+syn match debcontrolKey contained "^X[SBC]\{0,3\}\%(-Private\)\=-[-a-zA-Z0-9]\+: *"
 
 syn match debcontrolDeprecatedKey contained "^\%(\%(XS-\)\=DM-Upload-Allowed\): *"
 
 " Fields for which we do strict syntax checking
 syn region debcontrolStrictField start="^Architecture" end="$" contains=debcontrolKey,debcontrolArchitecture,debcontrolSpace oneline
 syn region debcontrolStrictField start="^Multi-Arch" end="$" contains=debcontrolKey,debcontrolMultiArch oneline
-syn region debcontrolStrictField start="^\(Package\|Source\)" end="$" contains=debcontrolKey,debcontrolName oneline
+syn region debcontrolStrictField start="^\%(Package\|Source\)" end="$" contains=debcontrolKey,debcontrolName oneline
 syn region debcontrolStrictField start="^Priority" end="$" contains=debcontrolKey,debcontrolPriority oneline
 syn region debcontrolStrictField start="^Section" end="$" contains=debcontrolKey,debcontrolSection oneline
 syn region debcontrolStrictField start="^\%(XC-\)\=Package-Type" end="$" contains=debcontrolKey,debcontrolPackageType oneline
@@ -77,11 +118,13 @@ syn region debcontrolStrictField start="^\%(XS-\)\=Vcs-Svn" end="$" contains=deb
 syn region debcontrolStrictField start="^\%(XS-\)\=Vcs-Cvs" end="$" contains=debcontrolKey,debcontrolVcsCvs oneline keepend
 syn region debcontrolStrictField start="^\%(XS-\)\=Vcs-Git" end="$" contains=debcontrolKey,debcontrolVcsGit oneline keepend
 syn region debcontrolStrictField start="^\%(XS-\)\=DM-Upload-Allowed" end="$" contains=debcontrolDeprecatedKey,debcontrolDmUpload oneline
+syn region debcontrolStrictField start="^Rules-Requires-Root" end="$" contains=debcontrolKey,debcontrolR3 oneline
+syn region debcontrolStrictField start="^\%(Build-\)\=Essential" end="$" contains=debcontrolKey,debcontrolYesNo oneline
 
 " Catch-all for the other legal fields
-syn region debcontrolField start="^\%(\%(XSBC-Original-\)\=Maintainer\|Standards-Version\|Essential\|Bugs\|Origin\|X[SB]-Python-Version\|\%(XS-\)\=Vcs-Mtn\):" end="$" contains=debcontrolKey,debcontrolVariable,debcontrolEmail oneline
-syn region debcontrolMultiField start="^\%(Build-\%(Conflicts\|Depends\)\%(-Indep\)\=\|\%(Pre-\)\=Depends\|Recommends\|Suggests\|Provides\|Replaces\|Conflicts\|Enhances\|Breaks\|Uploaders\|Description\):" skip="^ " end="^$"me=s-1 end="^[^ #]"me=s-1 contains=debcontrolKey,debcontrolEmail,debcontrolVariable,debcontrolComment
-syn region debcontrolMultiFieldSpell start="^\%(Description\):" skip="^ " end="^$"me=s-1 end="^[^ #]"me=s-1 contains=debcontrolKey,debcontrolEmail,debcontrolVariable,debcontrolComment,@Spell
+syn region debcontrolField start="^\%(\%(XSBC-Original-\)\=Maintainer\|Standards-Version\|Bugs\|Origin\|X[SB]-Python-Version\|\%(XS-\)\=Vcs-Mtn\|\%(XS-\)\=Testsuite\|Build-Profiles\|Tag\|Subarchitecture\|Kernel-Version\|Installer-Menu-Item\):" end="$" contains=debcontrolKey,debcontrolVariable,debcontrolEmail oneline
+syn region debcontrolMultiField start="^\%(Build-\%(Conflicts\|Depends\)\%(-Arch\|-Indep\)\=\|\%(Pre-\)\=Depends\|Recommends\|Suggests\|Breaks\|Enhances\|Replaces\|Conflicts\|Provides\|Built-Using\|Uploaders\|X[SBC]\{0,3\}\%(Private-\)\=-[-a-zA-Z0-9]\+\):" skip="^[ \t]" end="^$"me=s-1 end="^[^ \t#]"me=s-1 contains=debcontrolKey,debcontrolEmail,debcontrolVariable,debcontrolComment
+syn region debcontrolMultiFieldSpell start="^\%(Description\):" skip="^[ \t]" end="^$"me=s-1 end="^[^ \t#]"me=s-1 contains=debcontrolKey,debcontrolEmail,debcontrolVariable,debcontrolComment,@Spell
 
 " Associate our matches and regions with pretty colours
 hi def link debcontrolKey           Keyword
@@ -102,6 +145,8 @@ hi def link debcontrolVcsCvs        Identifier
 hi def link debcontrolVcsGit        Identifier
 hi def link debcontrolHTTPUrl       Identifier
 hi def link debcontrolDmUpload      Identifier
+hi def link debcontrolYesNo         Identifier
+hi def link debcontrolR3            Identifier
 hi def link debcontrolComment       Comment
 hi def link debcontrolElse          Special
 

runtime/syntax/debsources.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:     Debian sources.list
 " Maintainer:   Debian Vim Maintainers <pkg-vim-maintainers@lists.alioth.debian.org>
 " Former Maintainer: Matthijs Mohlmann <matthijs@cacholong.nl>
-" Last Change: 2017 Apr 22
+" Last Change: 2017 Oct 28
 " URL: https://anonscm.debian.org/cgit/pkg-vim/vim.git/plain/runtime/syntax/debsources.vim
 
 " Standard syntax initialization
@@ -23,18 +23,18 @@ let s:cpo = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 let s:supported = [
       \ 'oldstable', 'stable', 'testing', 'unstable', 'experimental',
-      \ 'squeeze', 'wheezy', 'jessie', 'stretch', 'sid', 'rc-buggy',
+      \ 'wheezy', 'jessie', 'stretch', 'sid', 'rc-buggy',
       \
-      \ 'trusty', 'xenial', 'yakkety', 'zesty', 'artful', 'devel'
+      \ 'trusty', 'xenial', 'zesty', 'artful', 'bionic', 'devel'
       \ ]
 let s:unsupported = [
       \ 'buzz', 'rex', 'bo', 'hamm', 'slink', 'potato',
-      \ 'woody', 'sarge', 'etch', 'lenny',
+      \ 'woody', 'sarge', 'etch', 'lenny', 'squeeze',
       \
       \ 'warty', 'hoary', 'breezy', 'dapper', 'edgy', 'feisty',
       \ 'gutsy', 'hardy', 'intrepid', 'jaunty', 'karmic', 'lucid',
       \ 'maverick', 'natty', 'oneiric', 'precise', 'quantal', 'raring', 'saucy',
-      \ 'utopic', 'vivid', 'wily'
+      \ 'utopic', 'vivid', 'wily', 'yakkety'
       \ ]
 let &cpo=s:cpo
 

runtime/syntax/doxygen.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,8 @@
 " Language:     doxygen on top of c, cpp, idl, java, php
 " Maintainer:   Michael Geddes <vimmer@frog.wheelycreek.net>
 " Author:       Michael Geddes
-" Last Change:  Jan 2009 (\tparam by Domnique Pelle, Aug 2013)
+" Last Changes: Jan 2009 (\tparam by Domnique Pelle, Aug 2013)
+"               Nov 2017 (@throws by Domnique Pelle)
 " Version:      1.23
 "
 " Copyright 2004-2008 Michael Geddes
@@ -181,13 +182,13 @@ endif
   syn match doxygenParamDirection contained "\v\[(\s*in>((]\s*\[|\s*,\s*)out>)=|out>((]\s*\[|\s*,\s*)in>)=)\]" nextgroup=doxygenParamName skipwhite
   syn keyword doxygenParam contained param tparam nextgroup=doxygenParamName,doxygenParamDirection skipwhite
   syn match doxygenParamName contained +[A-Za-z0-9_:]\++ nextgroup=doxygenSpecialMultilineDesc skipwhite
-  syn keyword doxygenRetval contained retval throw exception nextgroup=doxygenParamName skipwhite
+  syn keyword doxygenRetval contained retval throw throws exception nextgroup=doxygenParamName skipwhite
 
   " Match one line identifiers.
   syn keyword doxygenOther contained addindex anchor
   \ dontinclude endhtmlonly endlatexonly showinitializer hideinitializer
   \ example htmlonly image include ingroup internal latexonly line
-  \ overload relates relatesalso sa skip skipline
+  \ overload related relates relatedalso relatesalso sa skip skipline
   \ until verbinclude version addtogroup htmlinclude copydoc dotfile
   \ xmlonly endxmlonly
   \ nextgroup=doxygenSpecialOnelineDesc
@@ -223,7 +224,7 @@ endif
   syn keyword doxygenOther contained par nextgroup=doxygenHeaderLine
   syn region doxygenHeaderLine start=+.+ end=+^+ contained skipwhite nextgroup=doxygenSpecialMultilineDesc
 
-  syn keyword doxygenOther contained arg author date deprecated li return returns see invariant note post pre remarks since test nextgroup=doxygenSpecialMultilineDesc
+  syn keyword doxygenOther contained arg author authors date deprecated li result return returns see invariant note post pre remark remarks since test nextgroup=doxygenSpecialMultilineDesc
   syn keyword doxygenOtherTODO contained todo attention nextgroup=doxygenSpecialMultilineDesc
   syn keyword doxygenOtherWARN contained warning nextgroup=doxygenSpecialMultilineDesc
   syn keyword doxygenOtherBUG contained bug nextgroup=doxygenSpecialMultilineDesc

runtime/syntax/form.vim

@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ syn match   formComment		"\;\ *\*.*$" contains=formTodo
 syn region  formString		start=+"+  end=+"+ contains=formSpecial
 syn region  formString		start=+'+  end=+'+
 syn region  formNestedString	start=+`+  end=+'+ contains=formNestedString
-syn match   formPreProc		"^\=\#[a-zA-z][a-zA-Z0-9]*\>"
+syn match   formPreProc		"^\=\#[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9]*\>"
 syn match   formNumber		"\<\d\+\>"
 syn match   formNumber		"\<\d\+\.\d*\>"
 syn match   formNumber		"\.\d\+\>"
@@ -94,13 +94,13 @@ syn match   formNumber		"-\.\d" contains=Number
 syn match   formNumber		"i_\+\>"
 syn match   formNumber		"fac_\+\>"
 " pattern matching wildcards
-syn match   formNumber		"?[A-z0-9]*"
+syn match   formNumber		"?[a-zA-Z0-9]*"
 " dollar-variables (new in 3.x)
-syn match   formNumber		"\\$[A-z0-9]*"
+syn match   formNumber		"\\$[a-zA-Z0-9]*"
 " scalar products
-syn match   formNumber		"^\=[a-zA-z][a-zA-Z0-9]*\.[a-zA-z][a-zA-Z0-9]*\>"
+syn match   formNumber		"^\=[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9]*\.[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9]*\>"
 
-syn match   formDirective	"^\=\.[a-zA-z][a-zA-Z0-9]*\>"
+syn match   formDirective	"^\=\.[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9]*\>"
 
 " hi User Labels
 syn sync ccomment formComment minlines=10

runtime/syntax/fstab.vim

@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
 " Language: fstab file
 " Maintainer: Radu Dineiu <radu.dineiu@gmail.com>
 " URL: https://raw.github.com/rid9/vim-fstab/master/fstab.vim
-" Last Change: 2013 May 21
-" Version: 1.0
+" Last Change: 2017 Nov 09
+" Version: 1.2
 "
 " Credits:
 "   David Necas (Yeti) <yeti@physics.muni.cz>
@@ -38,10 +38,14 @@ syn match fsDeviceError /\%([^a-zA-Z0-9_\/#@:\.-]\|^\w\{-}\ze\W\)/ contained
 syn keyword fsDeviceKeyword contained none proc linproc tmpfs devpts devtmpfs sysfs usbfs
 syn keyword fsDeviceKeyword contained LABEL nextgroup=fsDeviceLabel
 syn keyword fsDeviceKeyword contained UUID nextgroup=fsDeviceUUID
+syn keyword fsDeviceKeyword contained PARTLABEL nextgroup=fsDevicePARTLABEL
+syn keyword fsDeviceKeyword contained PARTUUID nextgroup=fsDevicePARTUUID
 syn keyword fsDeviceKeyword contained sshfs nextgroup=fsDeviceSshfs
 syn match fsDeviceKeyword contained /^[a-zA-Z0-9.\-]\+\ze:/
 syn match fsDeviceLabel contained /=[^ \t]\+/hs=s+1 contains=fsOperator
 syn match fsDeviceUUID contained /=[^ \t]\+/hs=s+1 contains=fsOperator
+syn match fsDevicePARTLABEL contained /=[^ \t]\+/hs=s+1 contains=fsOperator
+syn match fsDevicePARTUUID contained /=[^ \t]\+/hs=s+1 contains=fsOperator
 syn match fsDeviceSshfs contained /#[_=[:alnum:]\.\/+-]\+@[a-z0-9._-]\+\a\{2}:[^ \t]\+/hs=s+1 contains=fsOperator
 
 " Mount Point
@@ -64,7 +68,7 @@ syn match fsOptionsString /[a-zA-Z0-9_-]\+/
 syn keyword fsOptionsYesNo yes no
 syn cluster fsOptionsCheckCluster contains=fsOptionsExt2Check,fsOptionsFatCheck
 syn keyword fsOptionsSize 512 1024 2048
-syn keyword fsOptionsGeneral async atime auto bind current defaults dev devgid devmode devmtime devuid dirsync exec force fstab kudzu loop mand move noatime noauto noclusterr noclusterw nodev nodevmtime nodiratime noexec nomand nosuid nosymfollow nouser owner rbind rdonly remount ro rq rw suid suiddir supermount sw sync union update user users xx
+syn keyword fsOptionsGeneral async atime auto bind current defaults dev devgid devmode devmtime devuid dirsync exec force fstab kudzu loop mand move noatime noauto noclusterr noclusterw nodev nodevmtime nodiratime noexec nomand norelatime nosuid nosymfollow nouser owner rbind rdonly relatime remount ro rq rw suid suiddir supermount sw sync union update user users wxallowed xx
 syn match fsOptionsGeneral /_netdev/
 
 " Options: adfs
@@ -137,7 +141,7 @@ syn match fsOptionsKeywords contained /\<\%(dir\|file\|\)_umask=/ nextgroup=fsOp
 syn match fsOptionsKeywords contained /\<\%(session\|part\)=/ nextgroup=fsOptionsNumber
 
 " Options: ffs
-syn keyword fsOptionsKeyWords contained softdep
+syn keyword fsOptionsKeyWords contained noperm softdep
 
 " Options: hpfs
 syn match fsOptionsKeywords contained /\<case=/ nextgroup=fsOptionsHpfsCase
@@ -228,7 +232,6 @@ syn match fsFreqPass /\s\+.\{-}$/ contains=@fsFreqPassCluster,@fsGeneralCluster
 " Whole line comments
 syn match fsCommentLine /^#.*$/ contains=@Spell
 
-
 hi def link fsOperator Operator
 hi def link fsComment Comment
 hi def link fsCommentLine Comment
@@ -237,15 +240,17 @@ hi def link fsTypeKeyword Type
 hi def link fsDeviceKeyword Identifier
 hi def link fsDeviceLabel String
 hi def link fsDeviceUUID String
+hi def link fsDevicePARTLABEL String
+hi def link fsDevicePARTUUID String
 hi def link fsDeviceSshfs String
 hi def link fsFreqPassNumber Number
 
 if exists('fstab_unknown_fs_errors') && fstab_unknown_fs_errors == 1
-hi def link fsTypeUnknown Error
+	hi def link fsTypeUnknown Error
 endif
 
 if !exists('fstab_unknown_device_errors') || fstab_unknown_device_errors == 1
-hi def link fsDeviceError Error
+	hi def link fsDeviceError Error
 endif
 
 hi def link fsMountPointError Error
@@ -278,7 +283,6 @@ hi def link fsOptionsUfsError String
 
 hi def link fsOptionsVfatShortname String
 
-
 let b:current_syntax = "fstab"
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save

runtime/syntax/gitolite.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	gitolite configuration
-" URL:		https://github.com/tmatilai/gitolite.vim
-" Maintainer:	Teemu Matilainen <teemu.matilainen@iki.fi>
-" Last Change:	2011-12-25
+" URL:		https://github.com/sitaramc/gitolite/blob/master/contrib/vim/syntax/gitolite.vim
+"	(https://raw.githubusercontent.com/sitaramc/gitolite/master/contrib/vim/syntax/gitolite.vim)
+" Maintainer:	Sitaram Chamarty <sitaramc@gmail.com>
+" (former Maintainer:	Teemu Matilainen <teemu.matilainen@iki.fi>)
+" Last Change:	2017 Oct 05
 
 if exists("b:current_syntax")
   finish
@@ -11,74 +13,80 @@ endif
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
-" Comment
-syn match	gitoliteComment		"\(^\|\s\)#.*" contains=gitoliteTodo
-syn keyword	gitoliteTodo		TODO FIXME XXX NOT contained
+" this seems to be the best way, for now.
+syntax sync fromstart
 
-" Groups, users and repos
-syn match	gitoliteGroupDef	"\(^\s*\)\@<=@[^=]\{-1,}\(\s*=\)\@=" contains=gitoliteSpaceError,gitoliteUserError nextgroup=gitoliteGroupDefSep
-syn match	gitoliteGroupDefSep	"\s*=" contained nextgroup=gitoliteRepoLine
-syn match	gitoliteRepoDef		"^\s*repo\s" nextgroup=gitoliteRepoLine
+" ---- common stuff
 
-syn match	gitoliteRepoLine	".*" contained transparent contains=gitoliteGroup,gitoliteWildRepo,gitoliteCreator,gitoliteExtCmdHelper,gitoliteRepoError,gitoliteComment
-syn match	gitoliteUserLine	".*" contained transparent contains=gitoliteGroup,gitolitePreProc,gitoliteUserError,gitoliteComment
+syn match   gitoliteGroup           '@\S\+'
 
-syn match	gitoliteWildRepo	"[ \t=]\@<=[^ \t]*[\\^$|()[\]*?{},][^ \t]*" contained contains=gitoliteCreator,gitoliteRepoError
-syn match	gitoliteGroup		"[ \t=]\@<=@[^ \t]\+" contained contains=gitoliteUserError
+syn match   gitoliteComment         '#.*' contains=gitoliteTodo
+syn keyword gitoliteTodo            TODO FIXME XXX NOT contained
 
-syn keyword	gitoliteCreator		CREATER CREATOR contained
-syn keyword	gitolitePreProc		CREATER CREATOR READERS WRITERS contained
+" ---- main section
 
-syn match	gitoliteExtCmdHelper	"[ \t=]\@<=EXTCMD/" contained nextgroup=gitoliteExtCmd
-syn match	gitoliteExtCmd		"rsync\(\s\|$\)" contained
+" catch template-data syntax appearing outside template-data section
+syn match   gitoliteRepoError       '^\s*repo.*='
+syn match   gitoliteRepoError       '^\s*\S\+\s*='  " this gets overridden later when first word is a perm, don't worry
 
-" Illegal characters
-syn match	gitoliteRepoError	"[^ \t0-9a-zA-Z._@+/\\^$|()[\]*?{},-]\+" contained
-syn match	gitoliteUserError	"[^ \t0-9a-zA-Z._@+-]\+" contained
-syn match	gitoliteSpaceError	"\s\+" contained
+" normal gitolite group and repo lines
+syn match   gitoliteGroupLine       '^\s*@\S\+\s*=\s*\S.*$' contains=gitoliteGroup,gitoliteComment
+syn match   gitoliteRepoLine        '^\s*repo\s\+[^=]*$' contains=gitoliteRepo,gitoliteGroup,gitoliteComment
+syn keyword gitoliteRepo            repo contained
 
-" Permission
-syn match	gitoliteKeyword		"^\s*\(C\|R\|RW\|RW+\|RWC\|RW+C\|RWD\|RW+D\|RWCD\|RW+CD\)[ \t=]\@=" nextgroup=gitoliteRefex
-syn match	gitoliteKeyword		"^\s*-[ \t=]\@=" nextgroup=gitoliteDenyRefex
-syn match	gitoliteRefex		"[^=]*="he=e-1 contained contains=gitoliteSpecialRefex,gitoliteGroup nextgroup=gitoliteUserLine
-syn match	gitoliteDenyRefex	"[^=]*="he=e-1 contained contains=gitoliteSpecialRefex,gitoliteGroup nextgroup=gitoliteDenyUsers
-syn match	gitoliteSpecialRefex	"\sNAME/"he=e-1 contained
-syn match	gitoliteSpecialRefex	"/USER/"hs=s+1,he=e-1 contained
-syn match	gitoliteDenyUsers	".*" contained contains=gitoliteUserError,gitoliteComment
+syn keyword gitoliteSpecialRepo     CREATOR
 
-" Configuration
-syn match	gitoliteKeyword		"^\s*config\s\+" nextgroup=gitoliteConfVariable
-syn match	gitoliteConfVariable	"[^=]*" contained
+" normal gitolite rule lines
+syn match   gitoliteRuleLine        '^\s*\(-\|C\|R\|RW+\?C\?D\?\)\s[^#]*' contains=gitoliteRule,gitoliteCreateRule,gitoliteDenyRule,gitoliteRefex,gitoliteUsers,gitoliteGroup
+syn match   gitoliteRule            '\(^\s*\)\@<=\(-\|C\|R\|RW+\?C\?D\?\)\s\@=' contained
+syn match   gitoliteRefex           '\(^\s*\(-\|R\|RW+\?C\?D\?\)\s\+\)\@<=\S.\{-}\(\s*=\)\@=' contains=gitoliteSpecialRefex
+syn match   gitoliteSpecialRefex    'NAME/'
+syn match   gitoliteSpecialRefex    '/USER/'
+syn match   gitoliteCreateRule      '\(^\s*C\s.*=\s*\)\@<=\S[^#]*[^# ]' contained contains=gitoliteGroup
+syn match   gitoliteDenyRule        '\(^\s*-\s.*=\s*\)\@<=\S[^#]*[^# ]' contained
 
-" Include
-syn match	gitoliteInclude		"^\s*\(include\|subconf\)\s"
+" normal gitolite config (and similar) lines
+syn match   gitoliteConfigLine      '^\s*\(config\|option\|include\|subconf\)\s[^#]*' contains=gitoliteConfigKW,gitoliteConfigKey,gitoliteConfigVal,gitoliteComment
+syn keyword gitoliteConfigKW        config option include subconf contained
+syn match   gitoliteConfigKey       '\(\(config\|option\)\s\+\)\@<=[^ =]*' contained
+syn match   gitoliteConfigVal       '\(=\s*\)\@<=\S.*' contained
 
-" String
-syn region	gitoliteString		start=+"+ end=+"+ oneline
+" ---- template-data section
 
-" Define the default highlighting
-hi def link gitoliteComment		Comment
-hi def link gitoliteTodo		Todo
-hi def link gitoliteGroupDef		gitoliteGroup
-hi def link gitoliteGroup		Identifier
-hi def link gitoliteWildRepo		Special
-hi def link gitoliteRepoError		gitoliteError
-hi def link gitoliteUserError		gitoliteError
-hi def link gitoliteSpaceError		gitoliteError
-hi def link gitoliteError		Error
-hi def link gitoliteCreator		gitolitePreProc
-hi def link gitolitePreProc		PreProc
-hi def link gitoliteExtCmdHelper	PreProc
-hi def link gitoliteExtCmd		Special
-hi def link gitoliteRepoDef		Type
-hi def link gitoliteKeyword		Keyword
-hi def link gitoliteRefex		String
-hi def link gitoliteDenyRefex		gitoliteRefex
-hi def link gitoliteSpecialRefex	PreProc
-hi def link gitoliteDenyUsers		WarningMsg
-hi def link gitoliteConfVariable	Identifier
-hi def link gitoliteInclude		Include
-hi def link gitoliteString		String
+syn region  gitoliteTemplateLine    matchgroup=PreProc start='^=begin template-data$' end='^=end$' contains=gitoliteTplRepoLine,gitoliteTplRoleLine,gitoliteGroup,gitoliteComment,gitoliteTplError
+
+syn match   gitoliteTplRepoLine     '^\s*repo\s\+\S.*=.*' contained contains=gitoliteTplRepo,gitoliteTplTemplates,gitoliteGroup
+syn keyword gitoliteTplRepo         repo contained
+syn match   gitoliteTplTemplates    '\(=\s*\)\@<=\S.*' contained contains=gitoliteGroup,gitoliteComment
+
+syn match   gitoliteTplRoleLine     '^\s*\S\+\s*=\s*.*' contained contains=gitoliteTplRole,gitoliteGroup,gitoliteComment
+syn match   gitoliteTplRole         '\S\+\s*='he=e-1 contained
+
+" catch normal gitolite rules appearing in template-data section
+syn match   gitoliteTplError        '^\s*repo[^=]*$' contained
+syn match   gitoliteTplError        '^\s*\(-\|R\|RW+\?C\?D\?\)\s'he=e-1 contained
+syn match   gitoliteTplError        '^\s*\(config\|option\|include\|subconf\)\s'he=e-1 contained
+syn match   gitoliteTplError        '^\s*@\S\+\s*=' contained contains=NONE
+
+hi def link gitoliteGroup           Identifier
+hi def link gitoliteComment         Comment
+hi def link gitoliteTodo            ToDo
+hi def link gitoliteRepoError       Error
+hi def link gitoliteGroupLine       PreProc
+hi def link gitoliteRepo            Keyword
+hi def link gitoliteSpecialRepo     PreProc
+hi def link gitoliteRule            Keyword
+hi def link gitoliteCreateRule      PreProc
+hi def link gitoliteDenyRule        WarningMsg
+hi def link gitoliteRefex           Constant
+hi def link gitoliteSpecialRefex    PreProc
+hi def link gitoliteConfigKW        Keyword
+hi def link gitoliteConfigKey       Identifier
+hi def link gitoliteConfigVal       String
+hi def link gitoliteTplRepo         Keyword
+hi def link gitoliteTplTemplates    Constant
+hi def link gitoliteTplRole         Constant
+hi def link gitoliteTplError        Error
 
 let b:current_syntax = "gitolite"
 

runtime/syntax/help.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language:	Vim help file
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar (Bram@vim.org)
-" Last Change:	2017 Jun 13
+" Last Change:	2017 Oct 19
 
 " Quit when a (custom) syntax file was already loaded
 if exists("b:current_syntax")
@@ -60,6 +60,7 @@ syn match helpSpecial		"\<N\>"
 syn match helpSpecial		"\<N\.$"me=e-1
 syn match helpSpecial		"\<N\.\s"me=e-2
 syn match helpSpecial		"(N\>"ms=s+1
+
 syn match helpSpecial		"\[N]"
 " avoid highlighting N  N in help.txt
 syn match helpSpecial		"N  N"he=s+1
@@ -85,6 +86,9 @@ syn match helpSpecial		"\[arguments]"
 syn match helpSpecial		"\[ident]"
 syn match helpSpecial		"\[addr]"
 syn match helpSpecial		"\[group]"
+" Don't highlight [converted] and others that do not have a tag
+syn match helpNormal		"\[\(readonly\|fifo\|socket\|converted\|crypted\)]"
+
 syn match helpSpecial		"CTRL-."
 syn match helpSpecial		"CTRL-Break"
 syn match helpSpecial		"CTRL-PageUp"

runtime/syntax/html.vim

@@ -3,8 +3,9 @@
 " Maintainer:           Jorge Maldonado Ventura <jorgesumle@freakspot.net>
 " Previous Maintainer:  Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>
 " Repository:           https://notabug.org/jorgesumle/vim-html-syntax
-" Last Change:          2017 Jan 21
-"                       included patch from Jorge Maldonado Ventura
+" Last Change:          2017 Sep 30
+" included patch from Christian Brabandt to make use of the strikethrough attributes
+"
 
 " Please check :help html.vim for some comments and a description of the options
 
@@ -45,13 +46,13 @@ syn keyword htmlTagName contained cite code dd dfn dir div dl dt font
 syn keyword htmlTagName contained form hr html img
 syn keyword htmlTagName contained input isindex kbd li link map menu
 syn keyword htmlTagName contained meta ol option param pre p samp span
-syn keyword htmlTagName contained select small strike sub sup
+syn keyword htmlTagName contained select small sub sup
 syn keyword htmlTagName contained table td textarea th tr tt ul var xmp
 syn match htmlTagName contained "\<\(b\|i\|u\|h[1-6]\|em\|strong\|head\|body\|title\)\>"
 
 " new html 4.0 tags
 syn keyword htmlTagName contained abbr acronym bdo button col label
-syn keyword htmlTagName contained colgroup del fieldset iframe ins legend
+syn keyword htmlTagName contained colgroup fieldset iframe ins legend
 syn keyword htmlTagName contained object optgroup q s tbody tfoot thead
 
 " new html 5 tags
@@ -135,6 +136,9 @@ if !exists("html_no_rendering")
   " rendering
   syn cluster htmlTop contains=@Spell,htmlTag,htmlEndTag,htmlSpecialChar,htmlPreProc,htmlComment,htmlLink,javaScript,@htmlPreproc
 
+  syn region htmlStrike start="<del\>" end="</del>"me=e-6 contains=@htmlTop
+  syn region htmlStrike start="<strike\>" end="</strike>"me=e-9 contains=@htmlTop
+
   syn region htmlBold start="<b\>" end="</b>"me=e-4 contains=@htmlTop,htmlBoldUnderline,htmlBoldItalic
   syn region htmlBold start="<strong\>" end="</strong>"me=e-9 contains=@htmlTop,htmlBoldUnderline,htmlBoldItalic
   syn region htmlBoldUnderline contained start="<u\>" end="</u>"me=e-4 contains=@htmlTop,htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
@@ -268,6 +272,11 @@ if !exists("html_no_rendering")
     hi def htmlUnderline           term=underline cterm=underline gui=underline
     hi def htmlUnderlineItalic     term=italic,underline cterm=italic,underline gui=italic,underline
     hi def htmlItalic              term=italic cterm=italic gui=italic
+    if v:version > 800 || v:version == 800 && has("patch1038")
+        hi def htmlStrike              term=strikethrough cterm=strikethrough gui=strikethrough
+    else
+        hi def htmlStrike              term=underline cterm=underline gui=underline
+    endif
   endif
 endif
 

runtime/syntax/mason.vim

@@ -1,15 +1,13 @@
 " Vim syntax file
-" Language:    Mason (Perl embedded in HTML)
-" Maintainer:  Andrew Smith <andrewdsmith@yahoo.com>
-" Last change: 2003 May 11
-" URL:	       http://www.masonhq.com/editors/mason.vim
+" Language:     Mason (Perl embedded in HTML)
+" Maintainer:   vim-perl <vim-perl@googlegroups.com>
+" Homepage:      http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl/tree/master
+" Bugs/requests: http://github.com/vim-perl/vim-perl/issues
+" Last Change:  2017-09-12
+" Contributors: Hinrik Örn Sigurðsson <hinrik.sig@gmail.com>
+"               Andrew Smith <andrewdsmith@yahoo.com>
 "
-" This seems to work satisfactorily with html.vim and perl.vim for version 5.5.
-" Please mail any fixes or improvements to the above address. Things that need
-" doing include:
-"
-"  - Add match for component names in <& &> blocks.
-"  - Add match for component names in <%def> and <%method> block delimiters.
+" TODO:
 "  - Fix <%text> blocks to show HTML tags but ignore Mason tags.
 "
 
@@ -34,30 +32,38 @@ syn cluster htmlPreproc add=@masonTop
 " Now pull in the Perl syntax.
 "
 syn include @perlTop syntax/perl.vim
+unlet b:current_syntax
+syn include @podTop syntax/pod.vim
 
 " It's hard to reduce down to the correct sub-set of Perl to highlight in some
 " of these cases so I've taken the safe option of just using perlTop in all of
 " them. If you have any suggestions, please let me know.
 "
-syn region masonLine matchgroup=Delimiter start="^%" end="$" contains=@perlTop
-syn region masonExpr matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%" end="%>" contains=@perlTop
-syn region masonPerl matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%perl>" end="</%perl>" contains=@perlTop
-syn region masonComp keepend matchgroup=Delimiter start="<&" end="&>" contains=@perlTop
+syn region masonPod start="^=[a-z]" end="^=cut" keepend contained contains=@podTop
+syn cluster perlTop remove=perlBraces
+syn region masonLine matchgroup=Delimiter start="^%" end="$" keepend contains=@perlTop
+syn region masonPerlComment start="#" end="\%(%>\)\@=\|$" contained contains=perlTodo,@Spell
+syn region masonExpr matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%" end="%>" contains=@perlTop,masonPerlComment
+syn region masonPerl matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%perl>" end="</%perl>" contains=masonPod,@perlTop
+syn region masonComp keepend matchgroup=Delimiter start="<&\s*\%([-._/[:alnum:]]\+:\)\?[-._/[:alnum:]]*" end="&>" contains=@perlTop
+syn region masonComp keepend matchgroup=Delimiter skipnl start="<&|\s*\%([-._/[:alnum:]]\+:\)\?[-._/[:alnum:]]*" end="&>" contains=@perlTop nextgroup=masonCompContent
+syn region masonCompContent matchgroup=Delimiter start="" end="</&>" contained contains=@masonTop
 
-syn region masonArgs matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%args>" end="</%args>" contains=@perlTop
+syn region masonArgs matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%args>" end="</%args>" contains=masonPod,@perlTop
 
-syn region masonInit matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%init>" end="</%init>" contains=@perlTop
-syn region masonCleanup matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%cleanup>" end="</%cleanup>" contains=@perlTop
-syn region masonOnce matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%once>" end="</%once>" contains=@perlTop
-syn region masonShared matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%shared>" end="</%shared>" contains=@perlTop
+syn region masonInit matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%init>" end="</%init>" contains=masonPod,@perlTop
+syn region masonCleanup matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%cleanup>" end="</%cleanup>" contains=masonPod,@perlTop
+syn region masonOnce matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%once>" end="</%once>" contains=masonPod,@perlTop
+syn region masonClass matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%class>" end="</%class>" contains=masonPod,@perlTop
+syn region masonShared matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%shared>" end="</%shared>" contains=masonPod,@perlTop
 
-syn region masonDef matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%def[^>]*>" end="</%def>" contains=@htmlTop
-syn region masonMethod matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%method[^>]*>" end="</%method>" contains=@htmlTop
+syn region masonDef matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%def\s*[-._/[:alnum:]]\+\s*>" end="</%def>" contains=@htmlTop
+syn region masonMethod matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%method\s*[-._/[:alnum:]]\+\s*>" end="</%method>" contains=@htmlTop
 
-syn region masonFlags matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%flags>" end="</%flags>" contains=@perlTop
-syn region masonAttr matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%attr>" end="</%attr>" contains=@perlTop
+syn region masonFlags matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%flags>" end="</%flags>" contains=masonPod,@perlTop
+syn region masonAttr matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%attr>" end="</%attr>" contains=masonPod,@perlTop
 
-syn region masonFilter matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%filter>" end="</%filter>" contains=@perlTop
+syn region masonFilter matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%filter>" end="</%filter>" contains=masonPod,@perlTop
 
 syn region masonDoc matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%doc>" end="</%doc>"
 syn region masonText matchgroup=Delimiter start="<%text>" end="</%text>"
@@ -67,6 +73,8 @@ syn cluster masonTop contains=masonLine,masonExpr,masonPerl,masonComp,masonArgs,
 " Set up default highlighting. Almost all of this is done in the included
 " syntax files.
 hi def link masonDoc Comment
+hi def link masonPod Comment
+hi def link masonPerlComment perlComment
 
 let b:current_syntax = "mason"
 

runtime/syntax/murphi.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim syntax file
 " Language: Murphi model checking language
 " Maintainer: Matthew Fernandez <matthew.fernandez@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2017 May 3
+" Last Change: 2017 Aug 27
 " Version: 2
 " Remark: Originally authored by Diego Ongaro <ongaro@cs.stanford.edu> 
 
@@ -105,23 +105,23 @@ syn region murphiComment start="--" end="$" contains=murphiTodo
 syn region murphiComment start="/\*" end="\*/" contains=murphiTodo
 
 " Link the rules to some groups.
-highlight link murphiComment        Comment
-highlight link murphiString         String
-highlight link murphiNumber         Number
-highlight link murphiBoolean        Boolean
-highlight link murphiIdentifier     Identifier
-highlight link murphiFunction       Function
-highlight link murphiStatement      Statement
-highlight link murphiConditional    Conditional
-highlight link murphiRepeat         Repeat
-highlight link murphiLabel          Label
-highlight link murphiOperator       Operator
-highlight link murphiKeyword        Keyword
-highlight link murphiType           Type
-highlight link murphiStructure      Structure
-highlight link murphiSpecial        Special
-highlight link murphiDelimiter      Delimiter
-highlight link murphiError          Error
-highlight link murphiTodo           Todo
+hi def link murphiComment        Comment
+hi def link murphiString         String
+hi def link murphiNumber         Number
+hi def link murphiBoolean        Boolean
+hi def link murphiIdentifier     Identifier
+hi def link murphiFunction       Function
+hi def link murphiStatement      Statement
+hi def link murphiConditional    Conditional
+hi def link murphiRepeat         Repeat
+hi def link murphiLabel          Label
+hi def link murphiOperator       Operator
+hi def link murphiKeyword        Keyword
+hi def link murphiType           Type
+hi def link murphiStructure      Structure
+hi def link murphiSpecial        Special
+hi def link murphiDelimiter      Delimiter
+hi def link murphiError          Error
+hi def link murphiTodo           Todo
 
 let b:current_syntax = "murphi"

runtime/syntax/n1ql.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,434 @@
+" Vim syntax file
+" Language:    N1QL / Couchbase Server
+" Maintainer:  Eugene Ciurana <n1ql AT cime.net>
+" Version:     1.0
+" Source:      https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/n1ql-vim-syntax
+"
+" License:     Vim is Charityware.  n1ql.vim syntax is Charityware.
+"              (c) Copyright 2017 by Eugene Ciurana / pr3d4t0r.  Licensed
+"              under the standard VIM LICENSE - Vim command :help uganda.txt
+"              for details.
+"
+" Questions, comments:  <n1ql AT cime.net>
+"                       https://ciurana.eu/pgp, https://keybase.io/pr3d4t0r
+"
+" vim: set fileencoding=utf-8:
+
+
+if exists("b:current_syntax")
+  finish
+endif
+
+
+syn case ignore
+
+syn keyword n1qlSpecial DATASTORES
+syn keyword n1qlSpecial DUAL
+syn keyword n1qlSpecial FALSE
+syn keyword n1qlSpecial INDEXES
+syn keyword n1qlSpecial KEYSPACES
+syn keyword n1qlSpecial MISSING
+syn keyword n1qlSpecial NAMESPACES
+syn keyword n1qlSpecial NULL
+syn keyword n1qlSpecial TRUE
+
+
+"
+" *** keywords ***
+"
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword ALL
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword ANY
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword ASC
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword BEGIN
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword BETWEEN
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword BREAK
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword BUCKET
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword CALL
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword CASE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword CAST
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword CLUSTER
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword COLLATE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword COLLECTION
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword CONNECT
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword CONTINUE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword CORRELATE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword COVER
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword DATABASE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword DATASET
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword DATASTORE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword DECLARE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword DECREMENT
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword DERIVED
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword DESC
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword DESCRIBE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword DO
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword EACH
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword ELEMENT
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword ELSE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword END
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword EVERY
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword EXCLUDE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword EXISTS
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword FETCH
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword FIRST
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword FLATTEN
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword FOR
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword FORCE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword FROM
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword FUNCTION
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword GROUP
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword GSI
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword HAVING
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword IF
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword IGNORE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword INCLUDE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword INCREMENT
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword INDEX
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword INITIAL
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword INLINE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword INNER
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword INTO
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword KEY
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword KEYS
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword KEYSPACE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword KNOWN
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword LAST
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword LET
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword LETTING
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword LIMIT
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword LOOP
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword LSM
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword MAP
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword MAPPING
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword MATCHED
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword MATERIALIZED
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword MERGE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword NAMESPACE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword NEST
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword OPTION
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword ORDER
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword OUTER
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword OVER
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword PARSE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword PARTITION
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword PASSWORD
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword PATH
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword POOL
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword PRIMARY
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword PRIVATE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword PRIVILEGE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword PROCEDURE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword PUBLIC
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword REALM
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword REDUCE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword RETURN
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword RETURNING
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword ROLE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword SATISFIES
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword SCHEMA
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword SELF
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword SEMI
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword SHOW
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword START
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword STATISTICS
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword SYSTEM
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword THEN
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword TRANSACTION
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword TRIGGER
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword UNDER
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword UNKNOWN
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword UNSET
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword USE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword USER
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword USING
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword VALIDATE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword VALUE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword VALUED
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword VALUES
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword VIEW
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword WHEN
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword WHERE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword WHILE
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword WITHIN
+syn keyword n1qlKeyword WORK
+
+
+"
+" *** functions ***
+"
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ABS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ACOS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_AGG
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_APPEND
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_AVG
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_CONCAT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_CONTAINS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_COUNT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_DISTINCT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_FLATTEN
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_IFNULL
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_INSERT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_INTERSECT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_LENGTH
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_MAX
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_MIN
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_POSITION
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_PREPEND
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_PUT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_RANGE
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_REMOVE
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_REPEAT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_REPLACE
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_REVERSE
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_SORT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_START
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_SUM
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_SYMDIFF
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ARRAY_UNION
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ASIN
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ATAN
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ATAN2
+syn keyword n1qlOperator AVG
+syn keyword n1qlOperator BASE64
+syn keyword n1qlOperator BASE64_DECODE
+syn keyword n1qlOperator BASE64_ENCODE
+syn keyword n1qlOperator CEIL
+syn keyword n1qlOperator CLOCK_LOCAL
+syn keyword n1qlOperator CLOCK_STR
+syn keyword n1qlOperator CLOCK_TZ
+syn keyword n1qlOperator CLOCK_UTC
+syn keyword n1qlOperator CLOCL_MILLIS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator CONTAINS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator COS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator COUNT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator DATE_ADD_MILLIS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator DATE_ADD_STR
+syn keyword n1qlOperator DATE_DIFF_MILLIS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator DATE_DIFF_STR
+syn keyword n1qlOperator DATE_FORMAT_STR
+syn keyword n1qlOperator DATE_PART_MILLIS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator DATE_PART_STR
+syn keyword n1qlOperator DATE_RANGE_MILLIS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator DATE_RANGE_STR
+syn keyword n1qlOperator DATE_TRUC_STR
+syn keyword n1qlOperator DATE_TRUNC_MILLIS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator DECODE_JSON
+syn keyword n1qlOperator DEGREES
+syn keyword n1qlOperator DURATION_TO_STR
+syn keyword n1qlOperator E
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ENCODED_SIZE
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ENCODE_JSON
+syn keyword n1qlOperator EXP
+syn keyword n1qlOperator FLOOR
+syn keyword n1qlOperator GREATEST
+syn keyword n1qlOperator IFINF
+syn keyword n1qlOperator IFMISSING
+syn keyword n1qlOperator IFMISSINGORNULL
+syn keyword n1qlOperator IFNAN
+syn keyword n1qlOperator IFNANORINF
+syn keyword n1qlOperator IFNULL
+syn keyword n1qlOperator INITCAP
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ISARRAY
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ISATOM
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ISBOOLEAN
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ISNUMBER
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ISOBJECT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ISSTRING
+syn keyword n1qlOperator LEAST
+syn keyword n1qlOperator LENGTH
+syn keyword n1qlOperator LN
+syn keyword n1qlOperator LOG
+syn keyword n1qlOperator LOWER
+syn keyword n1qlOperator LTRIM
+syn keyword n1qlOperator MAX
+syn keyword n1qlOperator META
+syn keyword n1qlOperator MILLIS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator MILLIS_TO_LOCAL
+syn keyword n1qlOperator MILLIS_TO_STR
+syn keyword n1qlOperator MILLIS_TO_TZ
+syn keyword n1qlOperator MILLIS_TO_UTC
+syn keyword n1qlOperator MILLIS_TO_ZONE_NAME
+syn keyword n1qlOperator MIN
+syn keyword n1qlOperator MISSINGIF
+syn keyword n1qlOperator NANIF
+syn keyword n1qlOperator NEGINFIF
+syn keyword n1qlOperator NOW_LOCAL
+syn keyword n1qlOperator NOW_MILLIS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator NOW_STR
+syn keyword n1qlOperator NOW_TZ
+syn keyword n1qlOperator NOW_UTC
+syn keyword n1qlOperator NULLIF
+syn keyword n1qlOperator OBJECT_ADD
+syn keyword n1qlOperator OBJECT_CONCAT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator OBJECT_INNER_PAIRS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator OBJECT_INNER_VALUES
+syn keyword n1qlOperator OBJECT_LENGTH
+syn keyword n1qlOperator OBJECT_NAMES
+syn keyword n1qlOperator OBJECT_PAIRS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator OBJECT_PUT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator OBJECT_REMOVE
+syn keyword n1qlOperator OBJECT_RENAME
+syn keyword n1qlOperator OBJECT_REPLACE
+syn keyword n1qlOperator OBJECT_UNWRAP
+syn keyword n1qlOperator OBJECT_VALUES
+syn keyword n1qlOperator PI
+syn keyword n1qlOperator POLY_LENGTH
+syn keyword n1qlOperator POSINIF
+syn keyword n1qlOperator POSITION
+syn keyword n1qlOperator POWER
+syn keyword n1qlOperator RADIANS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator RANDOM
+syn keyword n1qlOperator REGEXP_CONTAINS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator REGEXP_LIKE
+syn keyword n1qlOperator REGEXP_POSITION
+syn keyword n1qlOperator REGEXP_REPLACE
+syn keyword n1qlOperator REPEAT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator REPLACE
+syn keyword n1qlOperator REVERSE
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ROUND
+syn keyword n1qlOperator RTRIM
+syn keyword n1qlOperator SIGN
+syn keyword n1qlOperator SIN
+syn keyword n1qlOperator SPLIT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator SQRT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator STR_TO_DURATION
+syn keyword n1qlOperator STR_TO_MILLIS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator STR_TO_TZ
+syn keyword n1qlOperator STR_TO_UTC
+syn keyword n1qlOperator STR_TO_ZONE_NAME
+syn keyword n1qlOperator SUBSTR
+syn keyword n1qlOperator SUFFIXES
+syn keyword n1qlOperator SUM
+syn keyword n1qlOperator TAN
+syn keyword n1qlOperator TITLE
+syn keyword n1qlOperator TOARRAY
+syn keyword n1qlOperator TOATOM
+syn keyword n1qlOperator TOBOOLEAN
+syn keyword n1qlOperator TOKENS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator TONUMBER
+syn keyword n1qlOperator TOOBJECT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator TOSTRING
+syn keyword n1qlOperator TRIM
+syn keyword n1qlOperator TRUNC
+syn keyword n1qlOperator TYPE
+syn keyword n1qlOperator UPPER
+syn keyword n1qlOperator UUID
+syn keyword n1qlOperator WEEKDAY_MILLIS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator WEEKDAY_STR
+
+
+"
+" *** operators ***
+"
+syn keyword n1qlOperator AND
+syn keyword n1qlOperator AS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator BY
+syn keyword n1qlOperator DISTINCT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator EXCEPT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ILIKE
+syn keyword n1qlOperator IN
+syn keyword n1qlOperator INTERSECT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator IS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator JOIN
+syn keyword n1qlOperator LEFT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator LIKE
+syn keyword n1qlOperator MINUS
+syn keyword n1qlOperator NEST
+syn keyword n1qlOperator NESTING
+syn keyword n1qlOperator NOT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator OFFSET
+syn keyword n1qlOperator ON
+syn keyword n1qlOperator OR
+syn keyword n1qlOperator OUT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator RIGHT
+syn keyword n1qlOperator SOME
+syn keyword n1qlOperator TO
+syn keyword n1qlOperator UNION
+syn keyword n1qlOperator UNIQUE
+syn keyword n1qlOperator UNNEST
+syn keyword n1qlOperator VIA
+syn keyword n1qlOperator WITH
+syn keyword n1qlOperator XOR
+
+
+"
+" *** statements ***
+"
+syn keyword n1qlStatement ALTER
+syn keyword n1qlStatement ANALYZE
+syn keyword n1qlStatement BUILD
+syn keyword n1qlStatement COMMIT
+syn keyword n1qlStatement CREATE
+syn keyword n1qlStatement DELETE
+syn keyword n1qlStatement DROP
+syn keyword n1qlStatement EXECUTE
+syn keyword n1qlStatement EXPLAIN
+syn keyword n1qlStatement GRANT
+syn keyword n1qlStatement INFER
+syn keyword n1qlStatement INSERT
+syn keyword n1qlStatement MERGE
+syn keyword n1qlStatement PREPARE
+syn keyword n1qlStatement RENAME
+syn keyword n1qlStatement REVOKE
+syn keyword n1qlStatement ROLLBACK
+syn keyword n1qlStatement SELECT
+syn keyword n1qlStatement SET
+syn keyword n1qlStatement TRUNCATE
+syn keyword n1qlStatement UPDATE
+syn keyword n1qlStatement UPSERT
+
+
+"
+" *** types ***
+"
+syn keyword n1qlType ARRAY
+syn keyword n1qlType BINARY
+syn keyword n1qlType BOOLEAN
+syn keyword n1qlType NUMBER
+syn keyword n1qlType OBJECT
+syn keyword n1qlType RAW
+syn keyword n1qlType STRING
+
+
+"
+" *** strings and characters ***
+"
+syn region n1qlString start=+"+  skip=+\\\\\|\\"+  end=+"+
+syn region n1qlString start=+'+  skip=+\\\\\|\\'+  end=+'+
+syn region n1qlBucketSpec start=+`+  skip=+\\\\\|\\'+  end=+`+
+
+
+"
+" *** numbers ***
+"
+syn match n1qlNumber        "-\=\<\d*\.\=[0-9_]\>"
+
+
+"
+" *** comments ***
+"
+syn region n1qlComment start="/\*"  end="\*/" contains=n1qlTODO
+syn match n1qlComment  "--.*$" contains=n1qlTODO
+syn sync ccomment      n1qlComment
+
+
+"
+" *** TODO ***
+"
+syn keyword n1qlTODO contained TODO FIXME XXX DEBUG NOTE
+
+
+"
+" *** enable ***
+"
+hi def link n1qlBucketSpec Underlined
+hi def link n1qlComment    Comment
+hi def link n1qlKeyword    Macro
+hi def link n1qlOperator   Function
+hi def link n1qlSpecial    Special
+hi def link n1qlStatement  Statement
+hi def link n1qlString     String
+hi def link n1qlTODO       Todo
+hi def link n1qlType       Type
+
+let b:current_syntax = "n1ql"